は し が き
本書は、中央教育審議会による「幼稚園、小学校、中学校、高等学校及び特別支援学校の学習指導要領等の改善について（答申）」を英訳したものである。
中教審は学習指導要領の実施状況を不断に検証しており、平成 19 年から審議を開始した第 4 期中教審では、教育基本法の改正を踏まえて、教育制度の改正について答申をまとめた。その後、関連法案の改正の後、小・中・高等学校の教育課程の枠組み、道徳教育や体験活動の充実といった教科等を横断した事項や各教科内容についての具体的な改善について、100 回以上の審議を繰り返した。その審議のまとめについて、関係団体や広く国民からの意見を求めた結果、1000 以上の意見が寄せられた。そして、それらの意見を踏まえた審議を再度行い、幼稚園から高等学校までの各段階および特別支援学校の学習指導要領等に関する改善の必要性を答申するものとなった。
わが国の教育については世界から注目を浴び続けているにも関わらず、その情報は日本
語でのみ提供されていることが多い。国立教育政策研究所では、わが国の、特に最新の教育に関する情報の発信も行っており、本書は国際協力の一環として翻訳して出版するものである。本書により、日本語を解さない方でも、わが国の教育情報にアクセスが可能とな
る一助となれば幸いである。
なお、翻訳はモリス・ジェンキンズ氏が行い、当研究所国際研究・協力部丸山英樹研究員がチェックを行った。
国立教育政策研究所国際研究・協力部長
渡辺 良< Introductory Note >This is an English translation of “Youchien, Shougakkou, Chugakkou, Koutougakkou oyobi
Tokubetsushien gakkou no Gakushuu Shidou Youryou tou no Kaizen ni tsuite (Toushin) [theImprovements to the Courses of Study for Elementary, Lower Secondary and Upper Secondary
Schools]”. Much of the information about the Japanese education is limitedly accessible because of
the Japanese language. It would be our pleasure if this translation could assists those who areinterested in the education in Japan. The digital version of this translation is available at NIER’s
web site.

Ryo Watanabe
Director
Department for International Research and Co-operationNIER

【 Contents 】
Foreword: Developments to Date ······················································································· 1
1. Educational Objectives and Previous Revisions to the Courses of Study ························· 7
2. The Underlying Ideas of the Current Courses of Study ···················································· 9
3. The Present State of Children and Current Issues ·························································· 15
4. Background Factors and Causes of Current Problem Issues ·········································· 23(1) Society as a whole and change in families and communities ···································· 23(2) Specific means of realizing the changes in the Courses of Study ······························ 24(3) Putting conditions in place to ensure that teachers have enough time in which
to secure effective and efficient communication and interaction with children ··········· 27
5. The Basic Thinking underlying Revisions to the Courses of Study ································ 31(1) Revisions to the Courses of Study on the basis of the Revised Fundamental
Law of education ······································································································ 31(2) The shared nature of “zest for living” ······································································ 32(3)The background to fundamental knowledge and skills ·············································· 34(4) The development of the ability to think, to form judgments, and to engage inself-expression ········································································································ 36(5) Ensuring that sufficient classroom time is made available foracademic ability to be thoroughly confirmed ··························································· 39(6) Confirming study habits and raising the level of eagerness to study ························· 40(7) Strengthening guidance aimed at developing a rich and fruitful heart andmind and a healthy body ························································································· 41
6. The Basic Curriculum Framework ················································································ 45(1) The curriculum framework in elementary and lower secondary schools ··················· 45① The present state of teaching hours in elementary and lower secondary schools
and an international comparison················································································ 45② The number of teaching hours in elementary schools ·········································· 49③ The number of teaching hours in lower secondary schools···································· 53i(2) The curriculum and framework of upper secondary schools ····································· 57① The common features and the diversity of upper secondary school education ······· 57② The number of teaching weeks in a year and teaching hours in a week ················· 59③ The desirable form of required subjects ······························································ 60(3) Utilizing Saturday in the context of a five-day school week ····································· 64(4) A smooth transition between levels of schooling in line with the stage ofdevelopment of children ························································································· 65(5) The responsibility of individual schools and the significance of being localitybased in terms of the design and implementation of the curriculum ························· 68
7. Main Improvement Headings in Educational Content ··················································· 77(1) Strengthening language activities ············································································ 78(2) Strengthening science education ·············································································· 81(3) Strengthening education concerned with traditions and culture ································ 83(4) Strengthening moral education ················································································ 85(5) Strengthening experiential activities ········································································ 89(6) Japanese language activities at elementary school level ··········································· 92(7) Improvements to be made in a cross-sectional analysis of subjects fromthe perspective of responding to social change ························································ 95
Information education ······························································································ 95
Environmental education ·························································································· 97
Making things··········································································································· 98
Career education······································································································ 99
Dietary education····································································································100
Safety education ······································································································101
A correct understanding of mental and physical growth and development ················102
8. The Content of Each Subject and Subject Area ····························································107(1) Kindergarten ··········································································································107(2) Elementary School, Lower Secondary School and Upper Secondary School·············111① Japanese Language ····························································································111② Social Studies, Geography and History, Civics ···················································118③ Arithmetic, Mathematics····················································································124④ Science ············································································································130⑤ Life Environment Studies ·················································································136⑥ Music, Art (Music) ···························································································138ii

⑦ Art and Handicraft, Fine Arts, Art (Fine Arts, Crafts Production) ······················142⑧ Art (Calligraphy) ······························································································146⑨ Homemaking; Industrial Arts and Homemaking ·················································148⑩ Physical Education, Health and Physical Education············································154⑪ Foreign Language ······························································································159⑫ Information Study ····························································································163⑬ Subject Areas / Subjects for Specialist Education ·············································165⑭ Moral Education ································································································181⑮ Special Activities ·····························································································184⑯ Period for Integrated Study ················································································188(3) Special Supported Education (Special Education Needs) ········································191① Specially supported schools ··············································································192② Specially supported education in kindergartens, elementary schools,

lower secondary schools and upper secondary schools ·············································195
9. Educational Measures to Secure Time for Teachers to Interact with Children ···············211(1) Improvement of the set number of educational personnel ·······································211(2) Specific measures to secure time for teacher interaction with children ······················212(3) Various measures designed for effective and efficient instruction ····························214(4) Improvements in the pattern of educational administration ·····································219
10. Taking Forward Liaison and Cooperation with Families and Local
Communities; Expectations of Support from Firms and Universities ··························223(1) Taking forward liaison and cooperation with families and communities ··················223(2) What is expected of firms and universities ······························································224
Annex 1. Standard School Hours in Elementary Schools ···················································227
Annex 2. Standard School Hours in Lower Secondary Schools··········································229
Annex 3. Subject Areas and Subjects in Upper Secondary Schools ····································231

iii

Foreword: Developments to date
○ In May 2003, the Minister of the Ministry of Education, Sports, Culture, Science andTechnology (hereafter MEXT) made a comprehensive request to the Central Council for
Education "to take forward measures for the revision of elementary and secondary
education". In response, the Council began to work on a revision of the official Courses ofStudy, and in October of the same year, issued a report entitled "Concerning Policies toEnrich, Strengthen and Improve the Current Curriculum and Guidance in respect ofElementary and Secondary Education". Two months later, in December, MEXT issued apartial revision of the Courses of Study.
Investigations during the Third Term of the Central Council for Education○ In February 2005, the Minister of MEXT issued a formal request1, requiring the Central
Council of Education to undertake during its Third Term (period: from February 2005 to
January 2007,) with a view to enriching and strengthening the education of children who are
to live their lives in the 21st century, a complete revision of the criteria for the national
curriculum and at the same time, examine ways of putting more firmly in place measures toraise the quality of teachers and enhance their abilities.
○ A number of meetings were held during the Third Term of the Central Council for
Education, on the basis of the perspective of responding to the contents of the request from
MEXT; specifically, theSubcommittee on the Curriculum, comprised within the

Subdivision on Elementary and Secondary Education , met on 39 occasions, with the first
held on April 27, 2005, while the Subdivision on Elementary and Secondary Education
met on 11 occasions, and specialist sub-committees, composed of specialists of various
subjects, met on 89 occasions.
During the period of deliberation, the Central Council for Education issued a report
entitled "Redesigning Compulsory Education for a New Era" on October 26, 2005. Using
this report as a basis, the Central Council for Education compiled, and issued on February
13, 2006, a "Report on the Progress of Deliberations"2 (hereafter, Progress Report), bringing
together the main points of deliberations up to that time.
○ In March of the same year, following the issuance of the "Progress Report", the Central
Council received a report from the Specialist Subcommittee on Foreign Languages
concerning Deliberations on the Teaching of English Language in Elementary Schools.

-1-1Furthermore, in April of that year, with a view to examining in more specific and concrete
detail the directions for improvement indicated in the said "Progress Report", separate
subcommittees were established to look at the situation in elementary, lower secondary andupper secondary schools, and each subcommittee deliberated on improvements in schools
within its respective area of jurisdiction. At the same time, specialist subcommittees
examined the deliberations in respect of each separate subject area. On the basis of thesedeliberations, further examinations were made in depth within the Subcommittee on the
Curriculum from a comprehensive standpoint covering the whole of the curriculum.
As the term of office of the Third Term of the Central Council for Education was due tocome to an end at the end of January 2007, a report that brought together the deliberations up
to that time was issued on 26 January 2007 with the title, "The Status of Deliberations of theCurriculum Committee in the Third Term".
○ The deliberations referred to here were carried out on the basis of the Revised Fundamental
Law of Education3 enacted in December 2006, and the deliberations of the National Diet
concerning that law.
Furthermore, hearings4 of eminent intellectuals were implemented, and at the same time
as constituting reference points for their deliberations, various kinds of investigations weretaken forward on the basis of all kinds of data designed to provide information on the current
state of children's academic ability, including "Investigations into the state of awarenessconcerning compulsory education", implemented by MEXT in March and April, 2005, theopinions of teachers and parents or guardians, collected in the course of school meetings5
the results of opinions6 solicited with regard to the "Progress Report" of February, 2006,
international investigations into academic ability, and the results of investigations into thecurrent state of curriculum implementation.
Investigations during the Fourth Term of the Central Council for Education○ The Fourth Term of the Central Council for Education began in February 2007, and on
February 6, the Council received a request from the Minister of MEXT requiring them toinvestigate in a concentrated way urgently required improvements to the education systemon the basis of the revisions to the Fundamental Law of Education. On March 10, theCouncil issued a report entitled, "Concerning Urgently Required Reforms of the Education
System following Revision of the Fundamental Law of Education".
In June 2007, 3 laws were enacted in the National Diet: the "Law revising Part of the
School Education Law", the "Law revising Part of the Local Education Administration-2-2

Law", and the "Law revising Part of the Educational Personnel Certification Law and of theSpecial Measures Law concerning Educational Public Servants". With particular reference tothe revision of part of the School Education Law, the educational objectives at each level of
education were redefined and the goals of compulsory education were set out afresh.
○ Within the framework of meetings held during the Fourth Term of the Central Council for
Education, the Subcommittee on the Curriculum took over the work done during the Third
Term. On the basis of the revised Fundamental Law of Education and of the revised School
Education Law, as well as of the deliberations in the National Diet, the Subcommittee met
on 36 occasions (including round-table conferences) to discuss specific improvements to thecurriculum framework at elementary, lower secondary and upper secondary level, thestrengthening of cross-curricular areas such as moral education, experiential activities and soon,and the contents of the various subjects. The elementary, lower secondary and upper

secondary school subcommittees meet on 5 occasions, and the specialist subject
subcommittees on 36 occasions. The net result of all these meetings is that during the Third
Term and the Fourth Term of the Central Council for Education, the Subcommittee on the
Curriculum, which was concerned with revisions to the Courses of Study, met on a total of
60 occasions, while the elementary, lower secondary and upper secondary school
subcommittees met on a total of 5 occasions, and the specialist subcommittees met 125 times
in all. With these deliberations and meetings as a basis, during the Third and Fourth Terms,
with a view to making a re-evaluation of the Courses of Study as a whole, the Central
Council for Education assembled 5 times in all and the Subdivision on Elementary andSecondary Education assembled 9 times in all.
○ During the period in question, on November 7, 2007, the Subcommittee on the Curriculum
issued a public announcement with the title "A Summary of deliberations to date within the
Subcommittee on the Curriculum". With this "summary of deliberations" as the theme,
hearings7 of interested organizations were implemented, and opinions were solicited widelyfrom the public at large, resulting in a total of 1140 submissions8 The result of further
deliberations regarding the views and opinions expressed was the conclusion that it wasnecessary for revisions, as described below, to be made to the Courses of Study forkindergartens, elementary, lower secondary and upper secondary schools, and specially
supported schools, and these revisions are the subject of this report.
○ Turning to the role of the Central Council for Education, it has to ensure that the new
Courses of Study confirm the system of instruction, and that educational conditions, for-3-3example, the enriching and strengthening of textbooks, are put in place, while at the sametime closely observing to ensure that revisions are reliably and smoothly implemented. It isalso very important that constant reevaluations of the Courses of Study take place on thebasis of investigation and analysis of the reality of curriculum design and implementation,and of research and practice concerned with the composition of subjects, and that suggested
improvements continue to be closely examined. Against this background, it may be seen as
entirely appropriate that the Subdivision on the Curriculum was made a standing committee
within the Central Council for Education and that its deliberations continued.

1

On this occasion, the Minister asked for a wide range of issues to be investigated. Firstly, from theperspective of the process of instruction, the issues comprised ① improvement and strengthening of
educational content aimed at enhancing the "human factor"; ② improvement of the frameworkcomprised of the Courses of Study, aiming at thorough acquisition of the learning content; ③realization of instruction that heightened the desire to learn and deepened understanding. A further issue
was concerned with ④ taking forward education that utilized the special characteristics of schools andlocal communities.

2

In terms of setting out the basic thinking of improvements to the Courses of Study, the "Report on the
Progress of Deliberations" referred to the continuing importance of the present Courses of Study,
comprising development of "zest for living" in such ways as ensuring a thorough grasp of fundamental
knowledge and skills, and encouragement of the ability to engage in learning and thinking on one's own
initiative. The report went on to indicate the need for consideration of specific, concrete ways ofrealizing these points.
With specific reference to the 2 educational paradigms, on the one hand, the so-called "learning
acquisition" paradigm, comprising the need to ensure thorough acquisition of fundamental knowledge
and skills, and on the other hand, the so-called "discovery-oriented" paradigm, comprising cultivation of
the ability to learn and think for oneself, the report emphasized that these should not be seen as being inconflict or as requiring a choice between one and the other. Both paradigms should be used in acomprehensive pattern of education, and as means of achieving this end, it is necessary, the report said,
to put stress on forms of learning such as language and experience, and on forming a basis for dailyliving.
The report went on to say that it is necessary to strengthen education in Japanese language and inscience and mathematics, and in the context of examining the number of class hours needed for suchstrengthening, it is also necessary to reexamine the total number of class hours in the curriculum. The
5-day school week should be continued, and at the same time, as part of the direction of encouraging
contact between schools on the one hand and families and local communities on the other, consideration
should be given, the report suggested, to measures whereby use could be made ot Saturdays and the longschool vacation.
In addition, from the standpoint of constructing a system to safeguard the quality of school
education, it is necessary, the report said, to take forward examination of the following points on thebasis of confirmation of the PDCA (Plan-Do-Check-Action) cycle: clarification of the objectives to beattained in the Courses of Study; strengthening of information provision and basic infrastructure;emphasis on input from the classroom (chalk face) in connection with designing and implementing thecurriculum; appropriate evaluation of educational results by such means as implementation of the
National Ability Test; and improvement of educational activities on the basis of such evaluations.

3

The Revised Fundamental Law of Education specifies a number of new concepts as educational
objectives, comprising a rich and fruitful fund of emotions and morality, respect for traditions andculture, and contributing to a peaceful international society (Article 2). At the same time, a number of
new provisions bearing on the direction of the revisions to the Courses of Study are also incorporated in
the revised law, such as the concept of lifelong learning (Article 3), the objectives of compulsory-4-4education (Article 5), home education (Article 10), infant education (Article 11), mutual cooperation
linking schools, families, and local community residents (Article 13), educational administration(Article 16) and basic educational planning (Article 17).
4

・on the results of an awareness survey concerned with compulsory education ... Takehiko Kariya(Professor, Graduate School of Education, Faculty of Education, University of Tokyo)
・ on food education ... Yukio Hattori (President and Principal of Hattori Nutrition College)
・ on career education ... Yuji Genta (Associate Professor, College of Arts and Sciences, University ofTokyo)・ on financial and economics education ... Nobuko Takahashi (journalist specializing in theeconomics of everyday life)
・ Japan Federation of Primary School Principals Association (President: Chiaki Terasaki; Director of
Investigation and Research Department: Yoshikazu Ikeda)
・ National Association of Lower Secondary School Principals (Hidemi Takahashi, Director, General
Affairs Department; Akio Taniai, Director, Department of Student Guidance)
・ National Association of Upper Secondary School Principals (President, Mitsuhiko Koda

5

With a view to taking forward thoroughgoing educational reform which would meet the expectationsof the Japanese people, a delegation of officials, comprising the Minister of MEXT, the Vice-Minister of
MEXT, the Parliamentary Minister of MEXT, and others, visited elementary schools, lower secondary
schools and specially supported schools in the form of a network covering all 47 prefectures of Japan,
saw how issues were actually being tackled in schools and classrooms, and listened directly to theopinions of educational personnel, children and parents. Visits to a total of 380 schools were
implemented between January and July 2006

6

As a result of soliciting opinions on the "Report on the Progress of Deliberations", a total of 405
opinions were received, for example: "In cultivating the "ability to think", the first priority is theacquisition of knowledge and skills".
The following opinions were also received: "No methodology is shown as a means of realizing the"aim of cultivating the ability to learn and think for oneself" in the current Courses of Study" and"Mixing with a wide variety of children within the framework of compulsory education is indispensablefor growth."

7

In the period November 27 to November 29, 2007, meetings were held with the representatives of the
42 organizations listed below, and their opinions were received and noted.
Japan Federation of Primary School Principals Association, National Association of Lower
Secondary School Principals, National Association of Upper Secondary School Principals, All
Japan Association of Principals of Specially Supported Schools, All Japan Federation of Retired
Principals, Japan Vice Principals Association of Public Schools, All Japan Association of
Principals of Public Girls’ Elementary and Lower Secondary Schools, All Japan Association of
Principals of National and Public Kindergartens, All Japan Federation of Private Kindergartens, All
Japan Society for Research into Infant Education, Association of Prefectural Board of Education
Superintendents, Association of Prefectural Board of Education Chairpersons, All Japan
Association of City Board of Education Superintendents, All Japan Federation of Municipal
Boards of Education, Federation of Core City Board of Education Superintendents, Japan
Federation of Private Elementary Schools, Japan Federation of Private Lower Secondary andUpper Secondary Schools, Japan Teachers and Staff Union, All Japan Teachers and Staff Union,
National Teachers Federation of Japan, Japan Senior High School Teachers and Staff Union,
Organization for Children’s Wellness through School Lunch, National Association ofOrganizations of Educational Administrative Personnel, All Japan Corresponding Federation ofTeachers in Charge of Health Education, All Japan Research Association of Clerical Personnel in
Public Elementary and Lower Secondary Schools, All Japan Association of Clerical Personnel in
Public Lower Secondary and Upper Secondary Schools, Nippon Junior High School PhysicalCulture Association, All Japan High School Athletic Federation, Japan School Physical Education
Research Federation, All Japan Senior High School Cultural Federation, Japanese Association of
Religious Organizations (JAORO), Japan Association of Universities of Education, The Japan-5-

5

Association of National Universities, The Japan Association of Public Universities, Japan
Association of Private Junior Colleges, Japan PTA National Association, All Japan Federation ofUpper Secondary PTA, National Council of Youth Organizations in Japan, Junior ChamberInternational Japan, Japan Association of Corporate Executives, National Federation of Small
Business Associations, Japanese Trade Union Confederation, The Japan Chamber of Commerceand Industry.
8

Opinions were solicited for a period of 1 month, from November 6 to December 7, 2007, and during
this period, 1140 opinions were submitted.

-6-6

1. Educational Objectives and Previous Revisions to the Courses of Study○ In Article 1 of the Fundamental Law of Education, the objectives of education are describedas follows: “Education shall aim at the full development of the personality, striving for therearing of the people, sound in mind and body, who shall be imbued with the qualities
required as formative agents of a peaceful and democratic state and society”. In more
specific and concrete terms, the objectives are the full development of every individual
personality and the nurturing of formative agents of the state and society. No matter how thetimes change, these objectives do not change, but remain unchanging and immutable.
○ As the criteria underlying the curriculum as it is drawn up in each individual school, theCourses of Study are broadly revised once every 10 years on the basis of changes in children
and society with the aim of realizing the objectives stated above.
Courses of Study were issued on a trial basis in 1947, and were formally published by the
Ministry of Education, Science and Culture in 1958. The 1958 revisions reflected apragmatic, hands-on approach1, and offered a complete renewal of the trends and currents of
the "new education" strategy, which had a tendency to be too heavily biased toward
unit-based learning2; emphasis was put on a systematic approach in each subject, with astrengthening of basic abilities set as the goal. The next set of revisions, in 1968, had as theirfoundation a remarkable rise in people's standard of living, cultural development and theadvance of the social circumstances in which people lived, with the aims consisting of afurther upgrading of the educational content. This was the period when the quantitative
increase in educational content and in the number of teaching hours in the timetableapproached its peak.
In contrast, in the revisions of 1977, made in the context of references to an existing bias
favoring the transmission of knowledge in school education, emphasis was put on
strengthening knowledge in its true meaning, in such ways as making a careful selection of
educational content so as to ensure a thorough acquisition by children of the basic,
fundamental elements of each school subject, and on aiming to achieve harmony between the
cognitive, moral and physical aspects of human existence.
○ From 1984 to 1987, the National Council for Educational Reform was established within the
Cabinet Office, and on the basis of a realization that education was the driving force of thedevelopment of Japanese society, policy proposals were made with the aim of taking reforms
still further forward. The proposals incorporated 3 perspectives: "the principle of respect forindividuality", "transition to a lifelong learning system", and "responding and adapting tochange".
The revisions of 1989 to the Courses of Study were based on the reports issued by the
National Council for Educational Reform, and laid weight on nurturing in children theability to think, to make judgments and to express themselves, and on imbuing them with a-7-7

desire to learn for themselves and a self-motivated pattern of learning.
○ The Courses of Study currently in force were revised in 1998-99. They confirmed the final
transition to a five-day school week, to be implemented for elementary and lower secondary
schools from fiscal 2002, and for upper secondary schools from fiscal 2003. They further
developed the directions shown in the revisions of 1989, and defined the primary quality
needed by children who would have to bear the burdens of the coming age of severe change
and turbulence as "zest for living". In order that this "zest for living" could be nurtured anddeveloped, the quantity of educational content was reduced and timetabled teaching hours
shortened, a "period for integrated study" was newly introduced, and the number of courses
classified as elective courses in lower secondary school was increased.
Furthermore, as pointed out above, a partial revision of the Courses of Study was carriedout in 2003. Through this revision, it was made clear that the material contained in the
Courses of study, the "basic standard" that defined the Courses of Study, was material thatshould be learned by all children, and that depending on the actual abilities of children,
schools could teach material that was additional to that contained in the official Courses ofStudy.
○ In ways such as those outlined here, the revisions made over the course of time in the
Courses of Study issued in Japan for each educational level, namely kindergartens,
elementary schools, lower secondary schools and upper secondary schools, have set out thefollowing as their aims, on the basis of changes in society and the actual situation of children
at any given time, and in the context of succeeding generations: 1) to complete thedevelopment of the personality of each individual child, and 2) to nurture and develop young
people as the formative agents of the state and society
It is against the above background that the thinking underlying the latest revisions to the
Courses of Study has attempted to grasp the current social changes and the nature of children
today, and to consider how our schools, teachers and children can be enabled to develop toan ever greater extent the great power that they possess, and to realize the universal
objectives of education.

1 In place of a dogmatic approach to education, whereby content was crammed into children's heads
through reliance on such measures as memorization of existing knowledge and concepts, thiseducational approach is one that puts emphasis on children's own perceptions and intuition, andendeavors to promote children's development through experience.
2 A method of learning and teaching that constructs educational content in terms of single units. In
particular, this method means the adoption of experiential units that see the content in terms of asummary ot experiences that attempt to solve the problems that occur in everyday life, and the methods
has been criticized in that it creates difficulties in trying to carry out systematic learning from thestandpoint of trying to conduct the teaching of fundamental science and academic matters in asystematic way that is matched to children's development-8-8

2. The Underlying Ideas of the Current Courses of Study
The necessity of the ideas underlying the current Courses of Study○ The Courses of Study currently in force took as their foundation the report made by theCentral Council for Education in July 1996 with the title, "Concerning a Model for Japanese
Education in the Perspective of the 21st Century". Specifically, the basic concept underlying thereport is that of "zest for living", including the strengths needed, the report suggests, by children
who will have to cope with living in society at a time of social turbulence. They have to begiven a firm grasp of the basic essentials of knowledge and to be enabled, irrespective of theway in which society might change, to identify problems for themselves, to learn on their own
initiative, to think independently, and to make autonomous judgments. While making thesejudgments for themselves and learning how to act and to acquire the ability and the qualities
required to become even better at problem solving, they must also learn how to cooperate withothers and acquire a rich sense of humanity imbued with emotions and a caring heart, and at thesame time acquire a healthy body and live their lives bravely. All this is comprised in thenotion, "zest for living", which is indispensable to polishing their own character and to living arich and fruitful life.
○ After the report was presented, further deliberations on the points contained in it followed,
and from the latter part of the 1990s up to the present time, it is reasonable to conclude that
increasing importance came to be attached to the question of how to cultivate "zest for living" inthe context of structural change in a society at a time when the idea of a "knowledge-basedsociety" achieved a marked degree of prominence.
"Zest for living" in an age characterized as a "knowledge-based society"○ More specifically, as pointed out in the report, "A Vision for the Future of Higher Education",
issued by the Central Council for Education in 2005, it is said that 21st century society will becentered on what is termed a "knowledge-based society", in which new knowledge, informationand technology will increase in importance by leaps and bounds as the basis of activities inmany areas of society, such as policy, economics and culture.
As characteristics of a knowledge-based society, the following can be cited: ①Knowledge
will have no national borders and will be increasingly globalized; ②Knowledge is constantly
advancing, and within the framework of a competitive environment, technological innovation is
being ceaselessly generated; ③ In many cases, the paradigms that have hitherto structured the9-9-development of knowledge are being transformed, and along with this, increasing importancewill be attached to judgments made on the basis of a broad spectrum of knowledge and flexible
thinking; and ④Participation will be encouraged regardless of sex or age.
○ Taking up the concepts of a knowledge-based society and globalization as referred to above,
international competition centered on the idea of knowledge itself and human resources is
accelerating, and the need for coexistence with other cultures and civilizations as well as forinternational cooperation is increasing.
From the perspective of "competition", a change is taking place from a society focused onprior regulation to one focused on post-operational checks, and system-based innovation is
being taken forward in such ways as deregulation and reform of the legal and regulatory system.
This kind of change can be found in every type of socio-economic activity, and takes suchforms as financial liberalization and increasing flexibility in terms of labor laws and systems. In
this kind of society, in order to accomplish a set role while engaging in friendly rivalry withothers and at the same time continuing to take responsibility for oneself, it is necessary to learn
fundamental knowledge and skills, to be able to identify areas in which the acquired knowledge
and skills can be applied, and to be equipped with the thinking ability required in problem
solving, as well as powers of judgment and self-expression. Furthermore, it is necessary foreveryone constantly to refresh themselves, so that their knowledge and skills do not become
outdated. The requirement now is for learning to be carried out through the whole of one's life,and school education constitutes an important basis for this.
On the other hand, at the same time as the above, "coexistence and cooperation" are also
required. In an environment in which information and people (=human resources) circulate
within a given national society and are closely linked together in a complicated pattern ofmutual inter-relationships, if the goal of sustainable development１ is to be reached, in theworld as a whole and in Japanese society, then positive efforts, within a context of cooperation,
are required from everyone in response to such themes as environmental problems or the adventof a society characterized by an aging population and a declining birthrate. In this kind ofsociety, a requirement is imposed on everyone to display in positive terms an "open andreceptive self", living in harmony with other people and society, with the natural world and theenvironment, while conducting a constant dialogue with oneself.
Moreover, in order to be able to coexist, within a framework of globalization, with people
whose lives are based on cultural and historical traditions that are different from one's own, it isvery important that everyone deepens their understanding of, and acquires an attitude of respect
for, the traditions and culture of their own native country or region.

10- 10 -

○

Of course, precisely because of the advent of an age of globalization and a knowledge-basedsociety, it is all the more important for everyone to participate of their own volition in local
society and to seek solutions to its problems as a member of that local society, and to nurture an
attitude of eagerly wanting to contribute to that society's development.
○ As outlined above, every individual lives within an interconnected network that takes theform of a society or other people, and every individual within that network has individuallydifferent hobbies and interests. Furthermore, in a society characterized by severe change andturbulence, there will be a not inconsiderable number of issues that it is difficult to confront, andin a society increasingly characterized by longevity, in which more and more people can lookforward to long lives, it is very important, while living in an atmosphere of friendly rivalry withothers, to conduct a dialogue with oneself while reading books and engaging in other activities,
and to deepen one's knowledge of oneself.
○ As has been explained up to this point, in the context of a structural change in society, adultmembers of that society are required to have the ability to respond to that change on their own
initiative. Taking that requirement as a basic precondition, if we try to identify in a word thestrength that is required of children, who will bear the burdens of the next generation, then we
can say that it is no other than the concept of "zest for living" , advocated in the report (1966) of
the Central Council for Education.
○ This kind of awareness or realization is commonly shared on an international scale. For aperiod of 4 years, from 1997 to 2003, under the auspices of the OECD, specialists in cognitive
science and evaluation from many countries, with the cooperation of educationalists, began aninternational comparative investigation to determine and define as "key competencies"２ theabilities that were required by children who would bear the responsibilities and burdens of thecoming age, characterized as a knowledge-based society. Taking cognizance of thisinternational movement, the persons responsible for education in every country were made evenmore strongly aware than in the past of the commonalities of the school curriculum on aninternational scale. In this context, it is fair to say that although the value of "zest for living" wasrecognized, precedence was given to clarifying what children needed in society and then tothinking in terms of "key competencies" within a framework of thinking about improvements tothe ideal pattern of education.
Furthermore, the same kind of thinking is evident in respect of the concept of３“humanresources” as found in the Report of the Human Strategy Research Committee”, issued by the
Human Strategy Research Committee located within the Japanese Cabinet.

11- 11 -

Revised Fundamental Law of Education and "zest for living"○ In December 2006, the objectives of education were redefined, after a period of 60 years, byrevisions to the Fundamental Law of Education. Article 2４ (4) of the said revised law is taken
as the basis, with a call for the development of harmony between the intellect, morality and the
body (Clause1), followed by specific definitions of the aims of education from the perspectiveof points set out in the form of individual autonomy (Clause 2), the relationship with others andsociety (Clause 3), the relationship with nature and the environment (Clause 4), and a call tolive as Japanese in an international society on the basis of the traditions and culture of Japan(Clause 5).
○ In addition, by means of a partial revision to the School Education Law promulgated in June
2007, the objectives of compulsory education were set out in specific terms, on the basis of therevisions to the Fundamental Law of Education, as follows. It was stipulated that in elementary,lower secondary and upper secondary schools, “in order that learning extending over a whole
lifetime can be cultivated as a basis, fundamental knowledge and skills shall be acquired, and at
the same time, the ability to think, to make judgments and to engage in self-expression shall becultivated as well as such other abilities as are necessary to solve problems pertaining to theapplication of said knowledge and skills, and an attitude of wanting to engage in learning of
one’s own volition shall also be nurtured with special emphasis on the need for preparedness”(Article 30, Clause 2; Article 49, Clause 62).
○ The following points set out clearly the important elements of academic ability, as
customarily debated in connection with the definition stipulated here.
① Learning and acquisition of fundamental knowledge and skills.
② The abilities of thinking, judgment and self-expression needed to solve issues
concerned with the application of such knowledge and skills.
③ Eagerness to engage in learning.
○ As shown here, the fundamental idea of education, as clearly shown by the revision of theFundamental Law of Education and partial revision of the School Education Law, is none otherthan cultivation of "zest for living", which is emphasized in the current Courses of Study.

１

In 2004, the General Assembly of the United Nations, on the basis of a recognition that education
played an extremely important role in promoting sustainable development, passed a unanimous resolution
declaring the 10 years beginning in 2005 the "United Nations Decade of Education for Sustainable
Development" (ESD: Education for Sustainable Development). The concept of "sustainable development"12- 12 -

is the same concept as that put forward in the report of the "World Commission on Environment andDevelopment" of 1987, and while fulfilling the demands of future generations, it also denotes
development that will satisfy the demands of the present generation, aiming to take forward under theumbrella of harmony, conservation of the environment, economic development and social development.
２"Key competencies" have been defined as the conceptual framework of the PISA begun by OECD in
2000. The PISA "do not only measure knowledge and skills, but utilize many different kinds of
psychological and social resources but assess the ability to respond to complicated issues in specified
domains. Specifically, assessments are made in 3 categories: ①the ability to use social and cultural, as
well as skill-based tools, in an interactive way; ②the ability to form human relationships in manydifferent kinds of social groups; and ③the ability to act autonomously.
３

The report of the Human Ability Strategy Research Committee, chaired by Professor Shin'ichi
Ichikawa of the University of Tokyo defines "human ability" as "comprehensive ability required by eachindividual wishing to live an autonomous life to the full at the same time as conducting the operations that
constitute society". The report goes on to state that "human ability" can be enhanced by a balance thatenhances in a comprehensive way ①factors related to cognitive ability; ②factors related to social andinterpersonal ability; and ③factors related to self-control. It is also pointed out that human ability, if
activities designed to grasp it are made the objective, can be classified into "working life aspects", "civic
life aspects" and "cultural aspects".

４

The Fundamental Law of Education(Objectives of Education)
Article 2. For education to realize its objectives, respect should be given to freedom of scholarship, andthe business of education should be carried out in such a way that the objectives listed below areachieved.
1) to instill in those in receipt of education a wide range of knowledge and general culture, to develop
an attitude of searching for truth, to cultivate a rich and fertile esthetic sensitivity and a sense of
morality, and at the same time as doing these things, to foster a healthy body.
2) while paying respect to individual values, to extend associated abilities, to cultivate creativity, tonurture a spirit of independence and autonomy, and at the same time to emphasize the connection
between work and everyday life, and develop an attitude of putting a high value on work.
3) to put weight on justice and responsibility, gender equality, and on love and respect for onself andothers as well as on cooperation, and at the same time, to cultivate an attitude of wanting toparticipate in the formation of an autonomous society, based on a spirit of independence andautonomy, and to contribute to its development.
4) to respect life, to place a high value on nature, and to cultivate an attitude of wishing to contribute to
the conservation of the environment.
5) to respect tradition and culture, to instill love of one's country and homeland, which nurtures suchrespect, and to cultivate an attitude of respect for other countries and an attitude of wishing tocontribute to the development of a peaceful international society

13- 13 -

3. The present State of Children and Current Issues○ As explained above, what is required from children as they prepare to bear the burdens of thecoming age, characterized as a "knowledge-based society" is "zest for living". It is possible tolocate within this social framework the PISA investigation regularly implemented by theOECD and targeted at 15-year old children from many countries. Underlying this investigation
is not only a need to identify key competencies, but also an awareness that these constitute thedriving force in social development as a whole.
The Courses of Study currently in force have the objective of nurturing "zest for living" inschool education.
○ Turning to the issue of the current state of children, in a public opinion poll in 2005, the agegroup which rated highest for experience of participating in volunteer activities as well as for
positively expressing hopes of participating in the future was that of 15 to 19-year olds; thepercentage was higher than that found in a similar poll carried out in 1993, a trend which isviewed as a positive sign.1 In another area too, that of a survey entitled “Investigations into thestate of awareness concerning compulsory education", 70% of parents with children attending
elementary and/or lower secondary schools were satisfied with their children's schools.2 Weshould not forget that in the background to this statistic we can identify the unceasing efforts ofteachers in the schools throughout Japan.
○ On the other hand, the various issues listed below can also be identified from the results ofa number of surveys as forming part of the current condition of children.
Children's academic ability and the current state of learning○ The present state of children's academic ability has been grasped and analyzed on the basisof the results of surveys carried out by NIER3. In elementary and lower secondary schools,
surveys were carried out in fiscal years 1993 to 1995, in fiscal 2001 and fiscal 2003. Taking theresults of the survey implemented in fiscal 2003, the percentage of correct answers to
problems, compared with the percentage of correct answers to the same problems from thesurvey 2 years earlier in 2001, showed an overall significant rise of about 43%, making it
possible to acknowledge a set achievement in the learning of basic knowledge and skills. It is
fair to say that this result reflects the efforts4 that teachers in every schools made to ensure thatchildren had a thorough grasp of basic knowledge and skills. On the other hand, a problem
issue is that it is also possible to identify areas such as that of writing skills in Japanese (=native language), where there was a decline in the percentage of correct replies.
Turning to the position in upper secondary schools, a comparison of the results from asurvey conducted in fiscal 2005 with the results of a 2002-2003 survey shows, for example,
that while there was a rise in the percentage of correct replies for "listening" in English, there- 15 -

14

was a decline in the results for Japanese classics.
○ On the other hand, in the results from international surveys of academic ability conducted in2003 (the PISA5 by OECD and the TIMSS6 results from the International Association for the
Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA)), it can be seen that overall, the results ofacademic ability for children from Japan showed a rise in international terms. Specifically,
・ there is an issue with regard to reading and understanding and with regard to writing;・ in the area of pupils grouped by proficiency in terms of reading and understanding in
the PISA, a comparison of the 2003 results with those of 2000 shows an overall patternof expanded distribution, with a lowering of results for the middle group and a rise in
the results for the lower group.
A tendency toward a decrease in the level of results can be discerned in the above.
We can also find in the results of the 2006 PISA7 a slight decline in the achievement
results of the lower group in terms of reading and understanding and in numerical literacy. At
the same time as being able to identify the same kind of trends that could be seen in respect of
the same problems in the 2003 survey, the numerical literacy results for a high-attainment
group that was above the OECD average also showed a decrease in terms of the percentage ofhigh grades, and the average grades attained also decreased. In addition, looking at the area of
science literacy, while there was no change in a comparison of the results for the sameproblems a those of the 2003 survey, when it came to looking at the percentage of pupils who
enjoyed or showed an interest in science, there was again clearly a problem issue to beaddressed in terms of the generally low level 8.
○ On April 24, 2007, MEXT implemented a National Assessment of Academic Ability over
the whole of Japan, targeting elementary school pupils in grade 6 and lower secondary school
pupils in grade 3. The subjects tested were Japanese and Mathematics, and pupils wereassessed both on their grasp of knowledge and skills and on their ability to apply what theyknew 9. A questionnaire on lifestyle and study habits was also implemented. The test results
will be analyzed from many different angles; the most important factor in an analysis of theresults can be found in the ability to bring about improvements in the education system.
What can be said about survey results to date is that in the same way as with the
Curriculum Implementation Survey or the National Assessment of Academic Ability, in
general terms, considerable numbers of children can be thought of as having acquired
fundamental knowledge and skills, but problem issues can be identified in individual cases,
such as for example in Mathematics in lower secondary schools, understanding the meaning of
the transposition of a term in mathematical equations or understanding the relationshipbetween the volume of a cylinder and a cone.
On the other hand, points such as the following can be identified as causing problems in
the area of the application of knowledge and skills. For example, in Japanese:- 16 -

15

・summarizing the main points of the facts in an explanatory passage, or extracting
necessary points from a document and rewriting them in accordance with set
conditions (elementary school).
・comparing information extracted from multiple documents, and writing in clear terms thepoints that have to be conveyed (lower secondary school).
Or in Mathematics:
・ extracting the information necessary to determine the area of a place indicated on amap, making a comparison, and giving an explanation of the reason for the answers(elementary school).
・ understanding the meaning of a hypothesis and a conclusion, and improving a proof soas to make it correct (lower secondary school)
Furthermore, there is a trend which shows that children who have acquired the ability toapply knowledge and skills have a thorough grounding in the said knowledge and skills, but on
the other hand, a thorough grounding in knowledge and skills is not necessarily limited to thosechildren who have the ability to apply them.
○ As shown above, there is general agreement that on the basis of the results of the various
surveys, even though there are areas of individual difficulty in terms of the acquisition of
fundamental knowledge and skills, in general, a set level of achievement has been reached.
However, there are problems about questions concerned with reading and writing ability which
aim to test the skills of thinking, making judgments and engaging in self-expression. Theseabilities are stressed in the current Courses of Study, but it has to be said that they constitute amajor problem issue because they are the abilities that children will need when they go out into
society.
○ A further point is that as a factor contributing to the expanded disperson of the distributed
PISA results, one can cite the high rate of non-replies among Japanese students to the questions
on reading and understanding and on writing in terms of international comparisons. This showsthat there is an issue to be faced in terms of the widening individual disparities in terms ofeagerness to learn, itself an important element of academic ability, and in terms of an attitudeof wanting to get to grips with stubborn and intractable issues.
In this connection, it should be noted that an international comparison of the results ofinternational surveys of academic ability such as the PISA, implemented for first grade upper
secondary school students in 2003 and 2006, shows that Japanese students had comparatively
low results for questions concerned with a liking for science and mathematics. Moreover,according to the TIMSS, targeted at elementary and lower secondary school pupils, Japan had
the lowest results of any participating country in terms of the time spent on homework outsideschool, but on the other hand, it had the highest results in terms of time spent watching video- 17 -

16

and TV, and came about midway on the scale for time spent helping in the house. And in a2005 survey on curriculum implementation targeted at upper secondary school students,
although the results showed a slight improvement, about 40% of respondents said that theyeither spent no time at all or very little time studying on school days outside timetabled school
hours.
On the other hand, looking at more recent results, in the National Assessment of
Academic Ability implemented for elementary and lower secondary school pupils in April
2007, in contrast to the Curriculum Implementation Survey implemented in 2003, there was apercentage increase, particularly among lower secondary pupils, in the numbers who said they
liked studying Japanese and Mathematics. Improvements could also be identified among bothelementary and lower secondary school pupils in terms of an increase in the daily time spent
studying or reading. An issue that needs to be studied in the future is how this trend can besustained and how it can be brought to fruition in terms of a firmer grounding or improvementin academic ability.
○ As mentioned above, the National Assessment of Academic Ability also asked pupils about
their eagerness to study and about their study and lifestyle habits, and replies to these questions
were correlated with the replies to the academic questions. The result of this analysis was that
there was found to be a relatively high correlation between children who had a high percentage
of correct replies and those who answered that they did homework set in school at home, talked
about school matters with other members of their family, ate breakfast every morning, checkedthat they had all the books etc. that they needed before they left home, and obeyed the school
rules. It is clear from this that there is a significant correlation between correct academic
answers and confirmation of basic study and lifestyle habits.
A further point is that those children who said they liked reading and thought they would
like to become the kind of person who understands the feelings of others also had a tendency tohave a high percentage of correct replies.
The current condition of children's mind and body
○ The number of issues concerned with the current condition of the mind and body of children
is not insignificant; they include a slackening of self-control and awareness of normative
behavior as evidenced in such ways as the so-called problem first graders or the phenomenonof grade class breakdown, also insufficiently established daily living habits10 and problem
behavior11, including bullying and suicide resulting from being bullied, and a decrease inphysical strength and stamina.
On the other hand, the number of children who do exhibit self-control is small in terms ofinternational comparisons12. The number of children who are apathetic about their future orshow feelings of unease is increasing,13 and at the same time, there is also an increase in thenumber of children who have worries about friendships with others14; these findings indicate- 18 -

17

weakness or difficulty in forming human relationships.
○ The physical and mental development of children is affected by many different kinds ofinfluences derived from changes in the social environment or lifestyles. Along with an overall
decline in the physical criteria applied to children, as seen in the results for stamina or
mobility, an expanded dispersion pattern in respect of children who view exercise positively
and those who do not has also been noted.
○ As can be seen, against the background of changes in the environment by which children are
surrounded, in the same way as in the case of eagerness to learn, one problem issue is thegrowing area of divergence between individual children in respect of living styles,
self-confidence and physical stamina.

1

In an "Opinion Survey on Lifelong Education", conducted in May 2005 by the Cabinet Office, thefigure of 55.3% for respondents aged 15-19 who said that they had participated in volunteer activity was
greater than that of 44.2% for respondents aged 20 and over who gave the same reply. Furthermore, thefigures for respondents who said that they would like to participate in volunteer activity were 72.7% and59.6% respectively. In the same survey conducted in 1993, the figures for respondents aged 15-19 were
38.3% for those with participation experience, and 66.7% for those who said they would like toparticipate in the future.

2

This figure is the total of 5.5% who replied "very satisfied" and 64.5% who replied "satisfied".On theother hand, in terms of replies on individual issues, the total of replies expressing positive affirmation
and approval exceeded 60% ("I certainly think so" (positive affirmation) and "I think so" (approval)).

・ "In the Period for Integrated Study, there was a big disparity in terms of the number of teachers andthe eagerness they displayed. (Affirmation and Approval, 65.3%).
・ The number of class hours in a year should be increased (ibid, 67%).
・ Supplementary learning should be conducted after the end of classes, on Saturdays and in thesummer holidays (ibid, 61.4%).
・ English activities should be made compulsory in elementary schools (ibid, 66.8%).
・ There should be instruction geared to future work and life patterns (ibid, 62.7%).
・ Experiential and volunteer activities in the community should be organized (ibid 63.7%).
・ Teaching should be in small groups or given by multiple teachers (ibid, 80.9%.
In addition to the above, opinions expressed in school meetings organized by MEXT included those who
were concerned about reductions in teaching content and class teaching hours, a lowering of basic
academic ability, excessive attendance at “juku” preparatory schools, and so on. On the other hand, there
were also many people who said that children had stopped playing outside, that they did not experienceany games appropriate to their stage of development, and that children were unable to communicate, allof these comments indicating a change in children; these were reinforced by comments that exchanges
among children themselves, such as playing in groups, also movements to stimulate greetings andimprove manners were effective.
Looking also at the results of a subsequent survey: "Survey on the Consciousness and Lifestyle ofPre-teens and Young Teens" (Cabinet Office survey of February 2007), 73.6% of the parents ofelementary and lower secondary school children were satisfied with school education, while 25.6% weredissatisfied. In addition, in the same survey, 95.9% of elementary school children and 94.4% of lower
secondary school children found school life "enjoyable".
3

The surveys referred to were carried out by NIER and targeted at pupils in Grades 5 and 6 of

- 19 -

18

elementary school, and Grades 1 to 3 of lower secondary school, and students in Grade 3 of upper
secondary school. Their objective was to acquire basic data to serve the cause of reform of instruction
and of the Courses of Study as a result of grasping the situation over the country as a whole regarding
the extent to which the educational content as shown in the Courses of Study for elementary, lower
secondary and upper secondary schools had been acquired by the objects of the survey.
4

In December 2000, MEXT received the "Report of the National Commission on Educational
Reform - 17 Proposals for Changing Education". In January of the following year, 2001, MEXT drew up
its "Education Reform Plan for the 21st Century", showing 7 priority strategies designed to raise thelevel of basic academic ability by means of teaching that could easily be understood. In January 2002,
MEXT issued a document entitled "Exhortation toward Learning", the 2002 appeal for academic ability,with the aim of accelerating in each school positive attempts to tackle the consolidation of basic
academic ability. Furthermore, in 2003, the Courses of Study were partially revised, and at the sametime as clarification of the fundamental nature of the Courses of Study, an action plan to raise the levelof academic ability from 2003 was implemented.
As a result of the issuing of these documents, the number of standard class teaching hours in a year
in elementary and lower secondary schools was raised from 2005 in over 90% of all public sector
schools, and at the same time, and a system of grading classes by the level of proficiency was
implemented in more than 80% of elementary schools and more than 70% of lower secondary schools
5
The abbreviation for the Programme for International Student Assessment, which can be redefined asa "survey on the attainment level of student learning" It is implemented by the OECD (Organisation for
Economic Co-operation and Development". Targeting students in Grade 1 of upper secondary school, it
evaluates the level to which students can utilize their knowledge and skills when confronting issues in avariety of aspects of actual everyday life. (In the 2003 survey, 41 countries and regions participated, andwith "mathematical literacy" as the main domain, "reading ability", "scientific literacy" and "problem
solving" were also investigated.
(survey headings)
・ Reading literacy: the ability to understand, use and reflect on written texts, in order to achieve one's
goals, to develop one's knowledge and potential, and to participate effectively society.
・ Mathematical literacy: an individual's capacity to identify and understand the role that mathematics
plays in the world, to make well-founded judgments and to use and engage with mathematics inways that meet the needs of that individual's life, at present and in the future, including his or her
private life, occupational life, and social life with friends, family and relatives, as a constructive,
concerned and reflective citizen.
・ Scientific literacy: the capacity to use scientific knowledge, to identify questions and to draw
evidence-based conclusions in order to understand and help make decisions about the natural world
and the changes made to it through human activity.
・ Problem solving: an individual's capacity to respond to problems in cases where ①the problem is areal-life situation, ②the solution path is not immediately obvious, and ③the problem is not
limited to a single literacy domain.
6

The abbreviation for Trends in International Mathematics and Science Study. It is implemented by theInternational Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA), and targets pupils in
Grade 4 in elementary school and Grade 2 in lower secondary school to evaluate the extent of theirlearning of knowledge and skills in the school curriculum. (Participating countries and regions: 25 atelementary school level, 46 at lower secondary school level. Survey domains: Arithmetic/Mathematics
and Science (as of the 2003 survey)).

7

In 2006, the number of participating countries and regions increased to 57, the central focus was on
the domain of "scientific literacy", and the domains of "reading" and "mathematical literacy" were also
assessed.

8

With regard to "scientific literacy", which was the central domain in the 2006 survey, in contrast to thefavorable results in the area of "using scientific evidence", there were clearly problems in relation to"recognizing scientific problems", where students had to make judgments about the possibility ofcarrying out scientific investigation of a problem, or to "explaining a phenomenon in scientific terms",- 20 -

19

where students had to list factors, other than CO2, which had the potential to exert an influence on thegreenhouse effect.
9

The questions in the National Assessment of Academic Ability can be divided into 2 kinds, ①
questions mainly about "knowledge" (primarily content that would have an influence on learning inhigher grades if it was not acquired, or content and skills that it was desirable to be able to utilize
because it was indispensable in daily life) and ②questions mainly about "application" (primarily theability to apply knowledge and skills in a variety of different contexts in everyday life, or the ability todraw up a plan in different problem-solving situations and then put it into practice and evaluate andimprove it).

10

With regard to daily living habits, the following results emerged from the "Consciousness Survey on
Compulsory Education".
・ The percentage of children going to bed after midnight on a weekday was 10% for Grade 6 inelementary school, 50% for Grade 2, lower secondary school, and 60% for Grade 3, lower
secondary school.
・ The number of children who eat breakfast every day decreases as they move to higher grades. For
elementary school, Grade 4, the figure is about 90%, but for lower secondary school, Grade 1, it is80%, and for Grade 3 it goes down to 70%.
・ The percentage of children who watch TV, video or DVD every day for 3 hours or more is about
40% for elementary school pupils and about 50% for lower secondary school pupils.
・ It should also be noted that in a "Survey on the Actual Food Habits of Children" (Japan Sports
Promotion Center, 2005), results shows that children who almost never eat breakfast amounted to
4% for elementary school, Grade 5, rising to 5% for lower secondary school, Grade 2. Also, thetotal of children who go some days without breakfast was 13%.
・ Results from a "Survey on School Health Statistics" showed the following.
・ Children with a tendency to obesity (120% or more above the average weight for their height,
classified by sex and age) are increasing in all grades. In 1982, the figure for children in Grade 6,
elementary school, was 7.1%; this increased 1.5 times to 10.2% in 2005.
・ On the other hand, children with a tendency to thinness (80% or less below the average weight for
their height, classified by sex and age) are also increasing in all grades. In 1982, the figure forchildren in Grade 6, elementary school, was 1.4%; this increased to 3.5% in 2005
11

With regard to the present numbers of children exhibiting problem behavior, figures for fiscal 2005
showed an increase in the number of pupils who failed to attend school regularly in the case of bothelementary and lower secondary school. In particular, the percentage of such pupils from lower
secondary schools reached 2.86%, the highest figure on record. In the case of commission of acts ofviolence, there was a total of 44,621 incidents involving elementary, lower secondary and upper
secondary schools. In the case of years prior to 2004, there is a need to take account of a change in thesurvey methods, but the figures for 2005 showed an increase over the previous year at all levels ofschooling.
12

According to a survey conducted in March 2005 by the Japan Youth Research Institute entitled"Report on eagerness to learn and everyday living habits of high school students; an international
comparison of Japan, the U.S.A. and China", Japan had the lowest total of positive responses concernedwith self-evaluation of daily living, i.e. "I try to engage positively with things", "I like displaying
leadership", "I am relatively well able to control my own desires" and "I like studying" among all 3
countries.
According to a separate survey, "Survey Report on the Consciousness and Daily Life of Early teens
and Pre-teens", carried out by the Cabinet Office in February 2007), when the results are compared withthose of the same survey carried out in September 1999, positive responses to "I have confidence inmyself" decreased for elementary school pupils from 56.4% to 47.4%, and for lower secondary school
pupils from 41.1% to 29.0%.
13

According to the Cabinet Office survey of February 2007, " Survey Report on the Consciousness andDaily Life of Early teens and Pre-teens ", the number of lower secondary school pupils who responded- 21 -

20

that they were worried or anxious about their studies or their future school career increased from 46.7%
in the same survey carried out in September 1999 to 61.2%.
14

According to the Cabinet Office survey of February 2007, " Survey Report on the Consciousness andDaily Life of Early teens and Pre-teens ", the number of lower secondary school pupils who responded
that they were worried or anxious about making friends increased from 8.1% in the same survey carriedout in September 1999 to 20.0%.

- 22 -

21

4. Background Factors and Causes of Current Problem Issues○ When we looked above at the current state of Japanese children, we found that were asignificant number of issues that needed to evaluated. On the other hand, there are also
problem issues located within the various concepts covered by “zest for living”, including theability to think, make judgments and engage in self-expression, eagerness to learn, study andlifestyle habits, confidence in oneself and interest in the future, and physical strength andstamina.
○ Children are nurtured not only by education within schools, but also by education in theirfamilies and communities, and they are subject to considerable influences from social changes
and changing trends. Because these formative processes are mutually interactive, it isexceedingly difficult to elucidate factors of cause and effect, but we have made divisions andexamined as background factors the family and the community, problems of society as awhole, and problems of school education as a whole. Problems related to school education are:・ specific means for realizing the ideas of the Courses of Study;
・ putting in place conditions for securing interaction between teachers and pupils, and for
implementing effective and efficient teaching.
(1) Society as a whole and change in families and communities○ As stipulated in Article 10 of the Fundamental Law of Education, the primary responsibility
for education rests with the family.
In particular, securing time for family interaction and implementing basic discipline, andat the same time, confirming basic living habits1 such as ensuring sufficient time for sleep andimproving eating habits, is the cornerstone of "zest for living". In both the Elementary andLower Secondary Curriculum Implementation Survey and the National Assessment of
Academic Ability, there was a tendency for children who had acquired sound basic lifestyle
habits to have higher scores on the academic questions.
Moreover, interacting with adults and engaging in friendly rivalry with children ofdifferent ages through the medium of sports and games, and taking part in activities in natural
surroundings are all things that until now, have been naturally secured in families andcommunities, but their importance must be stressed and not simply taken for granted.
○ However, at the same time as we move toward a more affluent age, against a background ofsocial and lifestyle changes such as the growth of nuclear families and increasing urbanization,a decrease in the educative power of families and communities has become evident. The reality
is that ensuring a firm grounding in lifestyle habits is insufficient, and the opportunities fornature-based activities or for interaction with children of other ages and with adults other than

- 23 -

22

parents or teachers are decreasing2. Moreover, as also shown in a Cabinet Office survey,
parents themselves, when identifying problem areas concerned with bringing up children or
education, specified in the first instance "insufficient education and discipline withinfamilies"3.
○ As noted in Chapter 3 above, against the background of a growing disparity amongindividuals in terms of such things as eagerness to study or lifestyle habits, confidence inoneself and physical strength and stamina, it may be assumed that the ideal form of theenvironment surrounding children, primarily in the form of the family, exerts a considerable
influence on their development.
○ Furthermore, the present environment is one in which we can see on the one hand a change
in the employment environment in the form of an increase in persons in irregular employment,
and on the other, the advent of the age in which, thanks to the decline in the 18-year old
population, all those who wish are able to enter university. In this kind of environment, thekind of situation we are witnessing is one in which children feel great uncertainty about their
future, fail to see any connection between their school studies and their own future, have lessdesire to learn, and do not have confirmed study habits. Awareness of the kind of changes
noted here can also be found in surveys targeted at parents4. And this same situation is also one
reason for the results identified in international surveys of academic ability that show children
as having a relative lack of ability to apply knowledge and skills, an unwillingness to thinkpersistently about an unknown problem or issue, and a low level of eagerness to engage inself-expression.
On a wider level, these characteristics in children are supported by a social trend5 ofwanting to enjoy the present rather than prepare for the future.
(2)

Specific means of realizing the ideas of the Courses of Study○ Next, when considering reasons why the specific means of realizing the basic ideas of the
Courses of Study were not necessarily sufficient, it is reasonable to think of the issues
contained in the 5 points listed below.
○ 1) On questions such as why "zest for living" is necessary for children from now on and what
the precise meaning of this concept is, the efforts made by MEXT to ensure wide
understanding and a thorough grasp of the concept were not necessarily sufficient, and there
was not enough common understanding between MEXT on the one hand and schools, parents
and society on the other.
With regard to the form of education, it is very easy to construct a bipolar opposition
between "room to grow" (sometimes translated as "relaxed education") and "force-feeding".
But in fact, for children who will grow into adults with responsibility for bearing the burdens- 24 -

23

of an age of rapid change, it is necessary to overcome this bipolar opposition; what children
need to do is acquire basic knowledge and skills as well as to acquire the various abilities,
namely the ability to think, form judgments and express themselves, that are required to apply
the knowledge and skills that they have learned, and to more forward with these skills andabilities working in a coordinated way like the wheels of a car. This kind of approach is very
important in that it suits the coming "knowledge-based society", but at the present time it
would be difficult to maintain that there is an adequate common level of understanding.
○ 2) Against the background of the issue presented in 1) above, if we look more closely at theteaching as implemented in schools, we can refer firstly to the questions posed in the reportissued in 2003 by the Central Council for Education entitled "Present Policies for Improving
Curricula and Instruction in Elementary and Secondary Education"6, as to whether sufficient
respect is paid by teachers to children's autonomy, and whether teachers did not show
indecision about their teaching. In connection also with 1) above, one point, the importance of
which goes without saying, can be defined as a major idea in respect of school education,
expressed in the words, "to develop the ability to learn and think for oneself". What is expectedof teachers in the course of everyday classroom activities is not that they will force content
down the throats of pupils but that they will teach in a way that makes children think7, while
ensuring that children have a thorough grasp of basic knowledge and skills.
○ 3) In the Courses of Study currently in force, in order that the knowledge and skills acquiredin each subject can be utilized in a comprehensive way, a Period for Integrated Study, in whichemphasis was to be laid on hands-on, problem-solving types of activities, was newly created,but sufficient attention was not necessarily paid to formulating an appropriate division of roles
as well as links between this newly created period and other school subjects in respect of thedevelopment of the ability to think, the ability to form judgments and the ability to express
oneself, which are objectives of school education as a whole.
More specifically, the intention was that essentially, while learning the fundamental
knowledge and skills associated with each school subject, children would carry out
experiments and observations and write up the results in reports, and that after reading written
documents, they would assemble and set down their own thinking in the light of theirknowledge and experience. By these means, they would carry out learning activities involving
the application of the knowledge and skills they had learned in the various school subjects. It
was then envisaged that they would discuss their results and their activities in a cross-curricular
framework in the Period for Integrated Study and would be helped to develop discovery-type
activities8. The various learning activities described here are mutually inter-related and cannot
by their nature be clearly divided and classified, but thinking, judgmental and expressive
abilities are developed through learning activities which utilize acquired knowledge and skills
and through the discovery-type activities which are based on the learning activities.
However, in a context in which subject hours are reduced, it is difficult to engage in- 25 -

24

learning activities which utilize the acquired knowledge and skills and also difficult to evaluate
the results9; the significance of these learning activities is not understood and it cannot be said
that they are carried out to a sufficient degree. The result of this situation is that the links at
different grades and levels of schooling between the knowledge and skills acquired intimetabled subjects and the problem-solving and exploratory-type activities carried on in the
Period for Integrated Study have become very impoverished, and this is one reason why theeducation of Japanese children in thinking, judgmental and expressive abilities through themedium of all the educational activities in the school has not been sufficient.
○ 4) Linked to the topic picked up in 3) above, with a view to encouraging them to think, form
judgments and engage in self-expression, children have to acquire fundamental knowledge andskills in each timetabled school subject. If at the same time as doing this they also have tocompile reports on experiments and observations and carry out learning activities in the formof applying the knowledge and skills they have acquired, then the number of hours timetabled
in elementary and lower secondary schools at the present time is simply not enough.
In the Courses of Study currently in force, the total number of class hours at each grade ofelementary and lower secondary school has been reduced to 70 credit hours a year (equivalent
to 2 classes a week) in line with the full-scale adoption of a 5-day school week. Furthermore,
the result of the creation of the Period for Integrated Study and the emphasis on optionalcourses in lower secondary school is that the number of hours for almost all compulsory
courses has been reduced.
However, as shown in 3) above, what is needed from now on is that accompanying thestudy of fundamental knowledge and skills in the various subjects, emphasis is put on ensuringthat children acquire a firmly grounded ability in thinking skills, judgmental skills andexpressive skills through strengthened learning activities involving utilization of thefundamental knowledge and skills acquired in their subject classes.
○ 5) Finally, if we look at the need to ensure that a rich and fertile heart and mind and a healthy
body are cultivated through the medium of school education, then we have to say that the
response to the lowering of the educational function of families and communities at a time ofgreat social change has not been sufficient.
For the development of a rich and fertile heart and mind and a healthy body to be
implemented, it is necessary to have a division of roles and good liaison between schools,
families and communities. In particular, the role that has to be played by families is large, andno matter what form changes in society take, that role does not change in the slightest.
However, in an overall atmosphere in which the educational function of families andcommunities has decreased in strength, in which there is insufficient confirmation of goodlifestyle habits, and in which there are fewer opportunities for interaction between children andadults other than parents and teachers and fewer opportunities for experience in the natural
world, it is necessary that as well as strengthening moral education and physical education,- 26 -

25

chances to engage in hands-on activities in school education should be created, and new andstrengthened links should be formed between families, schools and communities.
(3)

Putting conditions in place to ensure that teachers have enough time in which tosecure effective and efficient communication and interaction with children○ The ideas underlying the official Courses of Study are things that have to be realized in thecourse of the everyday teaching that takes place in children's classrooms, and in this context,
vitally important questions are how far teachers can communicate and interact with children,
what kind of textbooks and teaching materials they use, and how effectively and efficiently
they teach by utilizing ICT10

and other educational aids in the classroom environment.

○ In particular, in the course of aiming to achieve the dual aims of achieving on the one hand athorough grounding in fundamental knowledge and skills and on the other the development of
the skills of thinking, forming judgments and engaging in self-expression, both of which aims
are essential components of "zest for living", it is very important to assess in detail the degreeof understanding achieved by each individual child.
It is also necessary to ensure that children who lack confidence in themselves and arehesitant and uncertain about their future and about forming human relationships, are enabledthrough the medium of class teaching and hands-on activities, or through individual guidance
after classes have finished, to feel firm responses in communicating with others and withsociety at large, and conditions have to be put in place so that more time than hitherto is set
aside for ensuring that these aims are realized.
○ There is considerable interest, including that in overseas countries, in the ways in whichteachers in Japan make efforts to improve the quality of their teaching in ways such as "classteaching research", and in addition to this, pupil guidance and club activities are also carriedout in the form of guidance to children outside timetabled class hours. According to the resultsof a survey into the actual working conditions of teachers carried out by MEXT, teachers inelementary and lower secondary schools worked on average about 34 hours overtime in amonth, an increase in overtime hours compared to a survey of working conditions carried out
in 1966.
○ However, it is clear from the results of analyzing the content of the duties carried out by
teachers, as shown in the survey referred to above, that the reality is that apart from duties
directly connected with the teaching and guidance of children, a great deal of time is consumed
by school management and administrative duties such as school management meetings anddiscussions, clerical duties, the writing of reports and such like, and by responding to externalmatters in the form of administration and contact with outside organizations.11 In order toachieve a rise in the quality of teaching that is coupled with the efforts of teachers exemplified- 27 -

26

in such ways as "class teaching research", what is necessary as an absolute first priority is thatsufficient time is secured for teachers to communicate with and interact with children.
○ With the above aims in mind, there is a need to establish educational conditions taking suchforms as school facilities and administrative arrangements, including the allocation of teachers
to posts and duties, facilities and equipment, textbooks and teaching materials, and the ICT
environment, and to examine on a wide scale the form that should be taken by systems to
support schools in communities as a whole, and educational finance and administration interms of providing support for schools and teachers.

1

In the context of confirming living habits, it is possible to think of taking as points of reference the "4
key activities" carried out in firms and other bodies as contributions to improving safety consciousness,
namely discarding unnecessary things, putting things in order, maintaining personal cleanliness, andmaintaining clean and tidy surroundings.

2

According to a "Situation Report on Nature Experience Activities by Young People in 2005" (targetedat Grades 4 and 6, elementary school, and Grade 2, lower secondary school) issued by the National
Olympics Memorial Youth Center, comparing figures for 1998 and 2005, the number of respondents
who said that they had never or almost never taken part in the following activities showed an increase:"caught butterflies, dragonflies or grasshoppers" (19%→35%), ""watched the sun rise or go down"(34%→43%), "gone camping" (38%→53%), etc.

3

According to a Cabinet Office report of February 3005 entitled "Survey report on the Consciousness
and Daily Life of Early teens and Pre-teens", parents of children in elementary or lower secondary
school ranked highly on questions asking for multiple responses to problem points in areas such as childcare, education and so on.: "Discipline and education in the home is inadequate" (59.9%); "Children can
no longer live their lives safely in local communities" (58.3%); and "Children receive bad influencesfrom the media such as TV and the internet" (50.0%)

4

According to a Cabinet Office report of February 3005 entitled " Survey report on the Consciousness
and Daily Life of Early teens and Pre-teens ", responses by parents of children in elementary or lower
secondary school showed a large decrease compared to responses in September 2000 in respect of thefollowing points: "Studying for entrance examinations is very hard" (55.9% to 22.1%); "Children's life
is heavily biased toward study" (34.8% to 18.1%); and "Schools try and teach too much" (22% to 6.1%).

5

Looking at the results over time of the "Opinion Poll Survey on People's Daily Lives" conducted by
the Cabinet Office, in the survey held in 1986, the number of respondents who agreed with the statement,"I'm enjoying a rich and fruitful life every day" was higher than those who agreed that "I'm preparing forthe future with savings and investments". But over the years, the gap between agreement to the twostatements has widened, and in the survey of October 2006, 57.2% agreed with the statement, "I'menjoying a rich and fruitful life every day", while only 29.3% agreed with the statement, I'm preparing
for the future with savings and investments".

6

In the Report, the following case studies were presented by schools concerning the current Courses ofStudy:・ Failure to secure necessary instruction time for class instruction in each subject.
・ Implementation of the Period for Integrated Study without clarification of the qualities and abilities
with which children are supposed to be equipped.
・ Too much emphasis on children's subjectivity and individual interests, resulting in an inability ofthe part of teachers to implement necessary and appropriate instruction and insufficient
improvement in educational effects.
In the above and similar comments, reference is made to cases in which instruction did not meet the- 28 -

27

requirements of the Courses of Study. In December 2003, on the basis of the above, part of the Coursesof Study was revised, focusing primarily on clarification of the standardizing role of the Courses ofStudy.
7

When carrying out teaching which is designed to get children to think, it is important to establish aconnection, by means of devising teaching tools and materials and grasping the level of children's
understanding, between "teaching" and "enabling the thinking process"8

Discovery-type activities are important in that they stimulate children's intellectual curiosity, enhancetheir desire to learn, and enable children to understand knowledge and skills in an experiential way.
They need to be promoted in a positive way in order to heighten children's ability to study and think forthemselves. It can be anticipated that through such activities, connections will be established between
the various areas of knowledge and skill that children acquire in subject teaching, and will interact
together in a comprehensive way.

9

Encouragement of the abilities involved in thinking, making judgments and engaging in
self-expression by means of learning activities such as the application of knowledge and skills or
discovery-based projects has until now been termed "invisible academic ability" because of the
difficulty of measuring it. However, recently, both within the OECD PISA and by the inclusion of"application" problems in the National Academic Ability Survey conducted by MEXT, methods ofmeasuring such ability have begun to be developed and disseminated.

10

ICT is the abbreviation for Information and Communications Technology. It has the same meaning as
IT (Information Technology). In terms of ICT in the field of education, it is possible to think of teachingby means of the application of electronic teaching materials or of information management utilizing
computers.
11

An analysis of the working timer of a teacher during one normal working day in July, September,
October, November and December in 2005 shows that for example in July, a teacher spent 6 hrs. 27
mins. carrying out teaching involving direct contact with children, while 4 hrs. 29 mins. were needed tocarry out other duties.
According to the "Results of a Survey on the Consciousness of Teachers and Parents" carried out at
the same time, teachers reported that they did not feel particularly busy as a result of "teaching", but thatthey did feel busy as a result of desk work, including such things as "dealing with grades", "lesson
preparation", "clerical work and preparation of reports", etc.

- 29 -

28

5. The Basic Thinking underlying Revisions to the Courses ofStudy○ With the revisions to the Fundamental Law of Education and the issues affecting children to dateas a basis, the basic thinking underlying the revisions to the Courses of Study is as follows.
Implementation is carried out from the perspective of confirming a specific means of realizing theideas inherent in the Courses of Study.
(1)

Revisions to the Courses of Study on the basis of the Revised Fundamental
Law of Education○ As explained above, the Fundamental Law of Education was revised in December 2006 after aspace of about 60 years, and a new concept was established in education.

The perspective

underlying this concept was that of educating Japanese who would be imbued with a rich andfruitful heart and emotions and who would set forth bravely to carve out a path for Japan in the
21st century. Following this revision, a part of the School Education Law was also revised in June
2007, as a result of which new objectives for compulsory education were set out in the spirit of therevisions already made to the Fundamental Law of Education, and at the same time, the goals andobjectives for each level of schooling were also revised.
The official Courses of Study are determined by the Minister of MEXT in accordance with thegoals and objectives for each level of education stipulated in the School Education Law (School
Education Law, Article 33, Article 48, Article 52, etc.), and it is because of these stipulations that
it is necessary for the revisions to the current Courses of Study to be fully grounded on therevisions codified in law.

○ Against the above background, in the first instance, specific improvements to the educational
content in each subject were scrutinized on the basis of the stipulations in such parts of the law as
Article 2 of the Fundamental Law of Education (the objectives of education) and Article 21 of the
School Education Law (the objectives of compulsory education).

○ In concrete terms, among the aims already stipulated in the Fundamental Law of Education prior
to revision were the following: education should strive to bring up people to esteem individual
value, to love justice and have a sense of responsibility. Newly added in the revision as ideas thatshould be emphasized are the concepts of public-spiritedness, nurturing an attitude of respect forlife and nature, respect for traditions and culture, and love of one's country and one's birthplace.
At the same time, it is stipulated that education should nurture an attitude of wishing to contribute29- 31 -

to the development of peace and international society. From the perspective of the kind indicatedhere, the current revisions to the law, as will be evident from Section 7 below, show that emphasis
is to be put on education concerned with traditions and culture, as well as on a strengthening andenrichment of moral education and experiential activities, and on environmental education. In
addition to the need for more emphasis on moral education, there is also a need for improvement
to the specific educational content of various subjects, namely social studies and science, music
and art, and special activities.

○ Next, the revisions both to the Fundamental Law of Education and to part of the School Education
Law emphasize harmony between "firmly grounded academic ability", a "rich and fertile heartand mind" and a "healthy body" as concepts that support "zest for living". In addition, they also
show the following as important elements of academic ability: ① acquisition of fundamental
knowledge and skills; ②

the skills of thinking, making judgments and engaging in

self-expression that are required to apply the acquired knowledge and skills and engage in
topic-based problem-solving; and ③ eagerness to learn. The fundamental idea of education as
exemplified here consists of none other than the concept of "zest for living", emphasized in thecurrent Courses of Study.

○ It follows from the above that in the current revisions to the Courses of Study, the following points
can be seen as responding to problem issues that affect children today, as well as resting on thefoundation of the revised Courses of Study.
① The commonality of the concept "zest for living"② Learning fundamental knowledge and skills③ Developing the abilities to think, make judgments and engage in self-expression④ Securing sufficient class hours to ensure a thorough grounding in academic ability⑤ Confirming study habits and raising the level of eagerness to learn⑥ Enriching and strengthening the development of a rich and fertile heart and mind and ahealthy bodyAmong the above points, particular importance was attached to ② as the foundation, and to ③, ⑤
and ⑥.

(2) The shared nature of "zest for living"○ In any organization, no matter what the composition of the members is, if there is not common
agreement about the basic ideas and objectives, it will be impossible for these to be realized andachieved. As stated in 4. (2) 1 above, what is more important than anything else is firstly the basic

30- 32 -

precondition that adults themselves, including teachers and parents, are expected to respond tochange on a daily basis in an age centered on the concept of a "knowledge-based society". What
has to happen now is for educators, parents and society at large to think about the need to cultivate"zest for living" in children and about its contents, and for the process of revising the current"Courses of Study" to take place on the basis of shared thinking and understanding.

○ In the course of making "zest for living" a shared goal among those concerned, the following 3
points should be given particular emphasis.
1) At the same time as responding on a trial-and-error basis to new and unknown issues in anage of severe change, children will have to bear the burdens of the difficult and complex age that iscoming, and it will be necessary for them to exhibit "zest for living" as they live their independent
lives in society. Schools in future will not have performed their duty simply by helping children to
realize their hopes of going on to a higher level of education or entering employment.
2) The ability to live an independent life in present-day society, characterized as it is by severechange is very important. However, in order to develop the ability to think, to form judgments andto engage in self-expression, as required of Japanese children, it is necessary for them to thoroughly
acquire fundamental knowledge and skills in every subject and at the same time, to carry out
learning activities that apply the acquired knowledge and skills in such forms as experiments,
observations and report-writing.
It follows from this that for specialist subject teachers in lower and upper secondary schools,
the learning activities comprised in formulating reports, polishing them and setting out ideas should
not be thought of as tasks appropriate only to Japanese language classes; teachers in every subject,while liaising with the Japanese language teacher as appropriate, should get children to carry out
activities of this kind. Carrying out such activities will help to develop thinking as well as
judgmental and expressive abilities in children across all areas of school education, and can be tied
to a firm grasp of the required knowledge and skills in all subjects.
3) It is necessary to think about the children who do not have confidence in themselves, and
who at the present time are uncertain and have misgivings about the future and about humanrelationships. With children of this kind in mind, efforts should be made to strengthen and enrich,in the first instance, Japanese language, which is the foundation of communication and of
emotional and cognitive activities, and experiential activities. It is necessary, by acting in the ways
outlined here, to enable children to have relationships with other people, society, nature, theenvironment and so on, and to have confidence in their own ability to live in this kind of context.1○ What is most necessary is for educational administrators from MEXT, local boards of educationand other such bodies, to emphasize to the maximum degree possible the shared nature of the31- 33 -

concept "zest for living" when they are involved in explaining to people concerned with education
the regulations governing the Courses of Study or the fundamental purpose and content of revisions
made to such Courses of Study..
It is also crucially important to seek understanding with regard to the broad direction andpurpose of education not only by educators in a narrow sense, but by parents and people in general,and to adopt a positive attitude in terms of disseminating information.

(3) The background to fundamental knowledge and skills○ As explained in the second part of 4. (2) above, the concept of "zest for living", expressed in suchterms as "developing the ability to learn and think for oneself" puts stress on the learning offundamental knowledge and skills and, on that basis, on fostering the skills of thinking, making
judgments and expressing oneself.

○ With regard to the knowledge and skills pertaining to each separate subject within the Courses ofStudy, the aim is to make a very careful selection from among revisions previously carried out andto aim to enabling children to acquire a firm grounding in fundamental knowledge and skills and at
the same time, develop the skills of thinking, making judgments and engaging in self-expression.
It is important to continue this kind of basic thinking and at the same time, in the context ofcurrent revisions, to keep in mind and think of as a foundation the deepening international
applicability of the curriculum, centering on Mathematics and Science, as set out in the revision tothe objectives of compulsory education in the Revised Fundamental Law of Education (Article 5,
Clause 2) in the words: "nurturing the basis of living an independent life in society". With theconcept expressed in these words as a foundation, there is a need to keep in mind the systematic
implications, primarily:① Accompanying social change and the development of science and technology, the knowledge
and skills considered necessary to educate children from the perspective of living an independent
life in society;② The effective nature of the repetition (spiral incrementation) of knowledge and skills in terms ofthe transition between schools and between grades, all carried out on the basis of a firm grounding
in required learning.
It is important to add items of content focused on the above points.

○ With the above points as a precondition, we considered the following 2 points in terms of specificpolicies aiming at a still deeper acquisition of fundamental knowledge and skills, focusing
primarily on Mathematics and Science.

32- 34 -

○ 1. Emphasis on teaching that is geared to the developmental age and to the grade of the children inquestion. Of course, there are differences between individual children, but in general terms, it may
be considered effective to stress for children in the lower through middle grades of elementary
school, hands-on understanding or thinking and understanding that involves specific and concrete
applications, stressing the development of "reading, writing and calculating skills" taught by meansof repeated learning. For children from the middle to upper grades of elementary school, it iseffective to stress, in accordance with their stage of development, the acquisition of concepts andmethods by means of practical and theoretical repetition and teaching that puts emphasis on theprocesses of thinking and understanding achieved by means of discussion, observation andexperiment.
From perspectives of the kind outlined here, it is important, with particular regard to thefundamental knowledge and skills embodied in the concepts of "reading, writing and calculating",
and focusing primarily on the lower and middle grades of elementary school, to ensure that children
have a thorough grasp of the learning appropriate to their stage of development and that due
consideration is given to the construction of this learning base.
It is important also to stress not just formal knowledge, but what can be termed "tacitknowledge"2. With this point in mind, it is important while maintaining liaison with children's
families, that children have an experiential, “whole-body” understanding of the required basic
knowledge and skills, to be acquired through such means as hands-on activities and reading aloud,memorization and recital, and repetitive learning.

○ 2. At the stage of compulsory education, one way that can be thought of as a means of achieving a
still deeper grasp of the required basic knowledge and skills is to show "examples of "priority
teaching points". Specifically, it would be possible for MEXT to show "key teaching items" among
the content items listed in the Courses of Study. The items could be selected as being importantfrom the standpoint of independent living in society or as being items over which children stumble
easily, and each school would be required to strengthen its teaching in such ways as prioritized
instruction or repetitive study.

○ With regard to items of basic knowledge and skills that can be shown through the presentation of"key teaching items", the following points are relevant:・Desirable knowledge and skill items that can be applied at all times and are indispensable in in
actual daily life as foundations for living autonomously in society3
・Desirable knowledge and skill items4 that can be taught as common foundations that build on
attempts to deepen and raise to a more advanced level various specialist areas of learning33- 35 -

relevant to compulsory education and to later educational stages.
Analogous items to the above can be thought of, and there is a need to carry out a more detailed
examination in specific detail.

(4) The development of the ability to think, to form judgments, and to engage inself-expression○ As pointed out in 3. above, the result of different kinds of investigations into children's academic
ability shows that there are issues concerned with thinking, forming judgments and engaging in
self-expression to be found in the application of knowledge and skills in every subject. In the current
round of revisions to the Courses of Study, with a view to developing in the children in every school
the ability to think, to form judgments and to engage in self-expression, we think firstly that there isa need, in the teaching of every subject, at the same time as getting children to learn the required
basic knowledge and skills, to emphasize the strengthening of the ability to apply the knowledge andskills they have learned; this will take such forms as carrying out experiments and observations, andwriting reports and essays. It is precisely by letting children get to grips with tasks of this kind ineach subject that it will become possible to strengthen children's commitment to problem-solving
and discovery-type activities, spanning a range of different subjects and taking a cross-curricularapproach, in the Period for Integrated Study. These activities can then in turn be linked to ensuring afirmer grasp of knowledge and skills in each separate subject. By following the procedures outlined
here, the process of discovery or enquiry, involving the integration of basic learning and application
into the Period of Integrated Study, does not mean simply moving forward in one direction; more
specifically, interlinked abilities are taken forward by mutual interaction as when, for example, theapplication of knowledge and skills or the act of enquiry or discovery also accelerates the acquisitionof basic knowledge and skills.

○ The process of identifying key learning activities proceeded by examining the content of eachsubject5 and taking as a framework6 for reference the evaluations used in the PISA exercises in:ability to read and understand, mathematical literacy and scientific literacy, and then, as a result of
examining the results derived from the expertise of language specialists, listing up these key
activities from the point of view of developing the ability to think, to form judgments and to engage
in self-expression. Going through this process in respect of every subject is indispensable to thedevelopment of thinking, judgment-forming, and expressive abilities.
① Expressing something perceived and experienced through your senses.
(Example).

34- 36 -

・ Express something that you have experienced by using your senses in the course of
everyday life or a hands-on learning activity through the medium of words, song, pictures
or bodily gestures.
② Understanding and accurately transmitting a fact or phenomenon.
(Example)・ Record and report the result of looking at a plant or an animal or a public facility in yourcommunity.
③ Understanding, explaining and applying a concept, rule or intention.
(Example)・ Grasp changes in the value of the concepts of supply and demand, and give examples of theutilization of these concepts in the context of manufacturing or consumption.
・ Give examples of how to utilize the concepts in terms of your knowledge of everyday life
factors (clothing, food, housing) and in terms of regulating your everyday life.
④ Analyzing, evaluating and setting out information.
(Example)
・ In relation to a topic from your studies or your daily life, apply the skills that you havelearned with a view to comparing, analyzing and establishing connections within the topic,
and arrange the elements of the topic in order.
・ After reading a statement or document, compare the contents with your own knowledge
and experience, put your own thoughts in order, and set these out in accordance with theprescribed conditions (about 1000 characters on one sheet of A4 paper).
・ Assemble all kinds of information from graphs, diagrams and so on, about a natural orsocial phenomenon, and use the information you have gathered to express the nature of thephenomenon in an easily understandable way.
・ Investigate the history or culture or society of your own country and another country or
countries, and set out an analysis of the results of your thinking.
⑤ Drawing up, putting into practice, evaluating and improving a plan or design in connection
with a given topic.
(Example)
・ In the context of a science experiment, set up a hypothesis, carry out the experiment,
observe and set out the results, think about what you have done, and express ways ofmaking improvements.
・ In the context of making something or expressing something as an art form, engage increative activity, and then evaluate and devise ways of improving the result.
⑥ Sharing your thoughts with others and developing your own thoughts or the thoughts of thegroup.

35- 37 -

(Example)
・ In the context of considering a method of validating a forecast or a hypothesis, discuss the
proposed method with others and in the course of doing this, deepen your thinking.
・ In the context of a problem regarding a future forecast, deepen your thinking by using a Q& A or a debate-type format, and enable the children to develop their experience until theyreach a higher level of problem solving.

○ What forms the basis of the learning activities outlined here is "language", defining the term in avery broad sense to include mathematical equations, and at the core of that is Japanese language.
However, a statement made in this way does not in itself mean that all the activities listed here fall to
be carried out within the framework of the school subject, Japanese. As will have become clear fromthe specific learning activities detailed in the examples above, tasks such as writing reports on
observations and experiments in Science, or writing, polishing, presenting and debating social
science reports for Social Studies, should be incorporated into all timetabled subjects. As a result,children's language abilities can be effectively enhanced, and their abilities in thinking, forming
judgments and expressing themselves can be developed.
With these points in mind, we think that as part of the contents of each subject in the Courses ofStudy, the points that need to be incorporated into learning activities in such terms as making
records, summaries, explanations and statements, should be clearly specified.

○ In this connection, it is an understanding of basic concepts found in each subject area such as lifeand energy, democracy and the rule of law, that make it possible to arrange systematically individual
items of knowledge concerned with such concepts. The understanding referred to here is also very
important for the abilities of thinking, forming judgments and engaging in self-expression, and it has
to be located within the educational contents as something to be given due emphasis.

○ Turning to the development of language ability, which constitutes the foundation of the abilities ofthinking, forming judgments and engaging in self-expression, it is very important that the teaching isappropriate for the developmental stage of the child concerned. The stage of development of a childrises from kindergarten through elementary, lower secondary and upper secondary school, and inline with this rise, there are also changes in what a child can do and cope with, embracing theconcrete and the abstract, perception and opinion, fundamentals and application, learning
acquisition, utilization and enquiry, and awareness and practice.
With such changes in mind, it is important that in Japanese in the lower and middle grades of
elementary school, children acquire a thorough grounding in basic language ability through suchmeans as reading aloud, reading and writing Kanji and reciting Japanese committed to memory, and36- 38 -

that with these activities as a foundation, they then go on to experience the beauty and rhythm oflanguage through recitation of the Japanese classics. It is also important that through elementary,lower secondary and upper secondary school, language activities appropriate to the developmental
stage of the children concerned are carried on in such forms as making records, and producing
summaries, explanations and statements not only in Japanese classes but in every subject area.7○ Furthermore, as shown in “priority teaching points” in (3) above, as well as showing examples
concerned with acquiring the basics of knowledge and skill, it is also necessary to show examples
concerned with the abilities of thinking, making judgments and engaging in self-expression, since itis reasonable to assume that these abilities cannot be shown in concrete terms in the same way as thefundamentals of knowledge and skills, and in the same way as with the fundamentals, to ensure thata thorough mastery of these abilities is taken in hand in every school.

(5) Ensuring that sufficient classroom time is made available for academic ability
to be thoroughly confirmed○ As explained in 4. (2) 4) above, various changes were made in the current Courses of Study fromthe perspective of developing in children the ability to learn and think for themselves. A new timeslot was created in the form of the Period for Integrated Study, and in lower secondary school, thenumber of elective classes was increased and the number of required classes was decreased.
However, the number of obligatory class hours in elementary school and lower secondary
school is currently not sufficient both to ensure that children acquire the fundamentals of knowledge
and skill in their class subjects with a view to developing their ability to think, form judgments andengage in self-expression, and at the same time, to have them carry out learning activities involving
application of the knowledge and skills that they have acquired in such ways as carrying out
experiments and observations and writing reports and statements.

○ With this point in mind, it is necessary to secure specified obligatory class hours in order tostrengthen learning activities that involve the application of acquired knowledge and skills as well as
ensuring that children do acquire a mastery of fundamental knowledge and skills. On the question of
securing class hours, as a precondition for carrying out these learning activities in each subject, it isnecessary to reexamine the ideal pattern of the Period for Integrated Study and the number ofelective classes in lower secondary school from the perspective of ensuring a smooth link between
each class subject and the Period for Integrated Study, which has the intended purpose of enablingchildren to study their subjects in a cross-curricular way and engage in problem-solving,
discovery-type learning activities. It is also necessary to increase the number of class hours in a year37

- 39 -

on the basis of the actual condition of schools.

(6) Confirming study habits and raising the level of eagerness to study○ As explained in 3. above, one problem issue that was identified in the PISA results is the very
wide variation from person to person in terms of eagerness to study, which is an importantcomponent of academic ability, or in terms of an attitude of willingness to engage with tricky
problems.
It should also be pointed out that while there was no evidence of bipolar distribution in terms of
the proportion of correct answers given by children in national ability and curriculum
implementation tests, it is the case that with particular reference to Mathematics for lower secondary
school students, there were variations from the average level of correct percentages in the case ofsome prefectures and some schools.
In the background to the issues of eagerness to learn or study habits, mention should also bemade of uncertainty about the future as a result of changes in the employment environment or social
conditions, and of many different kinds of family environments, and issues related to these factors
cannot be solved by school education alone. However, while bearing in mind that in schools, one
factor in the difficulty encountered in raising the level of eagerness to learn is children's lack ofself-confidence, as referred to in (7) below, responses to children in this condition should be basedon the following four perspectives.

1. The importance of the lower and middle grades of elementary school in particular in terms ofconfirming study habits including study in the home.
2. The need, while treating the "prioritized teaching items" as reference points, and while using
external human resources as necessary in responding to individual needs in such ways as groupingby ability or small-group or supplementary teaching, to ensure that children have a firm grounding in
fundamental knowledge and skills with particular attention put on areas of content where children
are likely to stumble or experience difficulty. With these points in mind, as already pointed out, in
addition to ensuring a firm acquisition of fundamental knowledge and skills, it is appropriate to add
to the content items points concerned with the effectiveness of repetitive learning (spiralincrementation) on such occasions as transition between schools or between grades.
3. The need, through the application of knowledge and skills in such forms as observations andexperiments or the writing of reports or statements, or through career education 8 aimed atdeveloping a work-oriented perspective, to get children to have dreams about their own future and toappreciate the significance of learning. It is also important to devise ways of setting specificobjectives in such forms as tackling vocational qualifications or various kinds of tests in language,38- 40 -

use of kanji, history and so on.
4. The need to make efforts to support schools which are identified

through the evaluations of

the National Academic Ability Survey or the curriculum implementation survey by the bodies
responsible for establishing schools as experiencing major problems in terms of eagerness to study
or study habits.

○ Schools and establishers of schools are required to draw up improvement plans on the basis of theabove four points, and make efforts to help through specific individual support those children whoare encountering difficulties including eagerness to learn and the contents of the Courses of Study. It
is also important that at national level, central government devises policy measures, prefecture by
prefecture, to tackle the issues referred to here in respect of problems encountered by children with
the Courses of Study.

(7) Strengthening guidance aimed at developing a rich and fruitful heart andmind and a healthy body
○ As pointed out in 4. (2) 5) above, in a context in which the level of educative capacity in the home
and the community has fallen, the responses to the need to develop a rich and fertile heart and mind
and a healthy body in children have been insufficient. Three important points in this connection arelisted below.

1. Targeting children who lack self-confidence and feel uneasy about their future and about humaninteraction, there is a need to give them self-confidence, taking their present position as a starting
point, and enable them to live in an environment that includes other people, society, nature and theenvironment.
With this objective in mind, linguistic ability, centered on the Japanese language, is important.
In particular, it should be noted that the native language is the foundation of communication and of
feelings and emotions. Without the vocabulary and expressions needed to convey one's own
thoughts and feelings and those of others, or to respond to the verbal approaches of others, thencommunication with others becomes impossible, and this is one reason for a child to be easily, as it
were, cut out of any relationship with others. There is a need for strengthened guidance focused on
this problem.
A further point is the very great importance of direct contact with other people9, society atlarge, nature and the environment in such forms as exchanges with adults other than parents orteachers and with children of different ages, group accommodation in a natural environment, work
experience activities, volunteer activities, or other forms of hands-on activities. In terms of the39- 41 -

implementation of hands-on activities, families and local communities have a big role to play, sinceschools cannot provide everything that is required. In this connection, in an environment in which, as
already mentioned, the level of the educative function of families and communities has dropped,
there is a need to use hands-on activities as a trigger to try and strengthen this function. It needs to beremembered at this point that the significance of hands-on activities does not end with the end of theactivities themselves. It is necessary to stress that after a hands-on activity has taken place, theparticipant in the activity should conduct an internal dialogue and express in the form of written
words what he or she has experienced. This sharing of experiences with others should be linked to abroad perception of the activity as something shared with others.
Instilling self-confidence in oneself definitely does not mean being over-confident or blithely
tolerating any action carried out by oneself. It is important not to stray too far from reality, or tothink of oneself as a "closed individual" needing no further improvement; on the contrary, what is
important is to be an "open individual", having the self-confidence to live in a relationship with otherpeople, society, nature and the environment, while continuing to deepen one's own self-confidence
through a repeated internal dialogue. It is the actual feeling and the sense of achievement that comesfrom living in harmony with others, with society, with nature and with the environment that is theorigin of self-confidence.

2. Linking to what has been said in 1. above, strengthening and improving moral education is also
important.
It is important, at the same time as confirming that children have a thorough grounding in basic
lifestyle habits, firmly to instill in them, through teaching and experiences appropriate to their stageof development, the minimum awareness of social norms required by every human being in order tocarry on a social existence. In the course of doing this, it is appropriate to cultivate moral qualities
such as human dignity, respect for the life of oneself and others, an ethical viewpoint, and so on, andthen, on this foundation, to get children to understand the significance of law and rules in a
democratic society and the need for strict observance of these, and to educate them as human beings
who are able to make independent judgments and behave in an appropriate manner.
From these perspectives, there is a need to strengthen and improve moral education.

3. Strengthening education designed to improve the level of children's strenth and stamina anddevelop a healthy mind and body.
Physical strength and stamina is the cornerstone of human activity, has a very marked
connection with the strengthening of mental and emotional qualities such as enthusiasm and vitality
as well as being linked to the maintenance of good health, and is an important component of "zestfor living". A decline in children's physical strength and stamina is linked to a future decline in the40- 42 -

physical strength and stamina of the Japanese people as a whole, and may lead to a loss of thestrength needed to support culture and social vitality as a whole.
With the harmonious development of children's heart, mind and body in mind, it is necessary,
as well as developing physical strength through movement and exercise, to help children to form
healthy living habits such as desirable food habits.
With this in mind, it is important that children move their bodies from early childhood, develop
through their lives the habit of a healthy relationship with sport, and cultivate enthusiasm and ability
in this area. And with a view to maintaining a healthy mind and body, it is necessary to acquire
correct knowledge concerning physical and mental growth and development, and to strengthen goodeating habits as well as developing practical judgment skills and the ability to make selections.
Furthermore, from the perspective of widespread ideas concerning children's safety and security,
there is also a need to strengthen education in these aspects.
1

In the Curriculum Committee of MEXT, the following items of content were set out as examples ofimportant factors in the context of cultivating "zest for living" from the kind of perspectives outlined here.
・ Confidence in oneself. Examples: self-understanding (self-respect, self-affirmation)・
self-responsibility (autonomy, self-control), health promotion, decision-making, future planning.
・ Relationship between oneself and others. Examples: spirit of cooperation, sense of responsibility;
esthetic sensitivity, expression, formation of human relationships.
・ Relationship between oneself and nature. Examples: respect for life, understanding of nature and theenvironment.
・ Relationship between the individual and society. Examples: responsibility, rights, work;
understanding of society and culture; use of language and information; application of knowledge andskills; identification and solving of problems.

2

Within the concept of knowledge, "formal knowledge" denotes objective, rational knowledge that can
be clearly expressed in such forms as words, sentences, diagrams and so on. In contrast to this, "tacitknowledge" or "unspoken knowledge" denotes wisdom based on intuition, experience, and so on.

3

For example, "understanding the meaning of integers, decimals and fractions, and being able to use thefour rules of mathematics", or "being aware of the basic forms of human beings and animals", and so on,
can be cited.

4

One could cite as examples, "understanding the Pythagorean theorem" or "understanding that matter iscomposed of particles" and so on.

5

In the current Course of Study for Science in elementary schools, the scientific ways of looking atthings and ways of thinking that are to be cultivated in each grade are clearly specified as follows: Grade3: comparisons; Grade 4: linking two or more things together; Grade 5: conditional control; and Grade 6:
multi-faceted enquiries.

6

In the PISA, the thinking process is divided up and measured in each of the three main domains asfollows:
・ Reading literacy: "retrieving information", "developing an interpretation", and "reflecting on andevaluating the content and form of a text”.
・ Scientific literacy: "Describing, explaining and predicting scientific phenomena", "Understanding
scientific investigation", and "Interpreting scientific evidence and conclusions".
・ Mathematical literacy: "The reproduction cluster"; "The connections cluster"; and "The reflection
cluster".

41- 43 -

7

For example, in Science, it is possible to think of language activities suited to the stage of developmentof the children concerned, as in the following examples.
・ In the middle grades of elementary school, in the context of making observations of plants, clarifying
perspectives on the basis of an overview and an awareness of problem issues, and recording andexpressing points of similarity and of difference.
・ In the higher grades of elementary school, in the context of the dissolution of substances, explaining
the phenomena observed with a focus on conditions and regularity.
・ At the stage of transition from lower to upper secondary school, considering the results ofobservations or experiments, with additional data depending on the circumstances, understanding
scientific concepts, evaluating from the perspectives of proof, ability to be reproduced, objectivity
and so on, writing up the results and examining these.

8

In the "Report of the Comprehensive Survey and Research Cooperators Conference on the Promotionof Career Education", issued on January 28, 2004, career education is defined as "education which
supports the career development of each individual pupil, and cultivates in him or her the eagerness, theaptitude and the ability required to put together an appropriate career model"; this is summarized briefly
as "education which cultivates in every pupil a vision of the world of work". In addition to this, the report
entitled "On the Improvement of Articulation between Primary and Secondary Education and Higher
Education", issued in December 1999 by the Central Council for Education, speaks of "education whichat the same time as equipping pupils with knowledge and skills concerned with a vision of occupations
and work, also cultivates abilities and attitudes that will enable them to understand their own individuality
and choose a career path on their own initiative".

9

In the "Progress Report on Deliberations", issued in February 2006 by the Education Committee of
MEXT, it is stated that "Experience is the basic source of education of the mind and of the body. It is
important to look again at food, which is the basis of daily life for a child, and beginning with foodeducation designed to give the child knowledge of its significance, to enable the child to have contact
with nature and society, and to provide opportunities for the child to develop a real feeling for the
awesome nature of living and working. It has also been pointed out that it is important to build good
habits for study and daily living, to cultivate energy, vitality and stamina, and to nurture intellectual
curiosity, as well as giving children repeated experiences of becoming acquainted with the skills and waysof living of people who are active in the front line of society, and at the same time coping with thechallenge of developing their own career paths.

42- 44 -

6. The Basic Curriculum Framework○ There is a need, taking as a basis the fundamental thinking outlined above regarding
revisions to the official Courses of Study, to improve the basic framework for the curriculumfor elementary, lower secondary and upper secondary schools in the ways shown below.
At kindergarten level too, there is a need to revise the content after the basic curriculum
framework has been agreed. It is also required of specially supported schools and of 6-year
secondary schools, which aim to provide a 6-year planned and consecutive curriculum bridging
lower secondary and upper secondary education, that they follow the education, matching theage period in question, that is given in kindergartens, elementary schools, lower secondary
schools and upper secondary schools, and that they base any changes in their own curriculumon the fundamental curriculum framework applicable to these schools.
(1) The curriculum framework in elementary and lower secondary schools① The present state of teaching hours in elementary and lower secondary schools and aninternational comparison
The number of teaching hours in a year and the number of credit hours○ At the present time, broadly speaking, teaching is carried on in elementary and lower
secondary schools in Japan for a total of 200 days (40 weeks) in a year1. The figure of 200
teaching days in a year is based on the global concept of a 5-day teaching week and is also thestandard figure found in international comparisons.
Hence, teaching is developed in elementary and lower secondary schools in Japan to covera period of 200 days (equivalent to 40 school weeks), but it should be noted that the standard
figure for teaching hours 2 prescribed in the Implementation Regulations of the School
Education Law does not determine all the hours necessary for educational activities inelementary and lower secondary schools.
Specifically, there is a presumption that school education activities are divided into
"school education activities within the curriculum", which target all the children in a given
school, and "extra-curricular school education activities", in which children participate on a
voluntary basis. A further classification is made into the following categories:(i) class subjects, moral education, the period for integrated study and special activities(grade-based activities only); and(ii) special activities other than grade-based activities (club activities (elementary school);children's meeting, pupil council activities; entrance ceremony, graduation ceremony;
school excursions; organized trips with group accommodation; sports day; culture festival;
volunteer activities, etc).
In addition to the above, the following can also be included under (ii).

- 45 -

43

(iii) extra-curricular school education activities (supplementary classes or swimmingclasses during the long school vacation, with participation on a voluntary basis; club
activities in lower secondary school).
○ Within the above, only the teaching hours for educational activities listed under (i) areprescribed as standard teaching hours to be followed in common by elementary and lower
secondary schools, while activities listed under (ii) and (iii) are left to the discretion of schools
and their establishing bodies.
○ As set out in 4. (2), 5) above, schools, families and communities need to liaise in order toachieve the goal of developing in pupils a rich and fruitful heart and mind and a healthy body.
In particular, a large role falls to be played by families in promoting a solid grounding inlifestyle habits and the implementation of daily exercise.
However, against a background in which the educative function of families and schools
has declined, schools are being asked to integrate together the activities listed from (i) to (iii),
and to get to grips with efficiently implementing the development of a rich and fruitful heartand mind and a healthy body as a whole-school activity.
For example, the following activities contribute to the development of a strong andhealthy body: (i) the development of basic physical ability in the class subjects Physical
Education(Health and Physical Education in lower secondary school) and Home Economics(Technology/Home Economics in lower secondary school) as well as efforts to form healthy
lifestyle habits such as recommendable dietary habits, (ii) Sports Days and excursions, and (iii)
sport-based club activities. These various school education activities are all interlinked, withthe result that in their homes and local communities, children become familiar with physicalactivity and acquire abilities and attitudes that will last them throughout their lives. These basic
points apply in the same way to the development of a rich and fruitful heart and mind.
○ In terms of the current School Education Law Implementation Regulations and the Coursesof Study, there is a basic assumption is that school education activities listed in (i) above will
be carried out for 35 weeks a year (34 weeks for Grade 1 in elementary school3), and classteaching hours are calculated on this basis. For example, the number of teaching hours for
Grade 6 in elementary school is calculated at 945 unit hours on the basis of 27 time slots per
week for 35 weeks or more.
○ Since all the school education activities listed under (i) above are included in the total
number of teaching hours in a year, as set out in the School Education Law implementation
regulations, the number of teaching weeks in a year may be thought of as something to bereevaluated when an examination is made of what the overall standard total of teaching hours
should be. However, taking into account the educational effect of the school education
activities such as volunteer activities or group accommodation activities, listed under (ii) above- 46 -

44

and not clearly specified within the yearly total of teaching hours, there is clearly a need tosecure sufficient discretionary time for schools to implement these activities. With this point in
mind, it is not appropriate to increase the annual number of teaching weeks (35 weeks or more)
specified in the Courses of Study in respect of the school education activities listed under (i)above.
○ With regard also to the length of time of a credit hour, the length is set out as follows in the
School Education Law Implementation Regulations; "According to the "standard teaching
hours table" [not reproduced here], the length of one credit hour is set at 45 minutes (50minutes in lower secondary schools". On this basis, the Courses of Study make the following
specification: "The length of a credit hour in each subject is to be determined in the light ofconsideration being taken of the stage of development of each individual child as well as the
special circumstances of the subject and the educational activities while at the same time
securing the total of annual teaching hours". Against the background of this situation, ateaching hour is calculated at 45 mins. (50 mins.), but in each school, while keeping the overall
total of teaching hours in a year intact, there is provision for a flexible time arrangement to be
adopted, making use of the creativity and ingenuity of the school, in ways such as changing thetime of ending a credit hour. In the light of such provisions, it is appropriate to continue thepresent arrangements.
The present state of teaching hours in elementary and lower secondary schools○ According to MEXT4, in about 90% of public-sector elementary and lower secondary
schools, the number of hours spent teaching the subjects listed in (i) above exceeds thestandard specification. Within this total, the number of schools in which the number of hours
taught exceeds 35 credit hours a year (equivalent to 1 unit a week) is 63.1% in public-sector
elementary schools (Grade 5) and 53.9% in lower secondary schools (Grade 2). in the sameway, the number of schools in which the number of hours taught exceeds 70 credit hours a year
(equivalent to 2 units a week) is 16.1% and 10.4% in elementary and lower secondary schools
respectively.
○ In a large number of such cases, the fact that the number of hours taught exceeds thestandard total does not result from adding hours on to each week or curtailing the long school
holidays so as to secure the number of teaching hours. It is rather the case that steps taken to
ensure that the number of teaching hours did not fall below the standard number of hours in ayear as a result of unexpected occurrences, for example, natural disasters or an epidemic ofsome sickness, resulted in an outcome whereby within an overall framework of 200 days(equivalent to 40 weeks), 36 weeks or more were spent on the educational activity of subject
teaching as in (i) above, resulting in an excess of teaching hours over the yearly standard.

- 47 -

45

○ Against the above background, the implementation pattern adopted in many schools is thatthe curriculum as a whole is structured so as to fit within 200 days in a year (equivalent to 40
weeks), and while securing time for educational activities such as trips with groupaccommodation, etc, as listed under (ii) above, the time allocated to subject teaching activities
as listed in (i) above is in excess of the standard number of teaching hours. Furthermore, thecurrent practice is that club activities, etc, of the kind listed under (iii) above are held after theclose of classes or at the weekend on Saturday or Sunday.
International comparison of teaching hours○ As explained in 2. above, within the context of trying to increase, to a greater extent thanhitherto, international awareness of common features of the school curriculum, an international
comparison has been made of teaching hours. In the PISA survey sponsored by OECD and inother sources, children from Finland have comparatively few teaching hours on aninternational scale, but attain high levels of competence in reading and understanding. It is areasonable assumption that there are very many interconnected factors that influence academic
ability, but it is necessary to point out that among these, the cause-and-effect relationshipbetween teaching hours and levels of academic ability is not necessarily clear. Furthermore,
attention should be drawn to the following research results that emerged from the international
survey on teaching hours commissioned by MEXT in 2002.
・ A very significant characteristic of Japanese school education is that schools offer
not just the subject teaching as listed in (i) above, but also offer as special activities,
as listed in (ii) above, a variety of hands-on activities designed to promote theharmonious development of cognitive, moral and physical abilities, so it is very
difficult to make an international comparison based on subject teaching alone.
・ There are also many points in the data from other countries in respect of which it isdifficult to make a simple comparison with Japanese data5.
○ With regard to the current revisions to the Courses of Study, it has been decided to increase
the number of special obligatory teaching hours in elementary and lower secondary school witha view to strengthening the thorough acquisition of fundamental knowledge and skills and at
the same time, implementing learning activities that require children to apply their acquired
knowledge and skills in ways such as observation and experiments, and the compiling andwriting of reports and essays. With these aims in mind, we have set limits to an increase in thecontent items of the subjects to be taught, in terms of the effective knowledge and skills thatneed to be taught and, dare we say it, gone over again, from the perspective of social change,technological development and social autonomy, and have secured time for learning activities
concerned with securing a thorough grounding in, and applying acquired knowledge and skills.
It follows from this that what is important is why class hours have been increased and what

- 48 -

46

kind of education will be carried out in terms of an application of the increased time allocation.
In order to be able to implement the above aims, adopting as our perspective the need tostrengthen the learning activities concerned with applying the knowledge and skills inherent in
the required subjects, we carried out an investigation to obtain reference data, based on asystematic appraisal of the subjects mentioned here, into what kind of education is given in theschool curriculum of various overseas countries6.
② The number of teaching hours in elementary school○ On the question of the number of teaching hours in elementary school, the basic thinking
underlying revisions to the Courses of Study is set out in Chapter 5 above, while the main
improvement headings in terms of educational content by level of school or by subject are set
out in Chapter 7 below. With these points as a foundation, the items that need to be improved
are as follows. (The number of teaching hours based on the results of the points examined
below is set out in a separate chart).
Teaching hours by subject○ At elementary school level, at the same time as aiming to ensure a thorough acquisition of
fundamental knowledge and skills in line with each child's stage of development, there is aneed, from the point of view of strengthening learning activities that involve the application of
acquired knowledge and skills in such forms as observations, experiments and report writing,to increase the number of teaching hours in Reading, Writing and Literature, Social Studies,
Arithmetic and Science.
Moreover, against the background of a decline in the physical strength and stamina ofchildren, the number of hours in Physical Education needs to be increased in terms ofemphasizing the pleasure to be derived from exercise and the concept of exercise as a basic
characteristic.
○ Furthermore, as set out in ① above, it has been determined that subject-based educational
activities will take up 35 weeks or more in the course of a year. With this point in mind, on thequestion of determining the number of annual teaching hours in each subject, it is desirable,from the perspective of fashioning the rhythm of children's studies and daily lives, and fromthat of the convenience of curriculum design, to stick as far as possible to the standard of 35
weeks, on the basis of the premise that it is more effective and efficient to study a curriculum
consisting of a set timetable with a set number of credit hours. The same can also be said aboutlower secondary school.
○ Turning to specific improvements in educational content, as shown by subject in Chapter 8
below, particularly in the lower grades, there is an increase in Japanese language and- 49 -

47

Mathematics with a view to developing the foundation of academic ability and in Physical
Education, which is the basis of developing a healthy body. Specifically, in Grade 1, Japanese
language (= Reading, Writing and Literature) is set at 306 class hours (equivalent to 9 classes aweek), Mathematics at 136 class hours (equivalent to 4 classes a week), and Physical
Education at 102 class hours (equivalent to 3 classes a week). In Grade 2, Japanese language is
set at 315 class hours (9 classes a week), Mathematics at 175 class hours (5 classes a week) andPhysical Education at 105 class hours (3 classes a week).
In the middle grades of elementary school, in addition to Japanese language, Mathematics
and Physical Education, there are also increases in the time allocation for Science and Social
Studies in order to facilitate the carrying out of observations and experiments. Specifically, in
Grade 3, Japanese language is set at 245 class hours a year (equivalent to 7 classes a week),
Mathematics at 175 class hours (5 classes a week), Science at 90 class hours (equivalent to 2.6classes a week) and Physical Education at 105 class hours a year (equivalent to 3 classes aweek). In Grade 4, Japanese language is set at 245 class hours a year (equivalent to 7 classes aweek), Social Studies at 90 class hours a year (equivalent to 2.6 classes a week), Arithmetic at
175 class hours a year (equivalent to 5 classes a week), Science at 105 class hours a year
(equivalent to 3 classes a week) and Physical Education at 105 class hours a year (equivalent to
3 classes a week).
In the upper grades of elementary school, along with ensuring a thorough acquisition ofknowledge and skills in Social Studies, Arithmetic and Science, emphasis is also put on further
strengthening learning activities aimed at the application of the acquired knowledge and skills.
In Grade 5, Social Studies is set at 100 class hours a year (equivalent to 2.9 classes a week),
Arithmetic at 175 class hours a year (equivalent to 5 classes a week), and Science at 105 classhours a year (equivalent to 3 classes a week). In Grade 6, Social Studies are set at 105 classhours a year (equivalent to 3 classes a week) Arithmetic at 175 class hours a year (equivalent to
5 classes a week), and Science at 105 class hours a year (equivalent to 3 classes a week).
The result of the above revisions is to add an extra 350 units (class hours)7 in all subjects
totaled together over the 6 years of elementary school.
○ In the ways outlined here, the increases in teaching hours in timetabled subjects have theobjective of strengthening learning activities designed to apply the knowledge and skills thatchildren have acquired, taking such forms as repeat learning to ensure firm acquisition of thoseareas of content over which children easily stumble, observations and experiments, andcompiling reports and essays. As pointed out in Chapter 5 (6) above, it is important atelementary school level, to provide guidance aimed at confirming study and lifestyle habits,
particularly in the lower and middle grades, and at the same time, to ensure that the learning
activities make children really feel the joy of understanding and an eagerness to learn, and byheightening this eagerness, to reduce any feelings about the inappropriateness of schooling andencourage them to be more independent and autonomous.

- 50 -

48

○ On the basis of the above thinking, the revisions to the current Courses of Study increase thenumber of teaching hours in Japanese language, Social Studies, Arithmetic and Science as wellas in Physical Education, while on the other hand, in Life Environment Studies, Music, Art andHandicraft, and Homemaking, the number of teaching hours remains unchanged, but the
subject content will be enriched and strengthened. It goes without saying that it is important, atthe same time as nurturing in children a rich fund of emotions, to aim at ensuring that they arethoroughly equipped with the knowledge and skills that will be needed in family life in the
future, so it follows from this that every school is required to implement education that has
been enriched and strengthened to an even greater degree than in the past. The same points
apply to lower secondary school.
Foreign language activities at elementary school level○ As explained in Chapter 7 (6) below, it is necessary to cultivate a positive attitude toward
communication through the medium of activities such as international understanding andcommunication, that are appropriate to elementary level schooling. At the same time ascultivating this kind of attitude, foreign language activities have the objective of encouraging
an awareness of words and building an extensive spectrum of abilities concerned with language
as well as a foundation for international awareness. At the present time, efforts to get to grips
with these issues are carried out on a rather scattered, piecemeal basis, but from the perspectiveof ensuring equality of opportunity in education as well as of ensuring a smooth transfer tolower secondary school, it is necessary for Japan as a nation to show that the content of
instruction is shared by every school. In these circumstances, given that the objectives andcontent of the Period for Integrated Study are decided by individual schools and that there areconsequently differences between schools in terms of the purpose and character of this timeslot, it is felt to be appropriate to treat the Period for Integrated Study as a separate issue andsecure a set number of unit hours (35 hours a year, equivalent to one class hour a week) for
language activities in the upper grades of elementary school.
Period for Integrated Study○ With regard more specifically to the Period for Integrated Study, since in the future as in thepast, it will be important to get to grips with hands-on learning activities and problem-solving,
discovery-type activities, in which timetabled subjects are looked at in a cross-curricular way,
it is necessary to secure a fixed amount of time in the timetable for this. However, because thelearning activities that were expected to occupy the Period for Integrated Study, namely
application of acquired knowledge and skills, have found a place within the context ofstrengthening the content of subject classes, and because of the decision that foreign language
activities should continue in the upper grades of elementary school, it is felt to be appropriate
to reduce the time allocation for the Period for Integrated Study to 35 units a year (equivalent- 51 -

49

to 1 class a week) and to set the time at 70 units a year (equivalent to 2 classes a week) for
grades 3 through 6.
Total number of annual teaching classes○ The standard number of teaching hours in a year at elementary school level is specified by
the School Education Law Implementation Regulations, and on the basis of the stage ofdevelopment reached by children in each grade, is set for Grade 1 at 782 units (equivalent to 23
class hours a week), for Grade 2 at 840 units (equivalent to 24 class hours a week), for Grade 3
at 910 units (equivalent to 26 class hours a week) and for Grades 4 through 6 at 945 units(equivalent to 27 class hours a week).
○ If all the above teaching hours for each subject are totaled, the annual total of teaching hours
for all subjects in each grade amounts for Grade 1 to 850 units (equivalent to 25 class hours aweek), for Grade 2 to 910 units (equivalent to 26 class hours a week), for Grade 3 to 45 units(equivalent to 27 class hours a week) and for Grades 4 through 6 to 980 units (equivalent to 28
class hours a week),○ When the total annual teaching hours are increased as shown here, the present total of 27classes a week for Grades 4 through 6 in elementary school will be increased by 1 class a week
to a total of 28 classes a week for the 35-week school year. In this connection, it should bepointed out that it is expected that within the school week:・ in addition to timetabled subject lessons, children's meetings and club activities will be held
under the rubric of Special Activities, and that schools will also tackle issues ofsupplementary tuition and pupil guidance given on an individual basis;・ as explained in Chapter 9 below, school organizational capacity will be enhanced, and interms of an organizational response to the curriculum, time needs to be secured forexchanges of information and opinions between the school principal, deputy principal,
supervisory teachers and other teachers.
With the above points in mind, it is considered appropriate that when adding classteaching in the course of revisions to the Courses of Study, the revised total should not exceed
28 class hours a week.
○ Moreover, on the question of increasing teaching hours so as to be able to ensure a firm
acquisition of knowledge and skills in each subject and to implement learning activities aimed
at applying the knowledge and skills acquired, it is necessary that these activities take the formof very detailed guidance tailored to the needs of every individual child and that arrangements
are put in place to revise the teaching system in such ways as revising the number of teachers.
on the basis of the implementation of working conditions set out in Chapter 4 (3) above.

- 52 -

50

○ In addition, the issue of how to secure the increase in teaching hours over the year is notshown in the special methods contained in the Courses of Study. Instead, it is appropriate torespond by using a variety of methods8 based on the actual conditions of individual schools
and children and acting in line with the discretion of each school and each establisher.
③ The number of teaching hours in lower secondary school○ Turning to the number of teaching hours in lower secondary schools, various improvements
need to be made as set out below (teaching hours based on the results of an examination of thepoints listed below are set out in Table 2).
A balance between required subjects and elective subjects○ In the current Courses of Study for lower secondary schools, accompanying theestablishment as a new time slot of the Period for Integrated Study, the number of elective
subjects aimed at developing the ability of pupils to choose and extending their individuality
was increased, and at the same time, the educational content and the number of teaching hours
of required subjects was reduced.
○ However, when children's academic ability and learning conditions were observed after
implementation of these revisions, it was found that as set out in Chapter 4 (2) above, the aims
envisaged by the revisions in terms of a thorough grounding in the required subjects ofJapanese Language, Social Studies, Mathematics and Science as well as Foreign Language,
and the development of the ability to think, make judgments and engage in self-expression
which were associated with the formation of the Period for Integrated Study, were not being
sufficiently achieved.
Furthermore, when the effect of introducing the Period of Integrated Study was added tothat of an increase in elective subjects, it was found that the curriculum structure became
excessively complicated.
○ It should also be noted that at present, more than 60% of the total of elective class hours areallocated to Japanese Language, Social Studies, Mathematics, Science and Foreign Language9,
and it is necessary to understand that a large proportion of this time allocation is incorporated
into supplementary study.
○ On the basis of this kind of perspective, it is deemed necessary to reduce the number of hoursof elective subjects and increase the educational content and the number of hours of required
subjects, thereby enhancing the overall consistency of the curriculum. Furthermore, it isappropriate for the establishment of elective teaching hours outside the framework of the- 53 -

51

standard curriculum to be handled by individual schools.
Teaching hours in each individual subject○ In Japanese Language, the basic assumption is that at elementary school level, pupils will
become thoroughly familiar with the fundamental knowledge and skills pertaining to thissubject. With this in mind and with the aim of ensuring a smooth transition between theteaching at elementary school and that at lower secondary school, there is a need to strengthen
the teaching in Grades 1 and 2 in particular. It is already the case that emphasis is laid on
Japanese Language by the allocation of 140 unit hours (equivalent to 4 classes a week) in
Grade 1, and an allocation of 140 units (equivalent to 4 classes a week) representing an
increase in teaching time, has also been put in place in Grade 2. At the same time, as set out in
Chapter 5 (4) above, there is a need to develop competencies in Japanese by getting to grips
with a wide range of language activities appropriate to the class subject concerned and while
giving full consideration to the stage of development of pupils in each subject.
In Social Studies, there is a need to increase the allocation of teaching hours to 140 units ayear (equivalent to 4 classes a week) in Grade 3 with a view to strengthening the learning of
history focused on modern and contemporary history and strengthening the teaching of areas
like law and religion.
In Mathematics, since there are many pupils who encounter a dead end or develop adislike of the subject in Grade 1 of lower secondary school, the total number of teaching hours
for Mathematics in this grade has been increased to 140 (equivalent to 4 classes a week) so as
to allow sufficient time for teaching from the perspective of ensuring a smooth transition
between elementary school and lower secondary school. In the same way, so as to ensure ssmooth transition from lower secondary to upper secondary school, the number of units in
Grade 3 of lower secondary school, the final year of compulsory education, has also been
increased to 140 hours (equivalent to 4 classes a week).
In Science, in order that study can deepen as a pupil moves up through the grades of theschool and so as to secure sufficient time for observations and experiments and to enable pupils
to appreciate how interesting science is, it has been found necessary to increase the number ofunits to 140 (equivalent to 4 classes a week) in Grades 2 and 3 of lower secondary school.
With regard to the study of Foreign Language, at the same time as aiming to strengthen
grammar teaching and the acquisition of necessary vocabulary items, the educational content of
this subject through the 3 years of lower secondary school is to be enriched and strengthened
so that after completing 3 years of study, pupils will be able to engage in simple
communication in a foreign language, and with this aim in mind, it is necessary for the total
number of units in each grade is to be increased to 140 a year (equivalent to 4 classes a week).
It has also been noted that children's physical strength and stamina is declining, and since
lower secondary school is a period in children's lives when their bodies develop markedly, it isnecessary to increase the number of units in Health and Physical Education to 105 units a year

- 54 -52

(equivalent to 3 classes a week) for all 3 grades of lower secondary school.
○ Specific items of content improvement are shown in Chapter 8 below. At the same time asensuring a thorough grasp of fundamental knowledge and skills, from the point of view ofenriching and strengthening learning activities designed to apply the acquired knowledge andskills in such forms as experiments and observations, and report and essay writing, it isnecessary, on the basis of the points outlined above, to make an increase of about 400 units inall over the space of the 3 years of lower secondary school. But when account is taken of thefact that units currently allocated to elective subjects are included in this number, the broad
total of additional units is 23010 over the space of 3 years.
○ In the same way as in elementary school, the main objective of the increase in lesson time is
to give children and teachers time to go over again material that children find difficult to grasp
so as to ensure that they have a firm grasp of the content, and to allow for strengthening
application of the acquired knowledge and skills in the form of experiments and observations,and in report and essay writing. In particular, as explained in Chapter 5 (6), it is very importantin lower secondary school to implement career education by way of developing children's
outlook on the world of work, and to get to grips with various kinds of assessment of theirlanguage skills and knowledge of Japanese characters by ways of devising specific attainment
goals. It is important that these learning activities, by means of strengthening the joy ofunderstanding and the significance of learning in childr3n's minds, and enhancing theireagerness to learn, reduce any feelings they may have of dislike of school and encourage their
independence.
Period for Integrated Study○ With regard to the Period for Integrated Study, it is deemed appropriate, in the same way as
in elementary school, to secure a continued allocation of teaching time for timetabled subjects.
Particularly in lower secondary school, there are strong voices among the teaching staff
demanding a strengthening of the teaching time for required subjects in order to ensure that thechildren get a thorough grasp of the required knowledge and skills.11 Moreover, since learning
activities designed to apply acquired knowledge and skills that have until now been expected tobe covered in the Period for Integrated Study, will be covered in the strengthened learning
activities in each individual compulsory subject, it is considered appropriate to reduce the time
allocation to the Period for Integrated Study to 50 units (equivalent to 4 classes a week) for
Grade 1, and to 70 units (equivalent to 2 classes a week) for Grades 2 and 3.
Furthermore, given the fact that in lower secondary school, the system is to have specialist
teachers for different subjects, in the case of the Period for Integrated Teacher, in addition tothe occasions when the class teacher (=homeroom teacher) takes charge, on those occasions
when a specialist theme is being pursued in this time slot, it is fair to presume that in the future- 55 -

53

as now, the specialist teacher concerned will take charge during this period.
○ In the current Course of Study for lower secondary schools, one of the specified aims is todevelop the ability of pupils to make selections as well as to extend their individuality, and tocultivate their ability to study and think for themselves. The development of these functions
will continue to be as important in the future as it has been in the past, but as set out in Chapter
10 (1) below, it is not only within the framework of school education that the learning activities
that aim to cultivate these functions are located, and it is expected that liaison and cooperation
with the educational power of local communities will have a high degree of educational
effectiveness.
In this connection, one can think of organizations like local governments, firms,
universities and other higher education institutions, NPOs and so on, offering opportunities tostrengthen and develop subject-based teaching in the form of hands-on activities or activities
concerned with the arts, culture and sports, all aiming to develop the ability of pupils to makechoices and to enhance their individuality. There is a need to examine ways of constructing
devices to realize this scenario in the future.
Annual number of teaching hours○ Under the implementation regulations of the School Education Law, the number of annual
teaching hours in lower secondary school from Grade 1 through Grade 3 is set at 980 units(equivalent to 28 classes a week). In the revision which is now underway, the result of totaling
the extra hours explained above is that the annual number of units from Grade 1 through Grade3 will be 1015 (equivalent to 29 classes a week).
○ It follows that the result of increasing the annual number of classes is that the number ofweekly classes will rise by 1 from 28 to 29 classes over the 35 weeks of the school year.
Specifically, in every lower secondary school, time has to be found during the week forsupplementary tuition or guidance for individual pupils and for the exchange of informationand the communication of opinions between the principal or deputy principal and teachers, so
it is reasonable to assume that the actual number of classes a week will be limited to 29.
○ It is also necessary to increase the teaching hours so as to be able to implement learning
activities in each subject aimed at ensuring a thorough grounding of knowledge and skills andanalyzing the knowledge and skills acquired, and in this connection to revise the teachingsystem and make improvements to such matters as the set hours of working by educational
staff.
○ Given the above, it can be assumed that various measures are being implemented in lower
secondary schools, in the same way as in elementary schools, concerned with how, on the basis- 56 -

54

of the actual situation of schools and pupils , to secure by the exercise of the discretionaccorded to schools and their establishers, the annual increase in teaching hours12.
○ It is also necessary to consider club activities, organized as autonomous actions by pupils,
and on the basis of an understanding of their role and significance as an integral part of lower
secondary school education, to formulate ways of linking these to the curriculum and recording
them in the official Courses of Study.
(2) The curriculum and framework of upper secondary schools① The common features and the diversity of upper secondary school education○ With 97.7% of lower secondary school graduates going on to upper secondary school in
2006, upper secondary school can certainly be said to be a national system, even though it is
not part of compulsory education. Against the background of this statistic, there is very
considerable diversity among the students at upper secondary school, including those want toreceive the education necessary as a foundation for going on to higher education, those whohope to acquire the specialist skills required for employment, and those who feel the need toget a more thorough grounding in the educational content that they have acquired during theperiod of compulsory education. So that upper secondary schools can respond to this wide
diversity of interests and career aspirations among students, a credit system has been
established as the basic precondition of upper secondary school education, and courses are
divided into general courses, technical courses, and integrated courses13, while the students
attend either a full-time or a part-time course, or study through a correspondence course. It will
be clear that the system allows a wide diversity of students to study by using many different
methods.
The Courses of Study for upper secondary schools use "credits" as a calculation method,and prescribe a regulatory framework including the number of teaching hours in a year, thenumber of teaching hours a week on a full-time course, the number of credits required for
graduation, and the standard number of credits given for each subject. However, unlike thehigh degree of consistency required in the curriculum for elementary and lower secondary
school, the educational content that all upper secondary school students are required to study is
kept to an absolute minimum of required subjects14○ In the Courses of Study issued in 1999 and in the course of subsequent amendments, there
has been a gradual move in the direction of responding to a diversification in terms of interests,
abilities, aptitudes and career aspirations, as shown in the following ways:
・ Along with a reduction in the overall number of credits required for graduation,
there has been a reduction in the number of credits for required subjects and anincrease in the number for elective subjects15.

- 57 -

55

・ The credit recognition system has moved forward in such ways as granting
recognition for credits earned at other upper secondary schools or at specialized
training colleges, as well as credits earned through volunteer activities, various
kinds of certificate-awarding courses, university credits, and so on16.
In ways such as these, the curriculum has aimed to provide increased flexibility.
○ Against the background of an upper secondary education system that emphasized its
responsiveness to diversification in terms of trying to keep a balance between consistency andcommon features on the one hand and diversity on the other, there was a very high degree ofinterest in society generally when it was revealed in October 2006 that about 10% of upper
secondary school students had failed to take required courses. Various reasons can be adduced
for this failure, including insufficient understanding of the requirements of the Courses ofStudy, insufficient control and supervision of the curriculum by teachers and boards ofeducation, and prioritization at the schools concerned of study needed for university entrance
examinations. On the other hand, when one considers the fact that about 90% of upper
secondary school students did take the required subjects on the basis of the regulations set out
in the Courses of Study, it does not seem appropriate to create a direct link between the
problem of the missed subjects and the desirable form of trequired subjects in upper secondary
school.
○ Turning to the current revisions to upper secondary school education, the basis of therevisions can be found in the fundamental thinking underlying the revisions to the Courses ofStudy as outlined in Chapter 5 above, the main improvements to educational content at schoollevel and in individual subjects, and in the reformulated objectives of upper secondary
schools17 and in the partial revision of the School Education Law. On the basis of this thinking
and the revisions embodying it, and taking as a precondition the fact that the people are given athorough grounding in fundamentals in the course of compulsory education, we looked at
upper secondary schools and emphasized the following 3 points from the perspective of further
developing acquired knowledge and skills and realizing the importance of establishing a linkwith the acquisition of skills and academic research.
1) In the same way as in elementary and lower secondary schools, application of acquired
knowledge and skills must be stressed at the same time as acquisition of fundamental
knowledge and skills in each subject.
2) Efforts must be made to stress the continuity between compulsory education and upper
secondary education and to ensure a smooth transition into upper secondary schools.
3) Aiming at the development of a rich and fruitful heart and mind and a healthy body, efforts
must be made to strengthen moral education and to strengthen guidance and teaching tocultivate a healthy body and mind.
○ It is also necessary for schools and establishing bodies to make sure that they grasp the actual- 58 -

56

condition of upper secondary school students, and while looking ahead at the future pattern of
the life and work of students, continue to teach the common features that are present in upper
secondary education and at the same time examine ways of introducing a certain amount offlexibility into the teaching with the aim of making it possible to equip students firmly with theabilities necessary to live independent lives in society.
○ A further major issue in upper secondary school education is that of enhancing student
eagerness to learn and securing their level of academic ability without regard to their future
career paths, either in the form of employment or progression to higher education, and there isa need for further continuing study of what policies, not just limited to the Courses of Study,
are necessary to realize these aims.
Note should also be taken of a need to make a medium-term and long-term examination of
the form that upper secondary education should take in terms of the high level of general andspecialized education given in different schools, taking as a basis the present diversified stateof upper secondary education and including in one's field of vision the differences between on
the one hand upper secondary schools and on the other hand, colleges of technology andspecialized training colleges, which are also educational institutions that exist at
post-compulsory education level, and those institutions that bridge the gap between lower andupper secondary education.
② The number of teaching weeks in a year and teaching hours in a week
○In upper secondary schools too, in the same way as shown for elementary and lower
secondary schools in (1) ① , the various kinds of educational activities, all of whichinter-relate with one another, can be broadly divided into the following categories: (i)curricularsubjects,

thePeriodforIntegrated

Study

and

SpecialActivities(allhomeroom-based); (ii) Special Activities that are not homeroom-based (PE and sports festivals,
volunteer activities, etc); and (iii) club activities in which students participate voluntarily.
With these points in mind, the teaching period for the curriculum for full-time students is
set in the Course of Study at a "standard 35 weeks a year", and it is appropriate to maintain thisstandard so as to secure time for school educational activities listed in (ii) above. It is also
necessary, in the same way as in lower secondary school, to include in the Course of Study
details of club activities carried out spontaneously and independently by students as items
concerned with the curriculum on the basis of their role and function to date as an integral partof school educational activities in upper secondary schools.
○ With regard next to the number of teaching hours, unlike elementary and lower secondary
schools, standard teaching hours by subject and by grade are not shown in the Course of Studyfor upper secondary schools, but a "standard of 30 credit hours" is prescribed as a weekly
standard for full-time students. As already explained, it is possible, in elementary and lower- 59 -

57

secondary schools too, to exceed the standard number of teaching hours provided care is taken
not to put an excessive burden on children. On this basis and with a view to securing theteaching time necessary to ensure thorough acquisition of fundamental knowledge and skills
and to carry out learning activities designed to apply the acquired knowledge and skills, it isnecessary to state clearly that while 30 credit hours is set as a standard, it is possible, throughthe exercise of ingenuity by individual upper secondary schools, to exceed this number.
○ At present, the number of credit hours that must be completed by a student prior tograduation is set at 74 or more in the School Education Law Implementation Regulations.
Since in the case of many part-time or correspondence courses at upper secondary school level,
the present situation is that the number of 74 credits is the number required to be completed by
students prior to graduation, it is appropriate for the state to stipulate 74 credits or more as thenumber of credits that must be completed before a student is permitted to graduate.
③ The desirable form of compulsory subjects
The necessity of required subjects○ As already explained, compulsory subjects listed in the Course of Study for upper secondary
schools are a way for the government to answer the question "What is upper secondary school
education?" from the point of view of learning content. The following points have emerged in
discussions so far.
・ Maintaining current thinking with regard to required subjects18
・ Strengthening features that are common to all upper secondary school education
・ Expanding the discretion of schools with regard to the designation of compulsory
subjects or the number of credits allocated to them.
○ Turning to a different point, it was felt to be strange that there should be a debate on
re-evaluating compulsory credits and university entrance examinations on the basis of therevelation that students in a number of upper secondary schools had failed to complete therequired number of compulsory credits, so it was decided to examine what the education of an
upper secondary school student should be in terms of the minimum required knowledge andskills.
○ As a result, it was decided that in upper secondary schools, as institutions which
implemented "high-level general education" as well as "specialist education", it was necessary,as the standard form of education, to have all students learn the knowledge and skills requiredin common of full-time students, and that efforts should be made to extend the abilities of all
students in terms of the application of the knowledge and skills acquired and to develop humanbeings who could live in harmony, and that consequently, it was appropriate to stipulate- 60 -

58

required subjects
Required subjects○ The current range of required comprises the minimum knowledge, skills and general culture
which it is considered necessary for all upper secondary school students to learn, and it istherefore appropriate for the current subjects to be seen as a foundation. It follows from this
that, on the basis of the need to establish required subjects in the form of securing theminimum necessary range of knowledge, skills and general culture in each subject and subject
area, that there is also a need to establish a standard number of credits.
Required individual subjects○ Looking at the form that should be taken by subject requirements, it is necessary to strike abalance between on the one hand, the purpose (common features) of required subjects,
specifically, securing the space to encompass subjects that represent the minimum knowledge,
skills and general culture deemed necessary for upper secondary school students, and on theother hand, expansion (diversity) of the discretion of schools necessary to enable them todisplay their creativity and ingenuity as well as of the range of choice of elective subjects
available to students. Against this background, the following points can be considered as
appropriate/(i) Establishing as a basic principle the current number of credits for required subjects
and not making an increase in these.
(ii) While keeping the above point in mind and taking as a foundation the curriculum forupper secondary schools as currently compiled, increasing the number of credit units interms of increasing the set amount of discretion permitted to each school in the context
of keeping a balance between on the one hand the need to enhance the common featuresof the curriculum in terms of individual subjects, and on the other hand, the need to
expand the discretionary choice of students.
Direction of improvement in individual subjects○ With regard to individual required subjects, on the basis of the thinking set out above, there
is a need for improvement in individual subjects as specified below. The results of thedeliberations below as well as a compilation of the individual subjects and broad fields of study
based on the report in Chapter 8 below are set out in Appendix 3).
○ Focusing now on Japanese Language, Mathematics and Foreign Language, which can beseen as the foundation of learning and as the tools for enhancing what can be termed the ability
to utilize language, using this term in a very broad sense, the present position is that certain- 61 -

59

parts of required subjects are elective, but there is a need to establish common compulsory
subjects on the basis of the achievements of the period of compulsory education.
However, when we look at the diversified state of entrants to upper secondary schools, it
is clear that there is a need for clarification concerning whether or not it is possible to increaseor decrease the number of credits and concerning prioritization of teaching items in the face ofthe disparities in quality and ability among upper secondary school students. At the same time,in response to the actual condition of students, it is also necessary to encourage efforts todevise ways on the basis of the curriculum, of getting all students to complete the more basic
content of subjects before they complete the compulsory, more high-level, subjects that all
students take in common.
Specific improvements are detailed in Chapter 8 below, but the following general points
can be cited at this point.
・ In the case of Japanese Language, the need to improve emphasis on cultivating theability to think and express things in theoretical terms by utilizing language and theability in students to see Japanese Language as part of their heritage and to develop
further the linguistic culture of Japan.
・ In the case of Mathematics, the need to improve emphasis on getting children tounderstand how Mathematics is utilized in a variety of ways in actual everyday lifeand society, and emphasis on developing in children the ability to think and express
themselves in theoretical terms.
・ In Foreign Language, the need to improve ways of developing in a comprehensive,
integrated way, the four skills of "listening", "speaking", "reading" and "writing", andto improve content appropriate to this aim.
○ Turning to Geography and History, Civics and Science, these can be seen as learning
activities which help students to get a deeper grasp of required knowledge and skills and whichemphasize the utilization of the acquired knowledge and skills, and it is appropriate for them tocontinue as elective required subjects as at present.
In that context,
・ With regard to Geography and History, 1 subject from those covering World History,
and 1 subject each from Japanese History and Geography, 2 subjects in all, arerequired electives, and taking as a basis the fact that in elementary and lower
secondary school, Japanese history as well as Japanese and world geography are being
studied, there is a certain degree of rationality in the decision regarding required
subjects in upper secondary schools at present, and the choice of electives seems
realistic. However, with regard to the content of "World history", there is a need tolook at this again from the perspective of emphasizing more deeply the connections
with Japanese history.
・ Furthermore, with regard to the proposal to establish a comprehensive subject
including both geography and history, there is a need for further deliberation from- 62 -

60

now on about the specific form that the educational content of this should take.
・ With regard to Civics, at present, students have to choose between "Modern Society”
on the one hand or "Ethics" and "Politics and Economics" on the other; in thissituation, given the need to strengthen content concerned with the way of life and theway of acting as human beings, there is a need for additional strengthening of the
ethical field.
・ With regard to Science, students at present have to choose 2 subjects, and of these, 1
or more of the subjects to be completed must be either Basic Science orComprehensive Science. However, in a context in which the idea still persists19 thatof the 4 fields, Physics, Chemistry, Biology and Earth Science, students have tochoose 3 fields, it is appropriate, from the perspective of expanding the discretion ofschools and enhancing the flexibility of required subjects in response to students'
needs, to regard the requirement for Comprehensive Science as unnecessary when 3
or more fields are chosen as required subjects,.
Moreover, with regard to Comprehensive Science, improvement is necessary inconsideration of the reality of increasing differentiation at an academic level and in termsof the specialist interests of teachers.
○ With regard to the general course subject, "Information Science", this is an area in whichlarge discrepancies in knowledge and skill can be observed in students on entry to upper
secondary school. With this fact in mind, there is a need to aim at improvement of the content,
including a thorough re-examination of the teaching content at compulsory education level.
○ With regard to Health and Physical Education, Art and Home Economics, on the basis ofresults in these subjects to date, there is a need to aim at improvements in the content on thebasis of the assumption that the existing framework of compulsory required subjects will bemaintained.
○ With regard to Special Activities and to the Period for Integrated Study, there is a need toemphasize in a wide variety of areas activities which facilitate the accumulation of backing or
support for acquired knowledge in such forms as problem-solving, discovery-type orexperiential activities which enable a cross-sectional examination of timetabled subjects to be
made.
In addition to this, with specific reference to the Period for Integrated Study, it isappropriate that there should be a flexible way of handling teaching time on the basis ofstrengthened learning activities concerned with the application of knowledge and skills in eachsubject and subject area. On the other hand, given that the Period for Integrated Study performs
a major role in terms of developing the ability to think, to make judgments and to engage inself-expression, there is a need for improvement aimed at further strengthening discovery-type
and problem-solving activities which involve a cross-sectional examination of subjects to be- 63 -

61

carried out within the framework of the Period for Integrated Study.
Specialized courses and comprehensive courses○ Efforts are being made to strengthen vocationally oriented courses in specialist subject areas,
namely agriculture, manufacturing, business, marine products, home economics, nursing,
welfare and information studies, with a view to training human resources for the purpose offurther developing Japanese industry and the Japanese economy. In order that a set amount ofspecialist expertise can be secured, it is appropriate to continue the present arrangements for
specialist subjects and to set the number of credits to be obtained in specialist subjects andsubject areas at 25 or more.
○ Comprehensive courses: these have the characteristic of offering a broad range of selective
courses from which students can make their own choice. Emphasis is put on learning which
will enable students to deepen their perceptions of their own career in such forms as their
future work. With this point in mind, it is appropriate to continue these courses and to havestudents complete "Industrial society and human beings"20
Part-time courses and correspondence courses○ Part-time courses and correspondence courses: these are aimed at students whose desire to
study is driven by a wide variety of motives, and their important significance lies in the factthat they offer flexible educational opportunities. As such it is appropriate for them to continue
to be flexibly operated, while having as their basic structural framework the curriculum
outlined above.
(3)

Utilizing Saturday in the context of a 5-day school week

○ The state of discussions on how to utilize Saturday in the context of a 5-day school week
representing a common curricular framework for elementary, lower secondary and upper
secondary schools is given below.
○ The basic principle of a 5-day school week is that schools, families and communities should
cooperate and work together, dividing their respective roles, so that children are brought up bysociety as a whole. On the basis of this principle and in line with the introduction of a 5-day
working week for society in general, the 5-day school week was introduced in stages over along period as a social system. Given that internationally too, almost all countries have adopted
a 5-day school week, it is appropriate to maintain this system.
○ In this same context, a MEXT survey has shown that over 10% of elementary and lower- 64 -

62

secondary schools cooperate with local communities and other bodies in utilizing Saturday toprovide children who have a desire to participate with experiential learning activities in suchforms as projects that include group accommodation, cultural projects, sporting activities andso on. There are also cases where Saturdays are utilized at lower secondary school level toprovide learning opportunities comprising supplementary teaching or more advanced studies
designed to raise the level of academic ability in schools at this level21
Furthermore, at upper secondary school level, around 50% of public-sector schools
including schools offering general courses, specialized courses and integrated courses, offer
learning opportunities linked to the acquisition of qualifications or to students' hopes toproceed to the next level of education, while around 10% of schools offer (nature-based orexperiential learning activities).22
From another perspective, as set out in Chapter 10 (1) below, since 2007, a new projectwith the title "After school child-centered plan" has been set in motion. Under this plan,arrangements to provide facilities for study or experiential learning after classes have finished
for the day and/or on Saturdays are being taken forward. According to a survey undertaken by
the Cabinet Office, the number of children who participate in local festivals or attend talks inChildren's Centers or Citizens' Halls or who take part in other activities in empty classrooms orother community facilities is increasing.
It is important that active involvement in projects of the kind outlined here within theframework of a 5-day school week is on the increase. It is also necessary in this context toconstruct a partnership or liaison system linking schools and local communities with a view tounifying or encouraging support for school education within local communities.
○ It should also be noted that experiential, hands-on activities, including identification ofproblems and topics by children, problem-solving activities, discovery-type activities and soon, are not all the responsibility of school education alone, and it is precisely through liaisonand cooperation with the educational power inherent in communities that we can expect to seea high level of educational effectiveness being achieved.
Even at the present time, one can see examples, in the form of schools being opened toparents and to the community, of Saturdays being treated as "school days" and used for events
such as Sports Days or Open School Days23 In the same way, it is also possible to think ofSaturdays being used for hands-on-type, discovery-type or problem-solving-type activities as
an integral part of the work carried on in the Period for Integrated Study; specific examples areliaison with the local community or use of external human resources.
(4)

A smooth transition between levels of schooling in line with the stage of developmentof children○ In the partial revision of the School Education Law carried out in June 2007, the goals andobjectives of each level of schooling are reformulated, and on the basis of these goals and- 65 -

63

objectives, the roles of each level of school are set out as below.
・ Kindergarten education develops basic lifestyle habits and attitudes in children, cultivates
an awareness of rules and norms, thinking ability, rich and fruitful emotions and theseeds of self-expression, and plays a very important role in terms of laying thefoundation for elementary and later stages of education.
・ Compulsory education develops and extends children's innate abilities while cultivating
the basis for independent living in society, and at the same time, carries out theexceedingly important role of fostering the basic qualities deemed necessary in formative
agents of the state and society. It is with these points in mind that compulsory education
is expected to guarantee that all children will be educated up to or above a set level.
・ Upper secondary school education is expected to carry out the role of further developing
and expanding the results of compulsory education, nurturing rich and fruitful humanqualities and fostering the characteristics deemed necessary in formative agents of thestate and society. At the present time, about 98% of those who complete lower secondary
school education go on to upper secondary schools, and there is a very wide diversity
among students in terms of their interests, abilities, aptitudes and future career
aspirations, but as national educational institutions, upper secondary schools play avitally important role in maintaining and raising the social, economic and cultural levelof Japan in the future.
・ Specially supported schools provide an education that is analogous to that given inmainstream kindergartens, elementary schools, lower secondary schools and upper
secondary schools, and at the same time as performing this function, set themselves thegoal of giving those students who are overcoming difficulties in studying or in daily life
as the result of some kind of disability, the knowledge and skill necessary to live
independently and autonomously. Specially supported education focuses primarily on
specially supported schools, newly located in the school system since fiscal 2007, andthere are calls for them to be given strengthened functions.
○ What is more important than anything else is that the various levels of schools, as set out
here, thoroughly fulfill their respective roles, and in addition to this, in the context ofcurriculum reform, there is a need for them to be mindful of ensuring a smooth transition
between the various stages of schooling from the perspective of devising ways to make thecurriculum responsive to the appropriate stage of a child’s development.24○ With regard firstly to the transition between kindergarten and elementary school, there is aneed to strengthen in early childhood education the content of kindergarten education that is- 66 -

64

concerned with group behavior and is aimed at confirming children's awareness of normative
rules, as well as children's experiences in the lower grades of elementary school that areconcerned with laying a foundation for subject-based learning and daily life. It is very
important that in the early years of elementary school, while they are accumulating
experiences, children adapt to school life, confirm basic daily living habits, and carry out asmooth transition to subject-based learning. It is necessary that in the course of what is termed
the Grade 1 program, attention is paid not only to getting children to memorize the content of
the teaching, but also to daily life habits and to ensuring that there is sufficient contact with andcooperation with children's families.
○ As children enter the period of puberty and rise up through the school ranks into lower
secondary school, where the learning content is at a higher level, many kinds of educational
problems arise, compared to elementary school, including a lowering of the level ofunderstanding of what is taught, an increase in problem behavior and so on. It is because of theoccurrence of such phenomena that it is vitally important, in order for pupils to be able to enter
lower secondary school in a satisfactory way, for efforts to be made to ensure a smoothtransition between the different school levels. Within elementary school, as explained in
Chapter 5 (6) above, it is necessary in the lower and middle grades, to emphasize thoroughacquisition of the learning content, and in the upper grades, to examine how to strengthen thespecialized education given by teachers by making use of external human resources. Teachers
are also required, at the lower secondary school stage, to take up again, from the perspective ofutilizing the knowledge and skills acquired in elementary school, the educational content that
pupils have covered in their former school and use their ingenuity to deal with it again from alower secondary school perspective at an appropriate point in the curriculum. Effective
teaching should take a broad view of elementary and lower secondary school education, andshould cover the 2 spheres of study and daily life, implementing deeper learning through an
exchange of teachers.
○ A further point to be noted is that at present, by making use of the R & D school system,
efforts are being made to find ways of making a smooth passage through the 9 years ofelementary and lower secondary school combined 25 . Thinking of compulsory education,
covering both elementary and junior high school education, as one consistent period of
education, the Central Council for Education commented in a report26 issued in 2005 asfollows: "We will examine measures designed to improve the connections and the transition
between the different stages of schools by such ways as making it possible for school
establishers, on the basis of their decision, to establish a school spanning the entire compulsory
education period of 9 years and introducing more flexibility into the division of thecurriculum". It is necessary for deliberations to continue within the Central Council for
Education.

- 67 -

65

○ Turning to the transition between lower secondary school and upper secondary school, what
upper secondary schools have to do is ensure that students have a thorough mastery of thebasics, consisting of the material that they have learned as citizens of Japan during compulsory
education in lower secondary school, and at the same time, while adding supplementaryknowledge as necessary, to lay emphasis on making a smooth transition to upper secondary
school. With these points in mind, what needs to be done in terms of the Course of Study is, forexample, to take account in Mathematics of making a connection between Mathematics inlower secondary school and Mathematics in upper secondary school, or in Foreign Language,
aim at ensuring a smooth transition from lower secondary school teaching. There is a need for
improvements in ways such as these of setting out basic subjects.
Given also that 40% of upper secondary school students spend no time or almost no time
studying outside classes27, there is a need to have students challenge in various kinds ofcertification tests their knowledge of language and kanji that they have continued from lower
secondary school, and also, building on links with the work experience that they have had inlower secondary school, use ways such as career education to enhance their desire to learn.
Or from the standpoint of Moral Education, which students have studied through lower
secondary school, there is a need to strengthen related issues in Civics or in the homeroom orin Special Activities.
○ It was from the point of view of ensuring a smooth transfer between lower and upper
secondary school that a system began in fiscal 1999 which aimed to integrate lower and upper
secondary education so as to realize a form of education that puts more emphasis on theindividuality of pupils in the context of the increasing diversification of secondary
education28.With regard to a secondary education school that integrates lower secondary andupper secondary schools, on the basis of the fact that the goals and objectives in both parts of
the integrated school are of the same nature, the respective Courses of Study apply in principle
to both parts. From the point of view too that in the partial revision of the School Education
Law, there is no change in this point, it can be thought of as appropriate for the kind offramework that now exists to be maintained in the future.
On the other hand, special measures which aim to utilize the positive features ofintegrated secondary education have been put in place, and an attempt was made to expand
them in fiscal 2004. It is to be hoped that from now on too, we will see efforts being made torealize the essential message of these special measures, and that the two parts of the integrated
school will get to grips with educational activities in the form of further special measures.
(5)

The responsibility of individual schools and the significance of being"locality-based" in terms of the design and implementation of the curriculum○ Until now, the Courses of Study have represented criteria which show the content that should
be taught to all children with the aim of ensuring equality of educational opportunity- 68 -

66

throughout the country and maintaining and raising the level of educational standards, and it isagainst this background that they broadly determine the objectives of each individual subject(the Courses of Study as embodying "criteria" or "standards"). In addition to this, it should be
noted that in 2003, by means of a partial revision of the Courses of Study, a proviso was added
to this sense of embodying "criteria and standard" making it clear that it was possible to teachmaterial over and above the content shown in the Courses of Study, depending on the actual
condition of schools and children.
This amendment meant that while every school followed the broad criteria set out in the
Courses of Study, schools were also given discretionary responsibility and the possibility ofdeveloping characteristic educational activities which utilized their ingenuity and creativity to
put together a curriculum which took sufficient consideration of the actual situation of local
communities and schools, and was appropriate to the physical and mental stage of developmentof the children and their special characteristics.
Taking a fresh look at "regulations applying the brake"○ In the context of the current revisions to the Courses of Study, it is necessary to look again at
the annotations in the Courses of Study with a view to making it even clearer that it is possible
to utilize ingenuity and creativity at the stage of implementing teaching in order to realize acurriculum that is characteristic of a particular school and locality.
Specifically, in the current Courses of Study, certain headings are marked with anannotation saying "not to be dealt with", the so-called "braking regulations". These indications
do not mean that the items, which have advanced content, should not be taught, but only that it
is not appropriate to teach them to all children in common. This point is insufficiently
understood, and is difficult for people to understand, so there is a need for the wording to beamended.
Creation of a new system of research and development schools○ On a different point, with regard to the view that unless special measures are devised, it is
impossible to implement the teaching of subjects which are newly created and are not specified
in the Courses of Study, the fact is that within set limits and provided that approved proceduresare followed, there are measures which make it possible to follow a new curriculum not set
down in the Courses of Study. Specifically, these take the form of a system of R & D schools
or of projects establishing R & D schools in special structural reform areas (special R & D
areas).
○ Looking first at the system of R & D schools29, in order to obtain practical evidence that willcontribute to the improvement of the Courses of Study, the Minister of MEXT has approved
this system of permitting new curricula to be drawn up and implemented without being- 69 -

67

included in the Courses of Study, and there is a need for the system to be strengthened so that it
can contributed to the improvement of future Courses of Study.
○ On the other hand, "special R & D areas"30are a system that makes it possible to formulate
and implement curricula that are not covered by the Courses of Study, utilizing the system ofstructural reform areas authorized by the Prime Minister. The system results in changing thesignificance of schools themselves in terms of designing and implementing the curriculum, andgenerates a heightening of interest in the curriculum among local governments and society
generally. The system of special R & D areas was decided on in a Cabinet decision of April
2006, and the current procedure is that such areas must apply to the Cabinet office, so as to getapproval from the Prime Minister, but there are demands that it should be made possible for
MEXT to receive applications directly, and to examine and approve them.
○ With these points in mind, it is entirely a matter of course that schools which have
responsibility for public-sector education will deliver that education in conformity with the
School Education Law and the Courses of Study, which are based on this law. However, it isnecessary to introduce a measure whereby, when a school or the establisher of a school
conceives the idea that it would like to use its creativity and ingenuity, for example by creatinga new subject, and makes an application on the basis that it has the means to realize this, thenprovided that the proposal satisfies the objectives for each level of schooling as stipulated in
the School Education Law and a set level of conditions pertaining to the appropriateness of the
proposal to the objectives and content of each subject as set down in the Courses of Study, theproposed special measure can receive the approval of the Minister of MEXT31.
The significance of the responsibility of each school and the sense of being "locality-based"○ Emphasis on the importance of being “locality-based” means that every individual school iscalled on to perform its duty, and it is indispensable to examine and validate the results shownby the exercise of creativity and ingenuity on the part of each school. Realizing this aim meansthat there is a requirement to utilize the results of the National Academic Ability Tests andCourse of Study implementation surveys as well as evaluations of individual schools, toconfirm the results and to aim at further improvements. A further effective measure is to utilize
community schools (school management council system)32, and to deepen proof and validationfrom the viewpoint of many different people including members of the local community,
parents, and prominent intellectuals.

1

There are differences between individual schools and boards of education, but in the main, out of the
365 days in a year, there are non-teaching days, made up of about 70 days for long holidays, 12 days fornational holidays, as well as 83 days for Saturdays and Sundays, leaving a total of about 200 teachingdays.

- 70 -

682

With regard to the "standard number of teaching hours" prescribed in the School Education Law
Implementation Regulations, it is entirely possible that as a result of natural disasters and the like, theactual number of teaching hours will be less than this number, but it cannot normally be assumed that at
the beginning of the school year, when the number of teaching hours is being worked out, that thecomposition of the curriculum reflects a number less than the standard number of hours. On the other
hand, it is possible that a limit will be set to a rise above the standard number of hours in order not to
impose an excessive burden on children.

3

A period of about a week after entry to elementary school is set aside for guidance concerned with how
to adapt smoothly to school and class life. This being the case, children in Grade 1 will spend 34 weeks
or more in a year on subject teaching, unlike the children in other grades.

4

Actual results for 2005 from the Survey on Curriculum Preparation and Implementation in Public

Elementary and Lower Secondary Schools (2006 edition), implemented by MEXT.
In addition, results from the same survey in respect of the implementation of educational activities
such as organized trips with group accommodation of the kind referred to in category (ii) above show
the time spent on these as follows: in Grade 5, elementary school, 27.4% of schools spent between 76
and 90 class unit hours in a year, while for 23.6% of schools, the number of class unit hours was
between 91 and 105.
5An "International Comparative Survey on Instruction Hours in School", commissioned by MEXT in
2002, gives an international comparison of the number of teaching hours determined in the education
system of each of the participating countries (in the case of Japan, the number of hours represents thetotal of the number of subject teaching hours within the standard number of hours stipulated by the
School Education Law, and the number of hours allotted to Moral Education and the Period forIntegrated Study). If we take from these results, for example, the total number of teaching hours in ayear equivalent to the 6 grades of elementary school in Japan (from Grade 1 through Grade 6), the 5
top-ranked countries are: Italy (5780 hours), India (5760 hours), France (5094 hours), Canada (Quebec
Province) (5076 hours), and the U.S. (Washington DC) (4968 hours). However,・ In the case of Italy, the regulations state that children in Grade 4 (equivalent to Grade 4 inelementary school in Japan) study for 395 minutes in a day (8.7 units assuming a class hour of 45
minutes) (in Grade 8 (equivalent to Grade 2 in lower secondary school in Japan), they study for 320
minutes) but it is pointed out that this data does not reflect the reality of Italian schools.
・ In the case of India, it is pointed out in the same survey that according to the state in question, there
are cases where a 2-part school is held on the same day, so that it is difficult to think that all
children necessarily receive the stipulated number of teaching hours.
・ In the case of Canada (Quebec Province), it is pointed out in the same survey that within what isshown as the standard number of teaching hours, break time, time for moving from one class toanother, and meal times are included.
・ In the case of the U.S. (Washington DC), in addition to the reality being different from theguidelines, in the case of subjects for which an upper limit and a lower limit of hours are specified,the calculations are based on the upper limits, and the number of hours for multiple elective subjects
are also all included.
It is pointed out that in the light of the above, simple comparisons are difficult.

6

According to a report on the deliberations of the Education Committee of MEXT, in the process ofdeliberations of the "Conference of Cooperating Persons in Developing Language Ability" (a group of
intellectuals established by MEXT), education of language education in Germany and other countries
was introduced and examined.

7

This is equivalent to about 10% of the total (3481 class unit hours) of the number of teaching hours atpresent Japanese language, Social Studies, Mathematics and Science.

8

For example, various methods which might be thought of include the following: increasing thenumber of teaching hours in each week, utilizing, as an integral part of subject teaching, a period of- 71 -

69

about 10 minutes in the morning before the first class for reading activities or drills, utilizing a learning
module taking the form of a variation on a class teaching hour, shortening the long vacation, andchanging the composition of school terms.
A module denotes a "unit" of, for example, time, and a learning module denotes a pattern fortackling learning in the form of a unit lasting for 10 or 15 minutes. For example, ways of implementing
this might be to have teaching units of 20 minutes in some subjects, or a unit of 60 minutes (45 minutes
plus 15 minutes)
9

In the "Survey on the State of Preparation and Implementation of the Curriculum in Public Elementaryand Lower Secondary Schools", elective subjects in lower secondary school according for a total of 225
class teaching hours across all 3 grades, and of this total, 64%, representing 144 unit hours, wasallocated to Japanese Language, Social Studies, Mathematics, Science and Foreign Languages.

10This is equivalent to about 10% of the total (2005 unit class hours), made up of the standard hours forrequired subjects, comprising at present Japanese language, Social Studies, Mathematics, Science andForeign languages (1835 unit class horus) and the number of teaching hours allocated to these subjects
from within the total of elective subjects (170 class unit hours)
11

In the "Consciousness Survey on Compulsory Education" (implemented in March and April, 2005),
the proposition was put forward with regard to the Period for Integrated Study that "the time given to
subject teaching has been reduced, and the learning of fundamental content is neglected". In response tothis statement, the percentage of those who were of the same opinion (total of those who were "verymuch of this opinion" and "rather of this opinion") was 65.6% among class teachers in elementary
school, and 81.0% among homeroom teachers in lower secondary school.
12

It should also be noted in this connection that subject teachers in lower secondary school felt that itwas necessary to carry out specifically oriented examination of what points should be considered when
implementing reading activities or drills for 10 minutes in the mornings as an integral part of subject
teaching.
13

At the present time, subject areas in general courses at upper secondary school level comprise thefollowing 10 areas: Japanese Language, Geography and History, Civics, Mathematics, Science, Healthand Physical Education, Arts, Foreign Language, Home Economics, and Information Study. In
specialized courses, there are 13 subject areas, namely: Agriculture, Manufacturing, Business, Marine
Products, Home Economics, Nursing, Information Study, Welfare, Science and Mathematics, Physical
Education, Music, Art and English. The curricula are composed of the subjects associated with therespective subject area.
14

At the present time, the subjects and subject areas that all upper secondary school students are required
to study comprise 10 subjects yielding a minimum of 31 credits. In the area of specialized courses,
students are additionally required to obtain 25 credits or more in specialized subjects and subject areas.
15

According to the revision of the Courses of Study for upper secondary schools carried out in 1999,
the requirement up to that time for credits for compulsory subjects and areas to amount to a minimum of
35 credits on general courses and 38 credits on specialized courses, was reduced to a requirement on
both courses for 31 credits respectively.
16

The scope for the recognition of credits for the results of learning outside one's school is gradually
expanding, as shown by the following. in 1993, recognition for the results of study at other upper
secondary schools or specialized training colleges, in 1998, recognition of credits for volunteer activities,
the acquisition of various kinds of qualifications, and credits earned at a university, and in 2005,
extension of the upper limit for recognition of such credits from 20 to 35 credits.
17

The School Education Law
Article 50: Upper secondary schools have the objective of implementing general education andspecialized education on the basis of the education provided in lower secondary schools and inaccordance with the mental and physical development and the career aspirations of each pupil.

- 72 -

70

Article 51: In order to realize the objectives specified in the preceding Article, upper secondary
education must be implemented in such a way as to achieve the following targets.
18

Elective required subjects are a device whereby a student can select subjects from a required subject
area, thereby making it possible to design a flexible curriculum that matches the actual diversity ofstudents.
19This was conceived on the basis of the way of thinking that says that if, for example, within thecurrent Courses of Study, a student elects to take Comprehensive Science A 'Physics and Chemistry) and
Biology I, it is appropriate to think of that student as taking 3 or more required fields.
20

In designing a curriculum of integrated courses, from the perspective of enabling students to selectelective compulsory subjects from a wide range of subjects and subject areas covering both general
education and specialized education, the curriculum aims to provide courses with a credit value of 25
credits or more combining "Industrial society and human beings" as well as specialized subjects andsubject areas.
21

According to a Survey on the Design and Implementation of the Curriculum for Public Elementaryand Lower Secondary Schools (fiscal 2006), 13.6% of elementary schools and 10.4% of lower
secondary schools utilize Saturdays for offering opportunities for experiential learning in such forms asorganized trips with group accommodation involving nature experiences or for sporting or culturalactivities.
In addition, 2.5% of elementary schools and 5.6% of lower secondary schools offer learning
opportunities in such forms as study to raise the level of basic academic ability, or as supplementary or
more advanced learning.
22

According to the Survey on the Design and Implementation of the Curriculum for Public Upper
Secondary Schools (fiscal 2006), 52.0% of schools offering general courses, 46.0% of schools offering
specialized courses, and 58.3% of schools offering integrated courses utilize Saturdays to offer
opportunities for learning linked to students' future career aspirations or to the acquisition ofqualifications.
Moreover, 12.0% of schools offering general courses, 13.2% of schools offering specialized
courses, and 12.4% of schools offering integrated courses utilize Saturdays to offer opportunities forexperiential learning in the form of organized trips with group accommodation involving natureexperiences, or of cultural or sporting activities.
23

School Education Law. Implementation Regulations
Article 47: Non-working days for public sector schools are as listed below. However, with the
exception of days listed in 3) below, the provisions do not apply when special conditions makenon-compliance necessary.
1) Days specified in laws concerned with national holidays (Law No. 108 of 1948).
2) Saturday and Sunday.
3) Days specified by a board of education on the basis of the regulations in Article 29 of the School
Education Law Implementation Order.
24

With regard to stages of development in terms of cognitive aspects, as pointed out in 5.(3), there arewide differences between one individual and another, but the main characteristics that can generally beobserved in the stages of growth of children can be listed up as follows.
・ In the case of infants, one can cite as their primary characteristics the fact that they engage withthe surrounding environment, including people and nature, with their whole body, that for them,
activities and locations, experiences and emotions are closely linked together, and that one candiscern at this stage the germ of learning from experiential activities.
・ In the case of children in the early years of elementary school , while some of the characteristicsof the infant period still remain, children's ability in language and perception is broadening, andthey are becoming able, to a certain extent, to take an overview that is not limited by a particulartime and place,. For example, in the case of a Mathematics lesson, children's development interms of words and numbers had advanced to the extent that they are able to concentrate on- 73 -

71

numerical problems, and it is possible them to some extent to use semi-concrete objects (liketiles) and think in an abstract way.
・ In the middle and upper years of elementary school, children have left the years of infancy
behind them, and it is possible for them, to a certain extent, to objectify and perceive objects.
They become able to put distance between themselves and objects and analyze them, and areable to differentiate and pursue cognitive activities. Since they are also able to look atthemselves from a distance, the relationship between themselves and objects takes on a newmeaning.
・ When they move into lower secondary school, they enter the age of puberty, and become awarethat there is an inner world of independent persons other than their parents or their immediate
friends. They also become aware of an inner world in the case of their friends, and therelationship with their friends gives a new meaning to the concept of self. Furthermore, eventhough at this age they are still immature, their mental and physical abilities become close to
those of adults, and within the context of a connections with society and the adult world, theyexperience a broadening recognition that adults also have their own worlds and become awareof taking responsibility in society.
・ When children enter upper secondary school, they start to escape from the confusion of the ageof puberty, and to develop an outlook on adult society. They encounter the issue of how they
themselves will live in adult society. They stand at an important turning of the ways, when their
future life bifurcates into the world of work and that of further study, and there are those whoare excessively concerned with further study and pursued by the need to prepare for this, so thatthey give up thinking seriously about their future, and fall into a pattern of simply pursuing thepleasures that are immediately in front of their eyes. It is to be hoped that in this period of life,
when the physical strength of students is expanding, students can, for example, participate inexperiential, hands-on activities, thus broadening their viewpoint, and maintain an awareness ofliving a responsible life in society
25

The question of how to achieve a smooth transition between elementary and lower secondary schools
is currently being tackled in the 162 R & D schools (as of 2007) and the 70 local governments (as of2007) that have been declared special R & D areas. Examples of the research being tried out in theseschools comprise a continuous 9-year curriculum and continuous teaching methods that span theelementary and lower secondary years, or the introduction of separate subject teachers in place of classteachers in the later years of elementary school.
26

Report by the Central Council for Education, "Redesigning Compulsory Education for a New Era",
October 26, 2005.
27

According to the "Survey of the State of Curriculum Implementation in Upper Secondary Schools"(implemented in fiscal 2005), 39.3% of upper secondary school students spend no time or almost no
time studying outside the time spend in school classes.
28

The number of schools in which a continuous form of education is offered spanning the periods oflower and upper secondary schools in such forms as the secondary school, in which a planned andcontinuous curriculum and learning environment is implemented for a period of 6 years, joining together
the hitherto disparate lower secondary schools and upper secondary schools, is increasing year by year.
As of April 2007, there were 32 secondary schools as well as 257 linked schools, of which 147 schools
comprised lower and upper secondary schools established by the same establisher, offering continuous
lower and upper secondary education, and 78 schools comprising lower and upper secondary schools
also implementing continuous lower and upper secondary education but established by different
establishers.
29

The system of R & D schools derives from a report issued in 1971 by the Central Council for
Education entitled "Basic Policies for the Comprehensive Strengthening of School Education in the
Future" (June 1971). Under this system, the Minister of MEXT can authorize a school which makes anapplication on the basis of research themes specified by MEXT, to design and implement a curriculum
other than that specified in the current Courses of Study. This device for obtaining through practicalresearch actual data for contributing to the improvement of future Courses of Study, started in 1976. Up- 74 -

72

to the present time, data obtained under this program has been utilized for improvement to the Coursesof Study in such ways as the creation of the subject area, "Life Environment Studies" and the "Period forIntegrated Study".
30

The system of special R & D areas is one part of the system of structural reform areas. Under thesystem, which started operating in 2003, a local government body can make an application on the basisof the ideas of the Constitution and the Fundamental Law of Education as well as of the objectives
specified in the School Education Law, to be permitted to design and implement a curriculum other thanthat specified in the Courses of Study. After obtaining the approval of the Minister of MEXT, theapplication is passed to the Cabinet Office for the Prime Minister's approval.. As of November 2007,
applications from 105 local governments had been approved, and about 80% of these were for the
implementation of English language teaching at elementary school level. Two other examples are anapplication designed to ensure a smooth transition between elementary school and lower secondary
school (Ex. "Special district for continuous elementary and lower secondary education" in Setagaya
Ward, Tokyo), and an application for special measures in the teaching of Japanese language (Ex.
"Special district for Japanese language education" in Setagaya Ward, Tokyo).
Furthermore, the "Basic Guidelines for Structural Reform Areas", Annex 1, (Cabinet decision ofApril 2005), stipulated that "with regard to special measures, while the progress situation withconcerning reevaluation of the overall curriculum criteria will continue to be observed, plans should bemade to implement the system reform of 2007 from the beginning of fiscal 2008, and to develop it overthe country as a whole". In that connection, the intervention of the Minister of MEXT to approve ordisapprove the special measures in terms of the extension over the whole country, should be kept to thenecessary minimum from the viewpoint of complying with the provisions of the Constitution, theFundamental Law of Education, the School Education Law and the Courses of Study.
31

Furthermore, in the current reform of the Courses of Study, there is a reduction in the time allocatedto the Period for Integrated Study, the specific instructional content for which has been left to thediscretion of each individual school. Special measures of the kind referred to here are called for from thepoint of view of enhancing the common features of subjects rather than increasing the individual time
allocated to Japanese Language, Social Studies, Arithmetic / Mathematics, Science, Foreign Language,and Health and Physical Education.
32

Community schools (school management council system) are a device whereby parents andcommunity residents, who have authority and responsibility, take part in the management of a school,
and make a reality of a school which becomes one with the community and is open to and supported by
the community. Community schools were systematized by a reform (September 2004) of the "Lawconcerning the organization and management of local educational administration". Since thesystematization, the number has gradually increased each year, and as of July 1, 2007, a total of 213
community schools have been opened all over Japan.

- 75 -

73

7. Main Improvement Headings in Educational Content○ On the basis of the improved basic thinking and the basic curriculum structure as outlined
above, we think there is a need to carry out improvements to the content of each subject andsubject area. but before discussing specific proposed improvements to each subject and subject
area, the following points will act as general headings:① Important items that need to be strengthened on the basis of the fundamental thinking about
improvements to the Courses of Study, as shown in Chapter 5, are listed.
② Items that need to be improved in terms of a cross-sectional look at subjects from theperspective of responding to social change are set out as points for investigation.
○With regard to ①, we have examined the following 6 points.
1) Strengthening language activities in each subject. As explained in Chapter 5 (4), there isa need to strengthen language ability by carrying out in each subject learning activities thatutilize acquired knowledge and skills in such forms as report and essay writing with a view tonurturing children's ability to think, form judgments and engage in self-expression. As pointed
out in Chapter 5 (7), language ability is a requirement for children to be able to interact withother people and with society.
2) Strengthening Science and Mathematics education as the foundation of scientific skills.
Knowledge is a constantly advancing phenomenon, and in a "knowledge-based society", newknowledge is constantly being generated as a result of competition and technologicalinnovation. As pointed out in Chapter 5 (3), the international applicability of Mathematics andScience education in particular is an issue that is now the subject of questioning.
3) Strengthening education concerned with tradition and culture. As pointed out in Chapter
2, in the context of globalization, in order to be able to coexist with people whose lives are
based on historical and cultural traditions different from one's own, it is important to deepen
understanding of one's own country and of the traditions and cultures of countries and regions
different from one's own and to acquire an attitude of respect toward these.
4) Strengthening Moral Education. While accepting as a precondition that the family playsa large role in cultivating a sense of morality, in terms of school education, it is necessary tostrengthen moral education in line with the basic thinking shown in Chapter 5 (7) in such ways
as confirming lifestyle habits and a minimum awareness of rules as well as an understanding of
the significance of law and rules in a democracy, through teaching and activities appropriate to
the stage of development of the child concerned.
5) Strengthening physical activity. As with other fields, a school cannot provide everything
concerned with physical activity and exercise, but schools are required to provide a stimulus in74- 77 -

the form of direct experience in a context of interaction with other people, society, nature andthe surrounding environment. There is a need to strengthen physical activity on the basis of thecontents of Chapter 5 (7).
6) Foreign language activity in elementary school. Knowledge is not limited by nationalboundaries, and in a "knowledge-based society" marked by the continuing advance of
globalization, there is a demand to strengthen foreign language education in the context ofschool education, hence the necessity of introducing foreign language activities at elementary
school level.
○ With regard to ②, in the context of a changing society and the changing environment thatsurrounds children, we examined as items that need improvement in terms of a cross-sectional
analysis of existing subjects, the level of correct understanding of the following 7 points fromthe point of view of issues that have freshly emerged or are rapidly changing: information
education, environmental education, making things, career education, dietary education, safety
education, and physical and mental growth and development.
What is common to all 7 points is that although there are differences in the fields and thetarget areas, in all cases, children are called on to become aware of their own responsibilities,
and on this basis, to have a positive attitude to acquiring information, to make judgments on
their own initiative about analyzing the knowledge and skills that they have acquired in various
subjects, and to act accordingly. With these points in mind, schools in their turn are called on,
while teaching subject-knowledge and skills from a cross-curricular perspective andconcentrating on those subjects with a particular affinity to this approach, to use the skills andknowledge that students acquire as a trigger to get them involved in practical activities.
Furthermore, as explained in Chapter 10 (1), a school cannot teach all the many different
kinds of issues that occur in present-day society. There is a need to take a fresh look at content,
the significance of which as material that should be taught in common has become somewhat
diluted due to contemporary change, and at the same time to develop contacts with families andlocal communities, firms and so on.
In particular, the 7 points listed above represent issues that have a high level of interest
within society, and it is important to get to grips with them while engaged in a process of liaisonand cooperation involving schools, families and communities, and to forge deeper links between
these various concerned parties.
(1)

Strengthening language activities○ Strengthening language activities in every subject is an important point for improvement in

75- 78 -

every subject and subject area in the current round of revisions to the Courses of Study.
Specific details as to what kind of language activities are being tackled in each subject are
given in Chapter 8 below, but taking the case of language activities within Japanese language,these are not only a matter of cognitive activity (understanding and thinking), but also, as shownin Chapter 5 (7), the foundation of communication and of sensitivity and emotions.
With this in mind, in the teaching subject, Japanese Language, teachers should put stress,
in line with the roles performed by language, on ensuring that children's understanding is correct
and on developing their ability to think and express themselves in theoretical terms as well as
their ability to carry on discussions while respecting the thinking and standpoints of others. At
the same time, teachers should cultivate the sensitivity and feelings of children in respect of thelanguage culture of Japan. More specifically, particularly in the lower and middle grades of
elementary school, teachers should ensure that children get a thorough grasp of fundamental
language abilities by means of reading and writing Japanese kanji, reading aloud and recitationfrom memory, conversation and presentations. It is also necessary, by means of recitation of theclassics, to enable children to experience the beauty and the rhythm of words, and at the sametime, cultivate their abilities in such ways as making a written record, summarizing, giving an
explanation and writing an essay.
○ In each subject, it is important, for example, in terms of the activities listed below, to teachfrom the perspective of the fundamental functions of language, using as a foundation theabilities cultivated in the study of Japanese language.
・ In observations and experiments in Science, or in reports on social phenomena, being able
to clarify one's perspective, and to record and report on points of difference and points ofsimilarity in objects or phenomena observed (Science, Social Studies).
・ Being able to utilize when giving an explanation inductive and deductive thinking in termsof the techniques needed to draw comparisons, make classifications or establish
connections (Arithmetic / Mathematics, Science, etc.)
・ Being able to establish hypotheses and carry out observations and experiments on the basisof these, evaluate the results and express these in the form of a summarized presentation(Science, etc.).
As in all the above examples, it is important to strengthen the learning activities involved inutilizing the knowledge and skill acquired in each teaching subject.
With regard to the role of language as the foundation of sensitivity and emotions, it isimportant to adopt the perspective shown in the following points.
・ Expression of what has been felt or perceived as a result of experience in such forms asword and song, pictures, gestures, etc. (Music, Art and Handicrafts, Physical Education,76- 79 -

etc.)
・ Reflection on hands-on, experiential activities and making a record of what has beenlearned (Life Environment Studies, Special Activities, etc.)
・ Learning how to express things to others and sympathize, using as a learning medium
group activities and physical expression such as choral singing, playing in an ensemble,
ball games and dance (Music, Physical Education).
・ Producing a summary of what has been experienced or investigated and making ashared presentation about it (Homemaking, Industrial Arts and Home Economics,
Special Activities, Period for Integrated Study, etc).
・ Being able to debate and discuss things with someone who has a different opinion,
being able to summarize the opinion of a group after a collective debate (Moral
Education, Special Activities, etc).
○ As explained in Chapter 5 (2), regarding the strengthening of language activities of the kindjust described in each subject, what is particularly important is to get an adequate degree ofunderstanding of the need from subject teachers in lower and upper secondary school other than
the teachers of Japanese language. With this aim in mind, there is a need to find a specific place
for language activities when preparing the lesson plans for each subject, and to improve thebasic way of taking forward each subject in the course of a lesson.
○ In addition to this, when it comes to actually carrying out language activities as described here
in the course of each lesson, the following points need to be given special attention as
conditions that will support the kind of language activities described.
1. When carrying out learning activities that involve a rich use of vocabulary and utilize theknowledge and skills acquired in each subject, it is indispensable that through the medium of
their textbooks, children become positively involved with the kind of learning activities
described here, and that ingenuity is concentrated on enhancing abilities concerned withlanguage. Also, particularly in the subject, Japanese Language, it is important that the teachingmaterials adopted suitably reflect the role played by language.
2. The promotion of reading activities. In the context of cultivating language-related abilities,
reading activities are indispensable. In school education, for example, taking the case ofJapanese Language, reading is assigned an appropriate place at each level: in elementary school,
the main focus of the teaching content is on making children familiar with reading in the courseof their daily lives, while in lower secondary school, the main focus is on teaching content thatis designed to give added richness to children's reading. It is important, in ways such as this, toclarify the aims of the teaching and to promote reading activities on the basis of the stage of77- 80 -

development reached. Of course, the role of families in firmly establishing reading habits in theminds of children is a large one. It is necessary to strengthen reading activities still morethrough the co-operation of schools, parents and local communities.
3. The importance of utilizing school libraries and establishing a language environment.
When concerned with cultivating language-related abilities, for example when guidance is given
on how to use dictionaries or newspapers or how to use the library, it is important that children
are enabled through these activities to acquire additional information or to deepen their thinking
ability. It is also necessary that children understand how various kinds of media work, and that
their ability to use these appropriately is heightened.
(2)

Strengthening science education○ Within the context of a "knowledge-based society", the main driving forces of science andtechnology are competitiveness and increased productivity. In particular, as pointed out in the
Third Science and Technology Basic Plan1, there has been a sharpening of global competition
since the mid-1990s, in terms of academic research and science and technology, focusing onsuch areas as the life sciences, nano-technology and information science. It is recognized thatcultivating people who can take the lead in bearing the burden of such competition is thefoundation of national capacity in every country in the world, and a competitive international
scramble for human resources has become a reality.
On the other hand, Japan is challenged not only by a society characterized by a declining
birth rate and a rising proportion of elderly people, but by global problems such as energy andenvironmental problems, and questions are being asked about what science and technology cancontribute to the development of sustainable human society so that we do not bequeath a minus
legacy to the next generation.
○ With these points in mind, the cultivation of human resources versed in science andtechnology and able to bear the burdens of the next generation has become an ever morepressing problem, and at the same time, given a living environment in which the results ofscience and technology research are being utilized in every corner of society, the question of
how to raise the basic level of knowledge of science and technology in every individual memberof society has taken on a sense of urgency.
In the context of school education, there are demands for the strengthening of scienceeducation as the foundation of science and technology, and as shown in Chapter 3, in Arithmetic
and Mathematics and in Science, Japanese children do not show a positive attitude to theirstudies in international comparisons, and such facts as the relative scarcity of Japanese who

78- 81 -

show a marked aptitude for these subjects, indicate that eagerness to study is not necessarilyadequate2. Furthermore, against the background of only a small number of children, in terms ofinternational comparisons, who perceive that good marks in Mathematics and Science are
required if they are going to get the job to which they are aspiring, the level of eagerness amongchildren to get involved with the world of work is also a major issue.3○ A further issue in the context of the current revisions to the Courses of Study concerns
emphasis on the utilization of knowledge and skills from the perspective of the ability to think,to make judgments and to engage in self-expression, and efforts are being made to strengthen
language activities in every subject. As pointed out in (1) above, when focusing on the role oflanguage as the basis of cognitive activities such as logical thinking, important language
activities are:・ utilizing and explaining inductive and deductive thinking in terms of the kinds ofthinking needed in comparing, classifying and making connections;・ evaluating and expressing in summary form the results of establishing and observing
a hypothesis.
The role performed by these activities in Arithmetic and Mathematics as well as Science is alarge one.
○ There is a need to implement strengthening of the teaching of Science from the kind of
perspectives outlined above, and specific proposals for doing this are shown in Chapter 8, but
the basic thinking underlying the proposals is as follows.
1. In the teaching of Arithmetic and Mathematics and in Science, there is a need to increaseteaching time in order to secure sufficient time to carry out many different activities, including
the following: recapitulation of learned material between grades and between schools so as toensure that children have a thorough grounding in basic knowledge and skills; carrying out
observations and experiments, and writing reports and essays to as develop abilities in thinking
and self-expression; and engaging in activities concerned with the practical utilization ofknowledge and skills concerned with quantities and graphical data. It is through the medium ofactivities of the kind described here that getting children to feel the joy of understanding or thesignificance of learning can be linked to enhancing interest in Arithmetic / Mathematics or
Science, or eagerness to learn.4 Another effective device, with the enhancing of interest or
eagerness as a basic goal, is, for example, to use the Period for Integrated Study to arrange ahands-on activity in cooperation with a local museum, or to implement a discovery-type activityor the production of an artifact that involves utilization of scientific knowledge.
2. There is also a need at the same time, as already explained in this text, to take a fresh look79

- 82 -

at the content of what is being taught against the background of increased questioning about theinternational communicability of Science and Mathematics education in the context of thecontinuing advance of science and technology. From the dual perspectives of, on the one hand,the cultivation of human resources to bear the burden of scientific research and science andtechnology, and on the other hand, confirmation of the basic infrastructure of science necessary
for the creation of social autonomy, there is a need to examine the integrity and cohesiveness ofArithmetic and Mathematics as well as Science on the basis of ensuring a smooth transition
between elementary school, lower secondary school and upper secondary school. Looking forexample at Science, if we take as its supporting pillars basic concepts or ways of looking atthings such as "energy", "particles", "life", or "the world", we can identify these pillars in termsof the structuring of the content of Science in elementary, lower secondary and upper secondary
school, but there is a need to aim at further strengthening of the necessary content from thepoint of view of confirming its systematic integrity and from that of ensuring a smoothtransition in terms of the learning content between the different levels of schooling.
3. Looking more closely at what is involved in this kind of strengthening of education in
Science and Mathematics, it is important, in addition to strengthening the content, to aim at
putting in place the necessary conditions to support this. Specifically, there is a need to pay
attention to points such as improving the student/teacher ratio in order to strengthen grading by
ability and small-group teaching, strengthening teaching by part-time teachers in the higher
grades of elementary school by, for example, utilizing externally recruited people, allocating
science teaching support staff, making sure all equipment is available for observations andexperiments, strengthening textbooks designed to encourage students to carry out revision of
their learning or to tackle more advanced topics on their own initiative, and so on. It is also
important to use training courses to raise the level of quality or specialization in the teachers
responsible for Science and Mathematics teaching. As shown also in Chapter 10 (2) below, it isalso important when thinking of strengthening Science and Mathematics education, that ways
are devised to question children's ability to think, make judgments and engage in self-expressionin terms of the questions set in Mathematics and Science in the school entrance examination.
(3) Strengthening education concerned with traditions and culture○ When aiming to cultivate Japanese who can be active in international society, it is necessary
to strengthen and enrich education that will enable students to accept and absorb Japaneseculture and traditions, and make them aware of their role in inheriting and further developing
their country's culture and traditions. It is precisely by equipping children, as persons who will
go out and contribute to the world, with an attitude of respect for, and deepening their80- 83 -

understanding of, the culture and traditions of their own native country and birthplace, that they
will be able, in a society marked by globalization, to have respect for people whose history andculture is different from their own, and coexist with people whose lives are based on thesedifferent values.
It is also the case that a deeper understanding of culture and traditions is not simply amatter of relationships with other people and other societies, but is also extremely important indeepening understanding of oneself in the context of an internal dialogue.
○ Pursuing the above line of thinking with regard to culture and traditions, it is necessary toenrich and strengthen teaching so that it is carried out in a positive manner in every subject inline with the stage of development of the children concerned.
Taking the case of Japanese Language first, the Japanese language is the foundation ofJapanese culture, formed through a long historical process, indeed, the Japanese language itself
is Japanese culture. In every word of the language, we can find an accumulation of thesentiments and feelings of our forebears, and the Japanese language is indispensable as a meansof enabling children to understand traditional culture, to see it as part of their heritage, and tocreate and further develop a new culture.
A detailed explanation, made from this kind of perspective, is shown in Chapter 8, but as
explained in (1) above, it is important that in the lower through the middle grades of elementary
school, children are enabled in the first instance to experience the beauty and rhythm of words
by reciting the classics and in other ways, and on this foundation, make contact with and deepen
their understanding of the many forms of writing that have been familiar to Japanese over a long
historical period, including tanka (short poems), narrative tales, haiku (another kind of shortpoem), classical Chinese poems and other classical Chinese literature, and of works from themore modern period, including narrative writing, poetry, biographies and folk tales.
○ A deepening of understanding and an attitude of respect towards the traditions and culture ofJapan can also be cultivated in Social Studies, particularly in History, by such means as
investigating the activities of our forbears who put so much effort into developing Japan andtheir own home areas, also major cultural events, forms of art, and the cultural legacy of Japan,
and it is hoped that more effort can be put into strengthening and enriching these aspects. For
example, topics that might be taken up in elementary school include the lives of people in the
Jomon era, nationally representative cultural artifacts, and so on. And turning to lower
secondary school, it is important to emphasize and improve learning concerned with a variety of
traditions and cultural aspects, within the framework of, and matched to the special
characteristics of Geography, History and Civics.

81- 84 -

○ Turning to the artistic field, specifically the subjects of Music, Fine Arts, Industrial Arts andHomemaking, Calligraphy and so on, it goes without saying that enabling children to become
familiar with these fields, to learn how to express themselves, to create things for themselves
and to appreciate works of art is an important part of understanding and developing the legacyof traditions and culture. With particular reference to traditional culture, it is important inMusic, Art and Handicraft, Industrial Arts and Homemaking, and Fine Arts, to strengthen andenrich teaching concerned with Japan's traditional arts and culture, such as shouka (a type ofchoral singing) and folk songs, also songs and Japanese musical instruments found in the artistic
activities of local areas, and to heighten students' interest in the creative aspect, as part of theircultural legacy, of activities of this kind. In Industrial Arts and Homemaking, too, students
should be enabled to become familiar with the traditions of daily life, including clothes, foodand dwelling places, and again there are demands to strengthen and enrich the Courses of Study
from the perspective of continuing and further developing these activities. In addition, in Healthand Physical Education, it is important to strengthen instruction in the martial arts, and to put
children even more closely in touch with the traditions and culture of their native country.
(4) Strengthening moral education○ Education aims at perfecting the human character, and the characteristics of being able to act
autonomously, to cooperate with others, and to have a caring heart and a rich fund of emotions
are the foundation of school education. With the aim of equipping young people with thesecharacteristics, today as in the past, the question of how to cultivate a rich heart and mind is amajor issue. In the revisions of the Fundamental Law of Education and the School Education
Law, it is stipulated that the objectives of compulsory education and education outside thecompulsory framework should include cultivating a rich fund of emotions and a sense of
morality, a spirit of autonomy and independence as well as cooperation, an awareness of norms
and standards of behavior, the ability to make impartial judgments, public-spiritedness, apositive attitude toward social participation, love of one's country and one's place of birth, and awillingness to contribute to the development of peace and international society.
Specifically, Moral Education has as its objective the cultivation of characteristics ofmorality such as moral feelings and the ability to make judgments as well as an attitude ofwanting to take a practical view; with the aim of cultivating a member of Japanese society who
is able to live independently, these characteristics are to be cultivated by activating a concrete
sense of respect for human life and the spirit of humanity. The aims as outlined here are to be
implemented in all educational activities through the whole of school education.

82- 85 -

○ Particularly in elementary and lower secondary school, a time slot with the label, Moral
Education, was established as the pivotal point for the teaching of moral education, but whileaiming to establish close connections with Special Activities in particular and indeed with allother school subjects, ongoing efforts are directed at deepening awareness of a way of life as ahuman being that is characterized by moral values implemented in a planned, forward-looking
way, and at the same time as cultivating a pragmatic basis for living. And as far as moral
education in upper secondary school is concerned, it is centered in the time slot for Civic and in
homeroom activities, but the aim is that education concerned with the way of living and acting
as a human being should be implemented through the medium of all school educational
activities.
○ The kind of moral education outlined here is implemented through the medium of all school
educational activities, but as explained in Chapter 4, (2), 5), it is important that there is contact
and a sharing of roles among the school, the home and the local community, and the role of thehome and family is particularly large. However, as pointed out in Chapter 3, nowadays manydifferent phenomena constitute the social background, such as a great social change in the formof tremendous oscillations in social norms themselves, or a decline in the educative functions offamilies and communities, or a decline in opportunities for children to interact with adults otherthan parents or teachers and in the number of nature-based, hands-on activities. Against thiskind of background, many different problem issues have been identified, including a lack ofrespect for life, a lack of feelings of self-respect, inadequate confirmation of basic living habits,a lowering of awareness of social norms and standards, and inadequacy in terms of thecultivation of a sense of social belonging through such means as building human relationships
or group activities.
It is also the case that the teaching in the time slot marked Moral Education in elementaryand lower secondary schools has become very formalized, and attention has been drawn to thefact that children's acceptance of the material they are taught drops as they move up through theschool grades5. What is more important than anything else is reform aimed at improving thelevel of effectiveness.6
There is a need to aim at strengthening and enriching Moral Education on the basis of theabove points.
○ From the above perspectives, the first step with regard to Moral Education is to put a clear
emphasis on the issues to be tackled at the various stages of kindergarten, elementary school,
lower secondary school and upper secondary school as well as in the lower, middle and upper
grades of elementary school, taking as a foundation the actual condition of children in these83- 86 -

various stages. When doing this, it is necessary to give consideration to the following points.
・ in kindergarten, cultivating the seeds of an awareness of social norms.
・ in elementary school, at the same time as thoroughgoing teaching aimed at forming inchildren a sense of moral values as the foundation of daily life, strengthening teaching
concerned with the children's own way of living.
・ in lower secondary school, while taking account of the special circumstances surrounding
the age of puberty, strengthening teaching designed to enable students to recognize thenature of living as human beings on the basis of interaction with society.
・ in upper secondary school, strengthening teaching aimed at deepening still further
awareness of the way of living and acting as a human being by such means as searchingfor how to live independently as a member of society.
In particular, it is important to cultivate in children the following: basic habits of dailyliving and a minimum awareness of social norms and rules which a person musthave in orderto implement social living, including, for example, things that they must not do; feelings ofrespect for oneself and others, including respect for the life of oneself and others and confidence
in oneself; and a sense of morality including a caring and compassionate heart. At the sametime, with these qualities as a foundation, it is also important for children to understand thesignificance of law and rules and the meaning of strict obedience to them and important thatthey are brought up as human beings who are able to make independent judgments and behave
in an appropriate manner.
○ With regard to teaching materials, many different kinds of materials are in use, including the"Notebooks for moral education" compiled by MEXT as well as many types of printed matterand audio-visual materials compiled by private companies, local boards of education, and so
on7. These materials should have content that is prioritized according to the stage of schoolingor the level of school grade, and it is important that the content is devised in such a way that itdeals with a minimum awareness of social norms appropriate to the stage or grade in question,
human relationships, ways of living and laws and rules. At the same time, there is also a need toencourage the utilization of materials which allow the emergence of the power and beauty of
those things that affect people emotionally, including the way of life of our forbears, nature,
traditions and culture.
Furthermore, in order that teaching materials for Moral Education can be enriched andstrengthened in the ways suggested here, and in order that improvements in Moral Education,using these materials, can be set out as a goal in each school, it is necessary for the appropriate
conditions and infrastructure to be set in place by central government, local boards of educationand other bodies.

84- 87 -

○ As pointed out in Chapter 5, (7), 1), it is very important that in line with the stage ofdevelopment of the children concerned, and that through experiential, hands-on activities, suchas interchange with other children and with adults from the community other than parents orteachers, activities involving group accommodation, work experience activities, volunteer
activities and so on, children are enabled to look back at direct interaction with other people,
with society, with nature and with their surrounding environment, and activities of this kind
contribute greatly to the development of moral education. With these aims in mind, as pointed
out in (5) above, it is also necessary for the time slots for Special Activities or the Period forIntegrated Study to be used to promote experiential, hands-on activities.
○ As also pointed out above, children are brought up not only by the education they receive inschools, but by education in the home and in their local community, and they are also
influenced by social change and by the current of the times. With this point in mind, when it
comes to strengthening moral education, in view of the very important role played by the family
in particular, liaison and cooperation between the family, the school and the local community
are indispensable. In getting to grips with the various issues, it is important that the threepartners become one. For example, as a system whereby schools, parents and members of thelocal community cooperate in getting to grips with a problem, one can think of participation in a
Moral Education class by someone from the local community, or one can take the issue ofstrengthening practical activities, or in terms of families and communities positively taking
forward involvement in issues, one can think of daily living habits such as "early to rise, early to
bed and eating a good breakfast" or instilling good manners and courtesy into children; it is also
important to think of the most fundamental behavioral issues, such as the precepts "Do not kill!
Do not steal! Don't tell lies!" as issues in respect of which schools, families and communities
must all work in unity.
There is a need from now on to deepen special studies on specific policies designed toenable the whole of society, in ways such as outlined here, to promote the confirmation of basic
living daily life habits in children, the growth of an awareness of social norms and the formationof a moral code of values.
○ We also examined from a specialist viewpoint the important issue of where to locate Moral
Education in the curriculum in elementary and lower secondary schools in the context of efforts
to strengthen its content. A variety of opinions were put forward:
・ At present, Moral Education is treated as a special subject different from other subjects inthe curriculum, and there is a need for a textbook in Moral Education to be compiled;・ It is important to utilize a variety of teaching materials, and there is a need for policies to85- 88 -

support the introduction of supplementary readers by schools or boards of education;
・ Because teaching and guidance cannot be implemented satisfactorily without confirming
the availability of teaching time, thought must be given as to how sufficient time can be
secured and how strengthened content can be thoroughly taught, in the same way as othersubjects, on the basis of a discussion about locating Moral Education in the curriculum;
・ It is appropriate to think of strengthening Moral Education on the precondition that it isdealt with within the framework of the current curriculum;・ Many different kinds of teaching materials are used in schools depending on the special
characteristics of the locality in question, so it is difficult to think of using a standard
textbook.
Further opinions were also received from a meeting of organizations concerned withproducing the "Summary of Deliberations" and from interested members of the public.
It is clear from the above that many different opinions were received on the issue oflocating moral education time in the curriculum, but common to all the opinions was the viewthat at present, teaching time for moral education is not necessarily adequately secured, there isan awareness that a problem exists in terms of how to improve the issue of securing enoughtime for moral education, and there was unanimity on the point that Moral Education needs tobe strengthened and enriched. Looking at the perspectives outlined here, it is clear that the issueof strengthening teaching materials, which play an important role in teaching, is an importantone. For example, it is possible to think of constructing a system aimed at providing support toensure sufficient utilization of appropriate teaching materials based on the Courses of Study asmaterials that are equivalent to textbooks. In this context, it should be noted that at present,
teaching is implemented in all schools by using a wide diversity of materials, including "Notes
for Moral Education", compiled by MEXT, and materials compiled by private companies andby boards of education, and that from the standpoint of enriching and strengthening the content
of moral education, it is important that while duly acknowledging the range of materials
available, efforts are made to further strengthen the contents and ways of utilizing it.
(5) Strengthening experiential activities○ Children engage in experiential activity in a context of interaction with other people, society,nature and the surrounding environment, and by means of doing this, encounter their own innerbeings as well as experiencing what it means to exist as a member of society. It is as a result of
this that a kind and caring heart and an awareness of social norms are cultivated. Further points
are that experiencing the joy and the feelings of fulfillment that derive from encountering the
grandeur and the beauty of nature, coming into contact with culture and art, heightening one's

86- 89 -

interest in a wide variety of phenomena, identifying problems, challenging difficulties, andbuilding a relationship of trust with others and moving forward together, all these things arewhat form the basis of social living and a rich sense of humanity, basic physical strength andstamina, a healthy body and mind, and the ability to think in theoretical terms.
○ Putting the above in a different way, one could say that experiential, hands-on activities insuch forms as interchange with children of different ages or with adults from the local
community other than parents and teachers, trips involving overnight group accommodation,
work experience projects, volunteer activities, nature-oriented activities and cultural or artistic
activities are all vitally important as representing the point of direct contact with other people,
society, nature and the surrounding environment. And a precondition for the implementation ofthese experiential, hands-on activities, is that the role played by the family and the community islarge. However, against the background of social change as exemplified by the advance ofurbanization and the growth of the nuclear family, there has been an observed decline in the
educative functions of the family and the community, It is on the basis of this kind of situationthat voices can be heard calling for enrichment and strengthening of experiential, hands-on
activities, and on ensuring that opportunities for these are safeguarded.
○ With the above points in mind, there is a need at the present time for a further strengtheningof experiential activities to be implemented in the time slots labeled Special Activities or Period
for Integrated Study. On such occasions, instead of simply bringing an activity to an end asprescribed by the limits of the place in question, it is possible, by spending time on pre-activity
preparation about the aim of the activity, to enable the children to fully understand its
significance. Specifically, there is a need to link the activity in question to a much wider
spectrum of awareness, and this can be done by spending time on preparations and on
investigating what the activity is meant to accomplish, thereby heightening children's eagerness
to implement it and at the same time, when the activity is over, getting them to look back onwhat they felt and noticed, treating themselves as something to be examined, and then noting
points down in the form of written sentences and sharing these with others.
○ It is also important that any strengthening of hands-on, experiential activities is carried out inline with the stage of development of the children concerned. As shown in Chapter 6, (4), themain characteristics that can in general be identified as signs of individual differences in thestage of development are, for example, the following.
・ in elementary school, as children move up through the school grades, looking atthemselves objectively has a new meaning as they become able to put distance between

87- 90 -

themselves as perceiving observers and objects being observed;
・ after entry to lower secondary school, even though they are still at the "budding adult"
stage, children acquire minds and bodies that are close to those of adults, and in a context
of interaction with adult society, experience a growing awareness that adults too have theirown individual worlds, but at the same time play a responsible role in society;・ after they enter upper secondary school, at the same time as escaping from the confusion of
the age of puberty, children become able to take an overview of adult society and encounter
their own ambitions and desires about what kind of responsibility they want to have in
adult society.
○ In addition to the points related to the various stages of development as listed above, it isexpected that the following activities will be taken forward as priorities by schools.
・ in elementary school, when a child's self-awareness develops, group trips involving
overnight accommodation, during which a child can encounter the grandeur of nature anddeepen interaction with schoolmates in the context of a natural environment;
・ in lower secondary school, at the time when a child becomes aware of the responsibilities
of an adult in society and begins to question his or her career path, experiential workplace
activities which will foster a view of the life of work by means of enabling the child tohave a glimpse of what society is like in terms of life in the workplace;・in upper secondary school, when a child thinks more deeply about relationships with others
and with society at large, in the context of a feeling of eagerness to do one's best for people
or to contribute to society, volunteer activities or workplace experience activities, as aresult of which a student may be expected to think more deeply about future prospects orabout the role he or she can play in society.
In particular, work-experience type activities play a very important role from the point of viewof career education.
○ Against the above background, even at the present time, with the section dealing with"Special Activities" in the current Courses of Study for elementary, lower secondary and upper
secondary schools, one can find examples such as "journeys (excursions) involving groupaccommodation" or " labor and production or volunteer events". In the revised Courses ofStudy, there is a need to clarify even more the necessity of hands-on type activities and to set
out, in line with the content, those activities to be prioritized at each level of education,
elementary, lower secondary and upper secondary. It is also necessary to clarify in the Coursesof Study that as and when necessary, experiential activities can be strengthened and located in
the Period for Integrated Study8.

88- 91 -

In particular, by implementing the kind of experiential activities outlined here over a fixed
period of time (for example, about 1 week (5 days)), awareness of the activities can be still
further deepened and high expectations evoked of their effectiveness. There is a need, without
putting an extra burden on schools or parents, to strengthen support from central government,
boards of education, and so on, in terms of securing places where such activities could takeplace, helping with necessary costs, and so on. There is also a need to aim at closer liaison
between schools and boards of education on the one hand and social education facilities like"nature houses", or with firms, local governments, and so on, on the other.
○ With regard to the implementation of these hands-on activities within the Period forIntegrated Study, it is necessary to clarify the goals and purposes of the activities that areplanned, to ascertain what kind of problem-solving or discovery-type activities they will consistof, and to ensure that they are in line with the basic purpose of the Period for Integrated Study.
When thinking about the effects that are likely to result from such activities, it is reasonable tothink of these being of the same kind as ones expected from other special activities (school
events) featured in the Courses of Study, namely school trips (excursions) involving groupaccommodation, labor and production or volunteer events, and so on. In this context, there
needs to be flexibility in ensuring that it is possible to substitute hands-on activities for special
activities when locating them in the Period for Integrated Study.
(6) Japanese language activities at elementary school level○ With the rapid globalization of society and the economy, and the demands for international
cooperation aimed at the coexistence of different cultures and sustainable development, as wellas heightened international competition for human resources, strengthening foreign language
education in schools has become an important issue.
Internationally speaking, the number of countries implementing English language education
at elementary school level as a national strategy has shown a rapid increase. For example,
looking at the non-English speaking countries of Asia, English language education was madecompulsory in Thailand in 1996, in South Korea in 1997, and in China in 2005. It was also
made compulsory in France in 2007.
○ In the case of Japan, it is stipulated that foreign language education will begin from lower
secondary school and at present, elements suitable for initial contact with a foreign language
such as ways of introducing oneself and simple greetings are taught in lower secondary school.
But in fact, activities of this kind of can be thought of as being more appropriate to elementary89- 92 -

school. Furthermore, because it is stipulated that within foreign language teaching in lower
secondary school, priority is to be put on the teaching of listening and speaking skills, while atthe same time, reading and writing are also dealt with, the fact of having to teach 4 skills at thesame time on entry to lower secondary school causes difficulty in terms of teaching.
It is against the background of this kind of situation that it is considered important, byenabling contact with, and providing the chance to experience a foreign language in elementary
school, to lay the foundation for future communication skills which will be cultivated in lower
secondary and upper secondary school.
○ On the other hand, looking at the learning of foreign language skills in, it is expected that, forexample, skills in areas concerned with phonetics such as listening and related skills will be aheightened to a certain extent. However, in an environment in which there is little chance to use
learned skills in actual daily life, it is likely to be difficult to maintain the interest of elementary
school pupils in learning that is carried on by means of memorizing a large number of
expressions and understanding the theory of detailed grammatical constructions. With thesepoints in mind, it is necessary to establish a foundation for the cultivation of an attitude aimed at
the active promotion of communication by such means as utilizing the services of ALT9.
○ Against the above background, by utilizing the flexible adaptability that all elementary school
pupils possess with the aim of encouraging awareness of words and language and cultivating awide spectrum of language-related abilities on the part of pupils as well as laying the foundationof international awareness, the implementation of foreign language activities can be deemed an
appropriate measure. However, this should not be seen as a kind of front-loading for instruction
in English grammar and other aspects of the language that will be taken up in lower secondary
school, but as a means of deepening understanding of language and culture including theJapanese language and Japanese culture, and at the same time, as a means of positive cultivationof communication abilities.10
It should also be noted that in Asia too, as in other parts of the world, English is used as acommon medium of international communication, so the high level of the international
applicability of English is also a factor making it appropriate to implement English language
activities within the framework of international activities in elementary school at the same time
as maintaining the principle that English is taken as a foreign language in lower secondary
school. Furthermore, proceeding from the view that contact with a wide spectrum of languages
contributes to nurturing a foundation of international awareness, it is desirable that while
maintaining the principle of English as the main foreign language, consideration is also given to
enabling children to have contact with other languages.

90- 93 -

○ Turning to the pattern of implementation of the kind of foreign language activities referred tohere, it is appropriate, at the same time as selecting a familiar setting and choosing alanguage-related or culture-related theme that blends suitably with such a setting, to enable
children to experience English communication by means of utilizing the services of ALT, and tocarry out activities centered on phonetic aspects and utilizing basic vocabulary and expressions
that match the setting and theme chosen, thereby laying the foundation of an understanding of
language and culture.
It should also be noted that the process of enabling children to become accustomed to thedifferences in the sound system and basic expressions in the two languages, English andJapanese, is linked to the process of making children aware of the importance and richness oflanguage, heightening their interest in language, and instilling in them an attitude of respect for
language, and that these activities also contribute to increasing their abilities in respect of theJapanese language.
○ With specific reference to English language activities in elementary school, it is already thecase that in many elementary schools, such activities are implemented within the framework of
the Period for Integrated Study, but the methods of doing this are uncoordinated andfragmented, and there is no consistency among schools. It is with this situation in mind that it isfelt to be necessary that, when foreign language activities are formally implemented inelementary schools, which are a stage of compulsory education, central government should set
out the content to be taught in common in every school from the perspective of securing
equality of educational opportunity and ensuring a smooth transition from elementary to lower
secondary school.
In the above circumstances, the fact that the objectives and content for each school are
centrally decided will lead to differences from the spirit and character of the time slot currently
set aside for the Period for Integrated Study. It is also appropriate that the implementation offoreign language activities takes place in an agreed form on the basis of the contents andobjectives set out for these activities, but if the language activities are carried out within the
Period for Integrated Study, then as in the case of other activities carried out within this timeslot, it is not considered possible to award numerical grades. It follows from this that it isappropriate to secure a separate time slot (35 units a year, equivalent to 1 class hour a week)11
for the Period for Integrated Study in the higher grades of elementary school, so that the matterof locating a timetabled subject, i.e. language teaching, in the curriculum is dealt with as aseparate issue.
○ As far as actual teaching is concerned, it can be expected that for a limited period, in the same91

- 94 -

way as is happening in schools at present, the grade teacher (depending on the condition of theschool, the responsible teacher) will be the primary contact point, and will conduct classes incooperation with an ALT or with a fluent English speaker from the local community on thebasis of team teaching. What is needed from now on is that on this basis, central government
makes efforts to strengthen teaching staff through in-service training or by securing teaching
personnel.
With the aim of confirming qualitative criteria in foreign language activities, it isreasonable to think of it being necessary in the first place for the government to provide
common teaching materials. Over and above this, it is important to think of strengthening
teaching by means of the utilization of ICT with particular reference to the phonological aspectof teaching, including the provision of CDs, DVDs and other electronic items, also distanceeducation in isolated areas and remote islands, and TV conferencing systems in the context ofpromoting international exchange.
○ One important goal that should be set with regard to introducing foreign language teaching
into elementary schools is that of achieving a very close contact between elementary school andlower secondary school. For example, there is a need to aim at a smooth transition into foreign
language education in lower secondary school on the basis of the actual situation in terms of theteaching and content of foreign language activities in elementary school, and the instructional
content at lower secondary level requires still more improvement
Over and above this, when the Courses of Study for lower secondary schools are revised,
there is a need to aim at a revision which ensures that in foreign language education in lower
secondary schools, the 4 skills of "listening", "speaking", "reading" and "writing" are developedin a balanced way on the basis of the foundation provided by foreign language activities inelementary schools.
(7) Improvements to be made in a cross-sectional analysis of subjects from the perspectiveof responding to social change.
Information education○ As a result of the very rapid advance of information technology-related devices in society, it
has now become possible for anyone to accumulate a vast amount of information by utilizing
ICT. And at the same time, it has become very easy to edit and transmit many different kinds ofinformation. In schools, ICT is utilized as a very important device to facilitate many different
kinds of learning including investigations and presentations. In ways such as these, children are

92- 95 -

helped to understand the importance of using ICT effectively in learning. At the same time, theirability in information utilization, which constitutes the objective of information education, iscultivated, thereby ensuring a thorough acquisition of basic knowledge and skills, which also
form the foundation of language activities and are utilized in such forms as presentations,record-keeping, summarizing and making reports.
○ On the other hand, it is not only what one could call the bright side of the spread of
information, but also the dark side that has a great influence on children. Among the many kindsof problems that could be listed are slanderous statements posted on internet bulletin boards,
cyber-bullying, the leaking of personal information and violation of privacy, internet crimes, thepassing of harmful information and becoming the victim of virus infections. In terms of
responses to problems of this kind, a large role is played by families, but in schools too, while
liaising closely with families, it is necessary to cultivate information morality, and to ensure thatchildren acquire knowledge about the concept of information safety.
○ It follows from this that there is a need to aim at improvements, carried out from the above
perspectives in line with the stage of development of the children concerned, in the area of
information education.12 In particular, with a view to ensuring a thorough grasp of the concepts
of information education by children in the lower grades of elementary school, one can envisage
use being made, with information morality at the core, of the information education notes issued
by MEXT or of specially constructed guidance documents. Points requiring particular attention
are as follows.
・At the elementary school level, there is a need to strengthen, in every subject, guidance
aimed at ensuring the acquisition of basic manipulation techniques through active
utilization of ICT networks, and guidance concerned with information morality13.
Particularly when information studies are being implemented in the Period for Integrated
Study, consideration should be given to implementing problem-solving, discovery-type
activities as means of ensuring that children learn about the influence exerted byinformation on everyday life in such ways as receiving, accumulating, collating andtransmitting information. In the area of Moral Education too, consideration should be given
to dealing with information morality in line with the stage of development of the children
concerned.
・At lower secondary school level, there is a need for guidance in information morality to bestrengthened within the context of instruction in every subject, on the basis of what waslearned in elementary school, and at the same time for active utilization of ICT networks to
be voluntarily undertaken by students on their own initiative.

93- 96 -

With particular regard to the contents of Industrial Arts and Homemaking, all students
should be made to learn the basic contents of the use of multimedia, programming, andmeasurement and control.
・At upper secondary level, building on the foundation of what was learned in elementary
school and lower secondary school, there is a need to strengthen guidance on information
morality within the context of instruction in every subject, at the same time as making
practical use of ICT networks.
With particular reference to Information Studies in general-course schools, there is aneed to take a fresh look at the existing subject structure from the viewpoint of equipping
every student with information utilization ability, regardless of the career path they choose
to follow in future.
○ Moreover, on the basis of the current situation in Japanese schools,14 where the installation of
an ICT environment is lagging behind overseas countries in terms of an international
comparison, the necessary infrastructure in the form of equipment, teaching materials and a
support system as required for an ICT environment must be put in place in schools.
Environmental education○ Problems faced in common by countries all over the world include environmental problems
occurring on a global scale such as global warming, the breakdown of the ozone layer, depletionof tropical rain forests, and so on, and urban lifestyle pollution problems such as urbanizationand the increase in household garbage, water pollution and air pollution which have occurred as
an accompaniment to changes in lifestyle habits. In terms of searching for a solution to these
problems, there is a strong requirement, within the context of a finite global environment, forevery individual, on their own initiative, to get to grips with keeping the burden on theenvironment to a minimum and aiming to maintain global ecology by such means as recycling.
There is also a requirement to construct a sustainable society by putting in place socio-economic
devices that will support the efforts made by individuals.
○ Turning to energy-related environmental problems, these are of course very important for the
future existence and prosperity of humankind as a whole, and are also very important to Japanas a country poor in natural resources. There are strong requirements to deepen theunderstanding of children who will live and grow up in the 21st century with regard both to therelationship between human beings on the one hand and nature and the surrounding
environment on the other, and to the relationship between environmental problems on the one94- 97 -

hand and lifestyle patters and the desirable shape of socio-economic systems on the other. At
the same time, we are required to cultivate in children the practical attitudes, qualities andabilities that they will need in order to take action on their own initiative that is designed tosupport environmental conservation and create an even better environment. It should also be
noted that the causes of, and the solutions to energy-related environment problems, are closely
related to science and technology, and in this context, it is important that children learn that theymust acquire a scientific way of looking at and thinking about things. Furthermore, there is alsoa need, through a variety of hands-on activities conducted in a rich and fertile naturalenvironment, to cultivate in children’s hearts and minds a rich fund of sensitivity with regard tonature and a respect for life, as well as interest in the environment.
○ On the basis of this kind of situation, may different kinds of initiatives, designed to help theconstruction of a sustainable society, are already being taken forward, both within Japan15 andon an international level.
○ In the future too, as a continuation of what is already happening, it is necessary forenvironmental matters to be studied in every timetabled subject as well as in the context ofMoral Education, in Special Activities, and in the Period for Integrated Study, in line with therespective conditions of the context. Specific details are shown in Chapter 8 below, but thefollowing examples can be cited: efforts to strengthen and enrich learning of current social
issues such as environmental or resource and energy problems in Social Studies, Geography andHistory, and Civics; strengthening and enrichment of learning in the context of "Science andTechnology and Humankind" or "Nature and Humankind", or the utilization of natureobservation in outdoor discovery-type learning; and strengthening and improvement of
resource- and environmentally considerate lifestyle matters and environment-related society andtechnology matters in Life Environment Studies and in Homemaking (elementary school) and in
Industrial Arts and Homemaking (lower secondary school. There is also a need to continue totake forward hands on-type activities in such forms as nature discovery activities from very
early childhood in line with the stage of development of the children concerned.
Making things○ It goes without saying that Japan's economy is supported by its strong competitive ability inthe area of manufacturing or making things. However, it has been pointed out that in recent
years, there has been a slackening of children's experience in actually making things.

95- 98 -

○ The importance of making things is to be found not only in the perspective of acquiring theskill of making something by hand. It is rather the case that its importance lies in cultivating
attention to precision and perseverance, in an awareness of the importance of beauty in objects,
and in an understanding of the traditional Japanese way of thinking as expressed in the phrase,"it would be a waste" in terms of its linkage with the construction of a sustainable society. Its
importance can also be found in encouraging an attitude of getting to grips with the vital issueof team work in making things, and in spontaneous ingenuity and improvement. These attributes
can all be cultivated in the following areas: Art and Handicraft, and Homemaking (elementary
school) and Industrial Arts and Homemaking (lower secondary school); the study of quantity inArithmetic・Mathematics; learning about design; scientific, hands-on experiences in such ways
as making things in Science; nature-oriented experiences in familiar natural surroundings; ballgames in the course of Physical Education; choral singing in Music; and an understanding of theconcept of cultural heritage in Social Studies. There is also a need to emphasize, through such
ways as reading activities or hands-on activities in the local community, knowledge of the waysof living and thinking of the people who have supported traditional industrial arts.
Career education○ As pointed out in Chapter 2, the way of thinking expressed in the concept "zest for living"signifies emphasis on in the first place on clarifying the abilities required by children to live insociety, and then on improvements in the ideal pattern of education to be achieved. Against thebackground in recent years of structural changes in industry and the economy, anddiversification and increased fluidity in employment, great changes have taken place in theenvironment surrounding children's career paths, regardless of whether these involve
employment or further study. In the context of changes of this kind, it is necessary to strengthen
career education aimed at cultivating a work-based perspective in every child in order to enable
them to act independently and autonomously as members of the workforce and as members ofsociety, responding with flexibility and courage to the many diverse challenges they will face inthe future.
○ On the other hand, as pointed out in Chapter 4 (1), given in particular such phenomena as achange in the employment environment seen in such forms as an increase in the number of
those in irregular employment, or in the field of education, the advent of what has been called
the "age of universal entry to university", it is possible to identify a situation characterized bychildren feeling uneasy about their future, or being unable to identify any connection between
what they are studying in school and their own future, and a consequent drop in eagerness to96- 99 -

study and a failure to consolidate learning habits. A shallowness in work-based perspectives, agrowing prevalence of “freeters” (young people who flit from one job to another) and theexistence of young people known as NEETs (people Not in Employment, Education orTraining) have also now become social problems.
○ On the basis of the above, efforts are already being made in terms of the following:
・ improvements in career guidance in lower and upper secondary schools;
・ promotion of experiential activities in such forms as experience of the workplace or
activities concerned with looking for a future career.
In the future too, it will be necessary to tackle the strengthening of career education which isorganized and systematic and pervades all the activities of a school in line with the stage ofdevelopment of the children concerned.
Specifically, as pointed out in Chapter 8 below, it is necessary to carry out learning whichemphasizes the relationships between lifestyles and society, and different kinds of work on theother, and which is geared to the characteristics of each subject or to those of Special Activitiesor the Period for Integrated Study. Particularly important are experiential activities which getchildren thinking about and getting a real feeling for studying, working and living, and which
can be linked to enabling them to have dreams or ambitions about their own future. It isnecessary to encourage examples like the following:・ Using the Special Activities time slot to emphasize the cultivation of a desirable
work-based perspective;
・ Using the Period for Integrated Study, Social Studies or Special Activities to promote,at elementary school level, experiences in viewing different workplaces, at lower
secondary school level, work-experience activities, and at upper secondary schoollevel, experiences of looking for work.
Dietary education○ As explained in Chapter 4 (1), consolidation of lifestyle habits such as improvements in food
habits and confirmation of adequate sleeping time are the foundation of "zest for living", and are
the primary responsibility of the family. However, in recent years, there has been a decline in
the educative functions of the family, leading to such phenomena as biased nutritional intake on
the part of children, going without breakfast, or other confused eating habits or an increase in
insufficient sleeping time. Following on from this, there is a fear that confused eating habits
may be one cause of lifestyle-related illnesses, leading to demands for strengthened guidance
within school education that is related to eating habits as the foundation of children's lifestyles.

97- 100 -

○ Guidance and instruction concerned with food should be promoted from a comprehensive
perspective and include the following matters: the importance of food; the nutritional and foodintake necessary to maintain and promote physical growth and health; the ability to make a
judgment for oneself about the quality and safety of food ingredients on the basis of correctknowledge and information; an attitude of respect for the importance of food and appreciation
for the efforts of those who produce it; the formation of good habits concerned with food; andan understanding of the products of local communities and food-related culture.
○ With the above points in mind, it is important that the concept of food education16 is clearly
located in the curriculum and that, while giving due consideration to the respective stage ofdevelopment of children, a consistent approach to tackling the issue is promoted throughout
every school grade. At the same time, it is also important,at school mealtimes and throughdocuments linked to Life Environment Studies and to Homemaking (elementary school) and to,
Industrial Arts and Homemaking (lower secondary school), to aim at strengthening the contentsof guidance and instruction on food and to tackle the issue at whole-school level. In this context,
it is important that in every subject, instruction concerned with food makes positive efforts to
use the food actually eaten by children in school as teaching material.
A further point concerns the importance of liaison between the school, the family and the
local community in the promotion of food education.
Safety education○ In recent years, in a climate in which we frequently hear of children becoming victims in
tragic incidents or accidents, there are widening fears for their safety, and there is a need topreserve a society, including the family, in which they can live safely. With regard to schools inparticular, strengthening safety education of all kinds, including comprehensive safety in theface of natural disasters, road safety and safety in everyday life has become an important issue.
○ From the point of view of enabling children to make correct judgments about information
concerned with safety, and to link their judgments to safe, practical action, specifically,equipping them with the ability to forecast danger for themselves and for others, and to takeavoiding action, it is important that safety education is tackled at whole-school level, while
taking due consideration of the stages of development of the children concerned. In this context,
it is necessary to get children to understand that they must pay attention to their own mental andphysical state and to their behavior in order to be able to confirm that they are safe. It is also98

- 101 -

necessary to get them to understand the importance of establishing a safe living environment forsociety as a whole and the need for every individual to take responsibility so that everyone canlive together in safety.
In addition to the above, it is important, when promoting safety education in schools, toaim at establishing liaison between families and communities. This kind of liaison andcooperation is also linked to the issue of deepening relationships between schools, families andlocal communities.
A correct understanding of mental and physical growth and development○ What is more important than anything else in school education is putting emphasis on theharmonious development of the mind and body of children. With this point in mind, it isindispensable that children have a correct understanding of mental and physical growth anddevelopment. However, in recent years, with the emergence of such phenomena as a flood of
sex-related information, the social environment in which children grow up has undergone greatchanges. One issue that arises from this is the need to ensure that children have a correctunderstanding of sex and are able to behave accordingly.

Other issues are the spread of AIDS

and STD (sexually transmitted diseases) among the younger age group and the problem of
induced abortion.
○ With the aim of realizing the above points, it is important, while aiming at a common
understanding throughout the whole school and while taking due note of the stage ofdevelopment of children in respect of a particular issue, that children are thoroughly equipped,in the course of instruction in relevant subjects such as Physical Education (elementary school)and Health and Physical Education (lower secondary school) as well as in Special Activities,
with knowledge about health and the growth and development of mind and body, and about
prevention of STDs, and that emphasis is put on teaching respect for life and for theindividuality of oneself and others; and at the same time, on developing a caring heart andenabling children to construct sound and desirable human relationships; these various points
should all be linked together in the course of instruction.
It is also important to promote contact with families and communities, and obtainunderstanding on the part of parents and communities, as well as to ensure effective links
between group instruction and individual instruction.

1

On the basis of the provisions of the Science and Technology Basic Law, the government draws up the
Science and Technology Basic Plan with the aim of promoting science and technology in Japan. The

99- 102 -

Basic Plan is renewed every 5 years according to the following timescale: First Basic Plan (1996-2000);
Second Basic Plan (2001-2005), Third Basic Plan (2006-2010).
2

Various kinds of designated projects aimed at strengthening Science and Mathematics education arebeing pursued under the auspices of MEXT, for example, ① with the aim of supporting Science inelementary schools, external human resources such as researchers and technologists are placed in schools(Placement Project of Science Supporters); ② a national treasury subsidy is given to equip elementary,lower secondary and upper secondary schools with science education equipment; and ③ prioritization of
Science and Mathematics in upper secondary schools (super science academy schools).

3

The question posed in TIMSS (Trends in International Mathematics and Science Study), implemented
by the IEA (International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement) was the following:
In order to get the job you want in the future, is it necessary to get good marks in school? The percentageof respondents (students in Grade 2 of lower secondary school) who replied, "I strongly think so" or "I
think so" was 73% as an international average, compared to 47% for Japan in the case of Mathematics,
and 66% compared to 39% for Japan, in the case of Science (2003 results).
Looking also at the 2006 OECD PISA survey, in response to the statement, "I would like to get a job
for which science is necessary?", the percentage from Japan who agreed was 23% (OECD average ofparticipating countries: 37%), while for the statement, "When I'm grown up, I would like to do science
research or get a job concerned with science", the percentage agreeing from Japan was 17% (average27%). In both cases the level of agreement from Japan was lower than that of the average of OECDparticipating countries. A further result is that the percentage of students expecting to have a job
concerned with science when aged 30 was 25.2% as an OECD average, compared to 7.8% for Japan. It
has been pointed out that results like these indicate not only a problem with school education, but also aneed to examine the way in which science as a whole categorizes jobs concerned with science.

4

In the 006 OECD PISA survey, the feelings of students about instruction in Science were surveyed (inthe case of Japan, upper secondary school Science).
・ "Have you ever been given an opportunity to make a presentation of your thinking?" Students fromJapan who replied in the affirmative: 34%; average for OECD participating countries: 61% (thepattern for responses is the same in the following).
・ "Have you ever taken part in a whole-class debate or discussion in the course of instruction?""Yes" from Japan: 34%, OECD: 61%.
・ "Are students asked to think about what results can be expected from a given experiment?" "Yes"from Japan: 26%,OECD: 51%
・ "Has your Science teacher ever taught you that you can utilize scientific thinking in many different
fields?" "Yes from Japan: 26%, OECD: 59%.
・ "Does your Science teacher explain that scientific thinking is very closely linked to everyday life?""Yes" from Japan: 19%, OECD: 46%.

5

According to the "Situation survey on the promotion of Moral Education", implemented by MEXT in
2003, if we take schools in which "almost all the children" or "about two-thirds of the children" said that
Moral Education was "enjoyable" or "very useful for me" and apportion this level of satisfaction among
the schools surveyed, we find that in elementary schools, the percentage of children who thought this way
was 87.9% in the lower grades, 76.8% in the middle grades and 60.7% in the higher grades, falling inlower secondary schools to 49.8% in Grade 1, 40.8% in Grade 2, and 39.7% in Grade 3.

6

In "Basic Guidelines of Economic and Financial Policy 2007" (Cabinet decision of June 2007), thefollowing points were stipulated "for elementary school children, nature experience activities once a
week; for lower secondary school children, weekly implementation of social activities; and for upper
secondary school students, compulsory voluntary service activities". Furthermore, moral education
should be contained in a "new framework", thereby "making it into a subject and preparing a diversity of
textbooks and teaching materials".
In addition, regarding the question of a "subject", while not legal definitions, the following points
can be thought of as generally applicable: ① possession of a teacher's license (in lower and upper100- 103 -

secondary school, a license for the subject being taught); ② instruction involving the use of textbooks;
and ③ the use of numerical evaluation.
7

According to the "Situation survey on the promotion of Moral Education", implemented by MEXT in
2003, the "Notebooks for moral education compiled by MEXT", which are distributed to every child, arethe most frequently used teaching materials, used in 97.1% of elementary schools and 90.4% of lower
secondary schools. Next in terms of frequency of use are "Reading materials developed and published byprivate teaching material companies", used in 81.5% of elementary schools and 70.8% of lower
secondary schools. In addition, "Reading materials developed and published by prefectural or municipal
boards of education" are used in 58.8% of elementary schools and 49.8% of lower secondary schools, and"audio-visual content (TV broadcasts and so on)" is used in 6.8% of elementary schools and 66.3% oflower secondary schools.

8

Even within the current Courses of Study, while there is a basic presumption of a planned period of
instruction in each subject for 35 weeks or more in a year, in order for instruction to be given in an
effective way in line with the special characteristics of the learning activity in the subject concerned, it ispossible to carry out instruction of the subject in a specially designated time slot. By enabling activities
such as organized trips with group accommodation in natural surroundings or workplace experiences tobe implemented within a specific period of time, a high degree of educational effectiveness can be
anticipated. In this connection, there is a need to clarify that experiential activities can be implemented ina concentrated way in such time slots as the Period for Integrated Study regardless of the semester
boundaries.

9

The abbreviation for Assistant Language Teacher, a foreign national who cooperates with the teacher insuch ways as team teaching. ALTs invited to Japan in fiscal 2006 under the JET (Japan Exchange andTeaching Programme) numbered 5,057 (of which 137 were exclusively attached to elementary schools),
2,796 ALTs are employed on an individual basis by local governments and allocated mainly to elementary
schools.

10

Foreign language education at elementary school level can be categorized into the following three
types in terms of its objectives and the percentage of time taken up within the curriculum as a whole.
① Immersion ... Education in which 50% or more of the time in a week is taken up by education
using a foreign language, with practical foreign language learning as the objective.
② FLES (Foreign Language in the Elementary School) ... With direct, skill-based learning as theobjective, taught as the subject, "Foreign Language Education".
③ FLEX (Foreign Language Experience / Exploration) ... In the context of introducing foreign
language learning in a very broad sense, the objectives include introducing the question of why foreign
languages are taught, stressing the importance of communication in a language other than one's mothertongue, and deepening appreciation of one's mother tongue. The time allocated to instruction per week
varies between 1% and 5% of the overall time.
In terms of the above categorization, the pattern shown under ③ FLEX may be considered as
appropriate for foreign language education at elementary school level in Japan.
11This time period is integrated with the allocated time for foreign language activity using the ③FLEX
pattern, identified in the previous footnote as being the most appropriate pattern for Japan.

12

The following can be identified as problem areas:
・ Elementary school: it is stipulated that children should become familiar with information devices
through the process of instruction in each subject, and that learning with appropriate use of
information devices should be strengthened, but in many schools, the main focus of attention is on
getting children to become familiar with information devices, and there is a big diversity fromschool to school in ways of tackling information education. Moreover, almost no instruction is
given regarding information morals.
・ Lower secondary school: Within the subject area, Industrial Arts and Homemaking, "Information
and Computers", "Multimedia Utilization" and "Programming and Measurement" are school101- 104 -

elective subjects, and there are wide differences in the ability to use information among students atthe time of graduation.
・ Upper secondary school: There are wide differences between students in terms of knowledge andskill concerned with information at the point of entry.
・ At all three stage, elementary, lower secondary and upper secondary, insufficient attention is paid
to instruction on information morals.
13

Information morality is defined as "a way of thinking and an attitude that can serve as a foundation for
the implementation of activities that are suitable for the information society" (Commentary on the Courseof Study for Upper Secondary Schools, Information section). More specifically, what is meant here is“information morality”, including rules and manners on information networks, avoidance of danger,
personal information and privacy, damage to human rights, response to copyright, etc., and the links tohealth resulting from the computer.
14

Details of international comparisons on the installation of an ICT environment in schools in Japan anda number of overseas countries are as follows. Dates for the data are: Japan: March 2007; U.S.A.: 2005;
Korea: December 2005).
・Number of pupils per computer: Japan, 7.3; U.S.A., 3.8; Korea, 5.7
・Percentage of schools equipped with LAN: Japan, 56.2%, U.S.A., 94%, Korea, 100%.
15

In July 2003, the "Law Concerning the Promotion of Eagerness to Contribute to the Conservation of
the Environment and the Promotion of Environmental Education" was enacted. Furthermore, in
September 2004, a Cabinet decision approved, on the basis of this law, "Basic Guidelines Concerning thePromotion of Eagerness to Contribute to Environmental Conservation as well as to Environmental
Education".
In the revision of the Fundamental Law of Education, Article 2, Clause 4, carried out in December
2006, the objectives of education are redefined as "to cultivate an attitude of respecting life, putting a highvalue on nature and wanting to contribute to the conservation of the environment". On the basis of thisrevision, a revision of the School Education Law, Article 21, Clause 2, redefined the objectives ofcompulsory education as being ""to promote nature-based, experiential activities both within and outsideschool, and to cultivate a spirit of respect for life and nature as well an attitude of wanting to contribute toenvironmental conservation".
In addition to the above, various policies designed to strengthen environmental education are being
implemented under the auspices of MEXT, including subscribing to the "GLOBE" (Global Learning and
Observation to Benefit the Environment) project advocated by the U.S.A. We have also devised the"Green Plan for Advancing Environmental Education" which includes staging a Conference ofPresentations on Environmental Education (environmental learning fair).
16

In the Fundamental Law of Food Education, enacted in June 2005, there is a call to "promote educationthat will cultivate human beings who have acquired knowledge about food and the ability to select food,and who can implement a healthy food lifestyle".

102- 105 -

8. The Content of Each Subject and Subject Area
○ It is appropriate, on the basis of the deliberations set out above, to examine below the
improvements in each subject and subject area.
In the course of the investigation, we will emphasize the following points.
① The need to achieve a smooth transition from one grade and one level of schooling to thenext, in accordance with the stage of development of the children concerned, in every subject
and subject area, through the various stages of schooling from kindergarten, throughelementary school, lower secondary school and upper secondary school.
② The need to strengthen language activities by utilizing acquired knowledge and skills interms of such things as compiling reports, writing accounts of things, giving
presentations, and so on, not only in Japanese Language, but in every subject.
(1) Kindergarten(i) Main directions of improvements○ At the level of kindergarten education,1 there is a need to encourage, on the basis of the
topics and themes2 appropriate to this level, the healthy growth of children through a planned
structuring of the children's environment, in terms of safeguarding the continuity ofdevelopment and learning and that of life in the kindergarten in such ways as contact withchildren's families, and to respond to recent changes in children's upbringing and to changes insociety at large.
○ Specifically, kindergarten education needs to clarify the contents and the significance of theactivities and content concerned with support and out-of-hours care for children who are notcollected promptly by their parents when the kindergarten day comes to a close. In this context,
there is also a need to ensure that activities carried on during this out-of-hours period areappropriate in terms of educational activities suitable for kindergarten level.
(ii) Specific items for improvement
Strengthening of kindergarten education on the basis of continuity of development andlearninga) Smooth transition between kindergarten education and elementary school education○ Kindergarten education furnishes an environment that is appropriate for the healthy growthof pre-school children, and is carried on within this environment on the basis of thecharacteristics of early childhood and with the goal of fostering the children's mental and- 107 -

103

physical growth. There is a need to clarify the way in which the foundation for education in the
period of compulsory education and beyond is cultivated through kindergarten life, which isdeveloped on the foundation of kindergarten education.
○ Given the importance of aiming at a smooth transition from kindergarten to elementary
school and the formation of a link between the results of kindergarten education andelementary school, including responses to the pattern of daily life in elementary school, the aim
should be to deepen through exchanges of opinion between teachers at the different levels
mutual understanding of the actual state and the ideal pattern of education given to infants andyoung children, and efforts should be made on the part of kindergartens to achieve closer
contact by such means as encouraging contact between infants and young children.
○ As well as cultivating autonomy and spontaneity within the context of group-oriented living
activities, kindergarten education must also generate common objectives for all the infants
together, and must offer repeated experiences of cooperating, exercising ingenuity andachieving realization of objectives.
○ It is important to cultivate in the minds of infants the seeds of an awareness of social norms
by deepening human contact with other people through group-oriented living activities. With
this aim in mind, and with a relationship of trust between teachers and children as thefoundation, children are enabled to learn by a series of repeated experiences, how to state theirown thoughts clearly to one other, how to accept some things and not accept others, andbecome aware of the necessity of rules as a means of making it possible to live together with
their friends.
b) Strengthening kindergarten education in response to changes in children and society at large
by such means as putting emphasis on experiences and language.
○ Within a context in which all children encounter a variety of phenomena, carrying out
activities and repeating diverse experiences in the company of their teachers and otherchildren, kindergarten education is able to provide support for their harmonious development.
In this connection, consideration needs to be given to the way in which an experience by which
the heart of a child is moved generates a succeeding experience, with the goal of linking
individual experiences into a connected chain.
○ Arrangements have to be made to enable kindergarten pupils, when their hearts are moved by
an experience, to think about this emotion, to express their thoughts in words, and to savor thejoy of transmitting it to their teachers and their friends, and together with this, to hear what
others have to say, to understand its content, and to have the ability to communicate withothers through language.

- 108 -

104

○ It is important that when pupils play with their friends, consideration is given to nurturing
their curiosity and their spirit of discovery, and to cultivating the seeds of the ability to engage
in thinking, and at the same time as activating the interest of each individual pupil, to enablingthem to try things out with their friends, to use their creative ingenuity, and to become aware of
their immediate environment from a new perspective, thereby enabling a new thought to begenerated.
○ By enabling pupils to move their bodies sufficiently by engaging in all kinds of play, andthrough the feelings of enjoyment engendered in this way as well as through activities
concerned with food, such as enjoying a meal together with their friends, kindergarten
education aims to promote the process of the healthy growth of body and mind.
○ Guidance concerned with expression is strengthened, from the perspective of the importanceof nurturing in pupils a rich fund of emotions and the ability to express themselves, each intheir own way, in such ways as familiarization with music, expression by the use of the body,the plastic arts, and so on, all within the context of daily life in kindergarten.
○ By gaining recognition of their words and actions from their teachers and friends within theframework of the everyday activities of kindergarten life, each pupil should be enabled to
become aware of their own good qualities and have the self-confidence necessary to carry out
actions for themselves.
Strengthening of kindergarten education on the basis of continuity in terms of daily living as
between kindergarten and family life
○ With the aim of enabling pupils to acquire the experience necessary to display themselves
fully and develop within the framework of everyday kindergarten life, the links that pupils
have with their families as bulwarks of support for their hearts and minds are very important,and from this perspective, at the same time as being enabled to feel the love that their families
have for them, it is important that through feeling this love, they learn to value the concept of
the family.
○ While maintaining contact with families and taking due consideration of the actual stage ofdevelopment of each individual pupil, kindergarten teachers do what is necessary to ensure thateach pupil is firmly equipped with basic lifestyle habits.
○ While sharing the joy of the growth of each child with its parents, kindergarten teachers
deepen a relationship of trust with parents, and attach great importance to obtaining thecooperation and understanding of parents with the aim of enabling each child to lead a richly
fulfilling kindergarten life. Against this background, within the context of maintaining contact- 109 -

105

with families, arrangements should be made to deepen the understanding of parents with regard
to kindergarten education by such ways as creating opportunities for activities involving
parents and children.
Strengthening support for child education and the system of out-of-hours education○ As a result of the partial revision of the School Education Law in 2007, a place has beenfound in the curriculum for "out-of-hours" education as a type of educational activity
implemented in response to the actual state of support for child education in communities andto requests from parents. A re-examination of the field of kindergarten education on the basisof this concept has taken place.
○ More specifically, from the perspective of deepening the understanding of parents withregard to child education and of aiming to enhance the educational abilities of families andlocal communities, the functions and facilities of kindergartens are opened to families andmembers of the local community, including invitations to join kindergarten staff in discussions,the provision of information, receiving parents into the kindergarten, providing opportunities
for exchanges of opinions among parents, and so on. At the same time, kindergartens, while
giving due consideration to the restructuring of their internal systems, should aim to improve
contact with related organizations and strive to fulfill the role of an early childhood education
center in the community, thereby establishing "out-of-hours" care and education as a concept
linked to the educational curriculum and other matters of education content○ With specific reference to "out-of hours" education, it is necessary to consider the burdenthat might be placed on children's physical and mental development. In this connection,
particular attention should be paid to the following points.
・The need to consider activities on the basis of the curriculum and, while ensuring that any
additional activity is appropriate to the mental and physical development of very young
children to am at establishing close liaison between the person in charge of educational
activities within the curriculum and the person responsible for "out-of-hours" education.
・The need to give consideration to the lives of children within their families and within
the local community, and to make arrangements to enable children to utilize local
community-based resources at the same time as devising plans for "out-of-school"
education.
・The need to aim at establishing a close liaison with families, and to endeavor to realize
exchanges of information with parents with the aim of heightening awareness that theyand kindergarten staff are together responsible for the children's education.
・The need to consider flexible operation of the implementation schedule and number ofhours of operation of "out-of-hours" education on the basis of a child's daily rhythm basedon the actual situation of parents and the local community.

- 110 -

106

・The need for implementation to be carried out under the responsibility and guidance ofkindergarten teachers on the basis of an appropriate system of guidance being established.
In addition, it needs to be noted that in accordance with the actual conditions of the local
community concerned, it may be that occasions will arise when activities are implemented
even during the long summer holidays and at other holiday periods.
Other matters○ There is a need to look again at the regulations concerning the objectives of kindergarten
education as set out in the Course of Study for kindergartens, on the basis of the revisions tothese regulations in the School Education Law.

(2)

Elementary School, Lower Secondary School and Upper Secondary School① Japanese language(i) Main directions of improvement○ With regard to the subject, Japanese Language3, the overall aim, through elementary, lower
secondary, and upper secondary school, is firstly, on the basis of the issues4 comprised in thissubject, to put increased emphasis on language education, to heighten interest on the part ofpupils in Japanese language, and to cultivate an attitude of respect for the language. At thesame time as this is being carried out, improvements are also aimed at in terms of equipping
children and pupils in all grades to see ability in Japanese as the foundation of learning in life,
in work and in all their school subjects, and in putting more emphasis on relevant content interms of cultivating an attitude of seeing themselves as benefiting from, inheriting as theirlegacy, and having responsibility for developing Japan's linguistic culture.
In particular, emphasis will be put on cultivating in pupils the abilities required to achieve
accurate understanding through language and to express thoughts in a theoretical way, to use
language in communication while respecting the standpoint of others, and on nurturing thesensitivities and emotions involved in making contact with the linguistic culture of Japan.
With these points in mind, while continuing to maintain the existing structure of division
into "speaking", "listening", "reading" and "writing", the improvements aim to equip children
with the language abilities that they need in order to carry out topic-oriented enquiries ordiscovery-type activities by utilizing the basic knowledge and skills that they have acquired
and to show in the content specific examples of language activities in various areas of everyday
life. In addition to this, the improvements will look at the content of each subject field that hasa deep connection with the existing "language headings", and aim to locate the content of eachfield in such a way that it interacts organically with actual language activities in everyday life;- 111 -

107

wherever necessary, content items will be grouped together.
In addition, a new content heading under the title, "matters concerned with the special
characteristics of the Japanese language and linguistic culture", and the content will aim toshow how to cultivate an attitude of familiarity with the linguistic culture of Japan, how todeepen understanding of the role and the special characteristics of Japanese, and how to nurturea rich fund of language-oriented sensitivity.
○ Emphasis will be placed on the systematization of learning on the basis of the stage ofdevelopment of the children concerned, and prioritized guidance will aim to equip children
with the specific abilities they require within each level of schooling and in each grade within aparticular school. In this context, the abilities that it is aimed to cultivate in each level ofcompulsory schooling are as follows: in elementary school, the basic language ability neededin everyday life, in lower secondary school, the basic language ability needed in social life, andin upper secondary school, the basic language ability needed to be able to function as a full
member of society.
○ With regard to guidance in the classics, the improvements will aim to equip children with anattitude of familiarity with the classics that will persist throughout their lives, seeing them aspersons who can receive, inherit and further develop the linguistic culture of Japan.
In terms of instruction in kanji (Japanese language ideographs), improvements will aim toemphasize the use of kanji in actual everyday life and in subjects such as Geography,
Mathematics, Science, etc., and with a view to contributing to a strengthening of reading
activities, strengthened guidance will aim to ensure a thorough acquisition of learning material
by children. In terms of instruction in transcribing kanji, improvements in the content and in
the way of teaching will aim to emphasize usefulness in everyday life and in the learning
context.
With regard to instruction in "respect language", improvements will emphasize theappropriateness of using different language according to the situation and according to thestatus of the other person(s) involved, with a view to enriching the everyday language usage of
pupils and facilitating smooth interpersonal relationships. Improvements will also aim tocontribute both to systematic teaching of the rules of language and at the same time, tooccasions when students have to read and write actual sentences.
On the teaching of reading, with a view to getting children to become familiar withreading and to both broaden and deepen their way of looking at things, their way of feeling andtheir way of thinking, improvements will locate reading activities in the content of the Coursesof Study. On the question of teaching materials, with the aim of enabling students to become
familiar with the linguistic culture that forms part of Japan's heritage, works selected will
include classics that have been read over a long period of time and more modern works, allchosen to suit the stage of development of the children concerned.

- 112 -

108

(ii) Specific items for improvement
Elementary school○ With a view to equipping students with the basic language abilities needed for everyday life,
the following improvements are aimed at.
(a) Instruction will be given in a continuous fashion with the aim of ensuring that in terms of
the skills of "speaking and listening", "writing" and "reading", every child is thoroughly
equipped with the necessary ability to carry out language activities such as carrying on aconversation, keeping a record, passing or asking for information, making a request, giving an
explanation, expressing gratitude, and so on, as the kinds of activities needed in everyday life.
Necessary documents and resources matching the topic in question at any given time will be
provided, and emphasis will be put on cultivating the ability to find solutions while deepening
mutual thinking skills in terms of interaction among children and utilizing fundamental
knowledge and skills.
For example, in the lower grades, the aim will be to enable children to carry out suchactivities as giving a report on something they have experienced, in the form of making areport on what they have seen and want to pass on to others, and then actually giving an
explanation or introducing the topic. In the middle grades of the school, the aim will be toenable children to give a presentation in the form of taking something they have observed or
the results of an experiment, reporting on it in an ordered way by writing out an explanation ora report and preparing documentation in support of their presentation. And in the higher
grades, at the same time as enabling students to give a commentary or express an opinion fromtheir own standpoint in line with a stated objective, to write a report, or to give an explanation
backed up by supporting reasons, emphasis will also be put on cultivating in students theability to look back on and reflect on their language activities.
Under the newly created language heading, "Matters concerned with the special
characteristics of the Japanese language and linguistic culture", emphasis will be put on
cultivating an attitude of familiarity with linguistic culture, by such means as reading tales,
songs or poems, rewriting something or acting out a role. Emphasis will also be put on getting
children to understand the many diverse functions and types of language, including the roles
that language plays in transmitting awareness or thoughts about something to others, or using apattern of speech or dialect that is appropriate to the other person. In addition, such items as
pronunciation and vocalization, letters (orthographic symbols), writing, vocabulary, sentences
and composition, will be located in the content of related fields in such a way that they have anorganic connection with actual language activities, and as and when deemed necessary, will begrouped together in a summary fashion.
(b) Instruction designed to cultivate familiarity with the classics as linguistic culture will

- 113 -

109

emphasize easily understandable classical texts and activities such as reading aloud and choral
recitation of Chinese classical poetry and literary texts.
(c) With regard to the instruction of kanji, many opportunities will be provided for children topractice reading, with a view to using kanji in everyday life or in other subjects such as
Geography, Mathematics and Science. With a view to contributing to the strengthening ofreading activities, kanji intended for use by higher grades or kanji not included in the
distributed list of approved kanji may also be used with furigana to show how the kanji should
be read. Emphasis will also be put on ensuring a thorough grasp of the use of kanji in everyday
life, and children's acquisition of kanji will be strengthened by such means as getting them torevise repeatedly the ways in which kanji are actually used in sentences and texts.
(d) Instruction in writing Japanese using the Roman alphabet will start from an earlier age thanat present, taking into consideration utilization of information devices and connections withother learning activities.
(e) Instruction in transcribing will be improved by efforts to make the contents and the patternof instruction more relevant to learning activities and to actual, everyday life through suchdevices as writing letters and making records.
(f) In the teaching of respect language, emphasis will be put on getting children to understandthe necessary basic knowledge and on enabling them to become accustomed to using respectlanguage in actual situations.
(g) With regard to instruction in the rules of language, efforts will be made to try and ensurethat children acquire a basic understanding of the necessary knowledge, and to improve
instruction in terms of establishing connections with reading and writing with the aim ofcontributing to greater skill in polishing sentences, grouping expressions together, and so on.
(h) Instruction in reading will be located within the content of the Courses of Study in such a
way as to encourage pupils to read with specific objectives in mind and to become familiar
with reading as part of everyday life as well to utilize library services.
(i) With regard to teaching materials, with the aim of familiarizing children with linguistic
culture as it has been handed down in Japan through the generations,classical works

including ones long familiar to the Japanese in such forms as waka (a traditional Japanesepoem), epic tales, haiku (a traditional Japanese poem), and classical Chinese poems and texts
as well as more modern works including stories, poems, biographies, and folk tales will betaken up.

- 114 -

110

Lower secondary school○ Aiming to further extend the language abilities cultivated in elementary school, the following
improvements aim to equip children with the basic linguistic abilities that they need in order tolive their lives in society.
(a) In the various areas denoted by "speaking and listening", "writing" and "reading",
instruction will aim, adding to the skills already acquired in elementary school, to ensure thatchildren have a firm mastery of the abilities needed to engage in linguistic activities in social
life, including presentations, discussions, commentaries, statements and appreciation.
Elaborating on this, while the education is ensuring that the abilities acquired in elementary
school are firmly grounded, emphasis will be put on developing the abilities needed to work
toward finding solutions to problems by deepening mutual thinking processes in the form ofinteraction among children; specifically, using sentences and texts selected as being
appropriate for lower secondary school, children will be enabled to set out topics forthemselves and to utilize the knowledge and skills that they have acquired.
For example, the education provided will aim to enable children to identify topics from awide spectrum, including society at large, to set down a concise and well-grounded statementof their thinking, to make summaries using various types of sentences and documents, and to
give an easily understandable presentation.
In the timeslot covered by the heading, "Matters concerned with the special characteristicsof the Japanese language and linguistic culture", emphasis will be put on developing an attitudeof treating language-based culture as a legacy and wanting to develop it further; with a primary
focus on the classics, children will be encouraged to read, rewrite and act roles in respect of
selected sentences and works. Stress will also be put on enabling children to understand thediverse functions of language such as the features of the Japanese language compared to otherlanguages, the characteristics of respect language as used in society, and so on. In addition,items such as sounds, letters (orthographic symbols), vocabulary, words, and the constructionof sentences and passages, also the use of language and transcription, will be located in thecontent of related fields in such a way as to create an organic connection with the actual use oflanguage; where necessary, items will be brought together and presented in a summary form.
(b) Instruction in the classics, while making connections with the history of the language andwith the historical and cultural background to the works selected, will put stress on developing
an attitude of increased familiarity with the classics.
(c) Instruction in kanji will emphasize the use of kanji in social life and in other subjects, e.g.
Geography, Mathematics and Science, and with the aim of contributing to the strengthening ofreading activities, as well as that of enabling children to read the vast majority of approved
kanji, will also let them become familiar with the lists of kanji distributed in each school grade.

- 115 -

111

Stress will also be put on giving children a firm grasp of how to use kanji in social life, andinstruction will be strengthened in line with the extent to which pupils show a real sense of
acquisition.
(d) Instruction in transcribing will continue to put emphasis on the use of transcribing in social
life and will aim at improvements in the content and the manner of instruction with a view toenabling children to become familiar with written culture.
(e) With regard to instruction in respect language, emphasis will continue to be placed on
ensuring that children have a knowledge of the role of respect language as it is used in social
life, and on enabling them to use it appropriately while they continue to acquire knowledge in asystematic way.
(f) With regard to rules in language, improvements will be made to instruction with a view togetting children to better understand the special characteristics of Japanese andby makingthe instruction more directly relevant to what children actually read and write.
(g) Turning to instruction in reading, amendments to the Courses of Study will be made toenable children to look back over their reading life and give added richness to their everyday
reading as well as facilitating more effective use of libraries and ICT in terms of searching forbooks and documents.
(h) With regard to teaching materials, with the aim of enabling children to become familiar
with linguistic culture as part of the Japanese heritage, a variety of works will be taken up,
including classical works long familiar to Japanese readers and a representative selection of
more modern works.
Upper secondary school○ Along with the basic aim of further extending the abilities of students beyond what they havelearned in lower secondary school, and ensuring that they are firmly equipped with the basic
abilities in Japanese necessary to function as a member of society, improvements will be madein each subject in terms of the content and the objectives with the aim of implementing a very
diverse spectrum of learning in line with the abilities, aptitudes and interests of each individual
student.
(a) "Japanese General" in the revised Courses of Study is an improved version of the existing
subject "Japanese General". With the aim of equipping students with the abilities in Japanesenecessary to take an active part in society, the content will be improved in such a way as tocover in a comprehensive way the learning of speaking, listening and writing as well as- 116 -

112

reading.
In particular, emphasis will be put on cultivating the ability to acquire an accurate
understanding of sentences and documents, to think in theoretical terms, and to carry out
required speaking and reading tasks, and on the other hand, on nurturing a rich fund of
emotions and sensitivities through the development of attitudes aimed at taking in andappreciating the legacy of Japan's linguistic culture.
(b) "Japanese: Expression" brings together in a revised form the contents of the former
subjects, "Japanese: Expression I" and "Japanese: Expression II". Building on the results oflearning in "Japanese: General", instruction aims to develop a firmly grounded ability toengage in expression in society, as shown in such ways as accurately understanding sentencesand documents, thinking in theoretical terms, and speaking and writing in an appropriatemanner, and at the same time, to inculcate in students an eagerness to practice expression and awish to raise the level of the Japanese language as currently used.
(c) "Modern Writing A": a newly created subject which is a counterpart to "Classical WritingA". Building on "Japanese General", it aims to familiarize students with reading as an everyday
activity in terms of an attitude that will stay with them throughout their lives. Establishingconnections and covering such points as the desirable pattern of language life, the role oflanguage, and the particular characteristics of Japanese, instruction aims to give students an
accurate understanding of linguistic culture in Japan.
(d) " Modern Writing B": an improved version of the current subject, "Modern Writing".
Building on the results of study of "Japanese: General", this subject takes up various kinds ofsentences and texts from early modern times onward, with the aim not only of strengthening
reading ability through such language activities as speaking, listening and writing as well as
reading, but also aims to cultivate the ability of students to think about, make judgments on andevaluate what they have read, as well as to express what they think in theoretical terms, andthrough these activities to deepen their understanding of literature and the printed word asculture.
(e) "Classical Writing A": a revised version of the existing subject, "Reading Classical Works",
in which the content has been improved. Building on the results of study of "Japanese:
General", this subject takes up not only classical works (including works from the earlymodern period written in a literary style) but also a wide variety of materials such ascommentaries on classical works, novels and essays, with the aim of familiarizing students
with the world of classical literature. In this connection, instruction is also given in the role oflanguage, and the formation process and characteristics of the Japanese language, so thatstudents can gain an understanding of Japan's literary culture.

- 117 -

113

(f) "Classical Writing: B": an improved version of the existing subject, "Classics". Building on"Japanese: General", the subject takes up as teaching materials such items as criticalevaluations of the classics, and through the language-based activities comprising speaking,listening and writing as well as reading, aims to enable students to approach classical writing
in a systematic manner as well as to heighten their knowledge of classical works and improvetheir ability to read the original.
② Social Studies, Geography and History, Civics(i)Main directions of improvement○ In Social Studies, History and Geography, and Civics,5 the direction of improvements,
through elementary school, lower secondary school and upper secondary school, is aimed atgetting students, through issues6 arising out of these subjects, to take an interest in social
affairs from many perspectives and angles, at cultivating attitudes and abilities conducive tomaking impartial judgments, and at stressing growth in the way of looking at and thinking
about things within a social framework.
○ Instruction will aim to ensure that children have a firm grasp of the fundamental knowledge,
concepts and skills concerned with social affairs, and will aim to clarify the knowledge andconcepts to be learned, in line with the characteristics of each level of schooling, from theperspective of developing in children the ability to explore issues and to apply the skills andknowledge they have acquired. At the same time, the improvements aim to put additional
emphasis on enabling children, while making use of computers and other aids, to extract
information that they need from maps, statistics, and so on, and deal with it, to interpret themeaning and significance of social phenomena, to explain the characteristics of different
phenomena and the relationship between them, and to set out their own thinking.
○ Improvements will be aimed at stressing the cultivation of a love of Japan, the land and its
history by means of facilitating an understanding of the physical formation process of Japanand the world, the current socio-economic system, and a variety of traditions, cultures andreligions. Efforts will also be made in the direction of stressing the cultivation of qualities andaptitudes that will enable students to take part on their own initiative in projects designed forthe public good, such as the realization of a sustainable society, while at the same time, taking
an active part in living in international society, as Japanese citizens possessed of a sense of
self-awareness.

- 118 -

114

(ii) Specific items for improvement
Elementary school○ Improvements will aim, on the basis of what is learned in Social Studies, and in line with thestage of development of the children concerned, at deepening love and understanding of local
and regional society and of the land and history of Japan, at cultivating a socially oriented wayof looking at and thinking about things, and at stressing the development of basic qualities andabilities conducive to participating in the formation of a better society through such means asutilizing the knowledge, concepts and skills with which children have been equipped.
In this connection, it is hoped that by strengthening experiential, problem-solving typelearning, children will be more able to acquire the knowledge and skills that form thefoundation of learning and of daily life. At the same time, learning will be strengthened so thatby utilizing these skills and by observing and investigating, by bringing together andprocessing necessary information from various data sources, and then by accurately recording
it, making comparisons, establishing connections and synthesizing the data, children will beenabled to reconstruct their learning and thinking in their own words and by discussing theirresults among themselves, will deepen their thinking processes.
(a) By further deepening an understanding from a wide perspective of local and regionalsociety and of the country of Japan, improvements will put emphasis on equipping children
with the fundamental knowledge and skills that they will need to take an active part in living ininternational society as Japanese possessed of a sense of self-awareness. For example, stresswill be put on utilizing geographical data and global charts. In addition, the acquisition ofknowledge of the 47 prefectures of Japan, their names and positions, the names and positionsof the main continents and oceans, and the main countries of the world will be strengthened, sothat children will be enabled to grasp the details of where the prefecture in which they live andwhere the territory of Japan fits into a global context.
(b) Improvements will put stress on cultivating the foundation of qualities and abilities needed
to participate in the formation of a better society, including the realization of a sustainable
society, at the same time as putting a high valuation on the culture and history of Japan, and theformation of awareness of what it means to be a Japanese citizen. For example, it is intended toenrich and strengthen content concerned with culture and traditions through such devices asadding new information about the lives of people who lived in the Jomon era and used Jomon
pottery implements, or by showing representative examples of Japan's cultural inheritance inconnection with historical events and phenomena. Further improvements planned include astrengthening of fundamental content concerned with the importance of rules and laws in social
life and with basic economics, and at the same time additional clarification based on study ofthe development of high-level information technology. In addition, a restructuring of the- 119 -

115

content concerned with the land and the regions of Japan will be carried out, including astrengthening of perspectives concerned with environmental conservation, natural disasters andtraditions as well as with the conservation and utilization of local resources such as culture,
natural scenic attractions, local products, and so on.
Lower secondary school○ Taking as a basis what was learned in elementary school, the tripartite division into
geographical, historical and civics-related fields will be continued, and children will acquire
fundamental knowledge, concepts and skills concerned with the geographical and historical
position of Japan in the world, law and politics, economics and so on. Through studying theinterpretation of the meaning and significance of social phenomena, and the characteristics ofsuch phenomena, and learning about and being able to explain the interconnections linking
phenomena, it is planned that students will acquire a deeper understanding of socially oriented
ways of looking at and thinking about things. Improvements are also planned in terms ofemphasizing learning connected with the wide variety of traditions, cultures and religions thatexists in the world.
The following improvements are planned in each field, after taking consideration of theirrespective characteristics and mutual interaction.
(a) In the field of Geography, headings will be set up so as to let students learn about theinteractions between people’s lives and the environment in different parts of the world as wellas the diversity of the different regions of the world, with the aim of deepening the children’
understanding of global geographical characteristics. In addition to this, increased efforts will
also be made to deepen children's appreciation of the land and territory of Japan, in such ways
as improving the content of what they learn so that they become able to grasp the characteristicfeatures of each area of Japan and establish an organic connection with other phenomena. And
by means of a revision of the entire content of what is to be learned, increased importance will
be put on equipping children with geographical skills such as map-reading and map-making,while at the same time, efforts will be made to cultivate an attitude of wanting to contribute to
the development of local areas and to a solution to related issues through study of the local
environment.
(b) In the historical area, with a view to enabling children to understand the broad flow ofJapanese history, and to developing their ability to consider history as a relevant factor and todeliver explanations, improvements will be made in the form of ensuring a firm grasp of basic
content concerned with the characteristics of each historical period and of the turning points ofhistory, as well as putting increased emphasis on topic-based and enquiry-based learning. In
this context, increased emphasis will also be put on learning about early modern and modern
times in order to increase children's understanding of contemporary society. So for example,- 120 -

116

within the context of getting children to engage in historical study of their immediate
environment by such means as getting them to learn various aspects of local culture andtraditions, efforts will also be made to strengthen the way of dealing with world history as theglobal background to the history of Japan. Emphasis will also be put on learning that enables
children to pursue and deepen their understanding of the meaning and significance ofphenomena and the interrelations between them, and to express what they have understood intheir own words.
(c) In the area related to Civics, at the same time as enabling children to deepen theirunderstanding of contemporary society, efforts will be made to strengthen learning aimed at
facilitating an understanding of the role of culture and in cultivating a deeper grasp of thefundamental ways of looking at and thinking about politics and economics by way of guidanceon the role of rules, currency and so on. In addition, revised content will stress guidance
designed to cultivate children's awareness as future taxpayers, and to get them to think about
environmental problems from the perspective of a sustainable society, and about social security
and financial problems in a society characterized by a rising proportion of elderly people and a
declining birthrate. In this same context, emphasis will be put on getting children to utilize theconcepts that they have acquired, to interpret the significance of various phenomena andexplain the links between them, and deepen their ability to think together by such means asdebate and argument.
Upper secondary school○ Building on what was studied in lower secondary school and giving due consideration to thecharacteristics of each subject and to the linkages between them, emphasis will be put on
enabling children to utilize the knowledge, concepts and skills that they have learned, and to
explain the content and set down their own thinking. In such ways, efforts will be made toenable them to grow and develop in terms of their way of looking at and thinking about social
phenomena, as well as deepening still further their way of acting and living as human beings.
With these aims in mind, the following improvements are planned.
(a) In the subject areas of Geography and History, the connections between different subjects
will be emphasized in an effort to deepen still further appreciation and understanding of thehistorical formation process of Japan and the world in general as well as local and regional
characteristics of daily life and culture. Further efforts will also be made to enable students to
get a firm grasp of the specialist knowledge, concepts and skills in each subject, andimprovements will be made to help them utilize what they have learned. For example, further
emphasis will be put on enabling students to learn how to utilize maps.
・ "World History A". Increased attention will be paid to the need to enable students to utilize- 121 -

117

maps, chronological tables and various other kinds of data, as well as getting them to makeconnections with geographical features or with aspects of Japanese history. At the same time,
this subject will concentrate on enabling students to understand the characteristics of a numberof civilizations and the formation processes of modern world history. It will also aim to deepen
students' awareness of the world today by engaging in discovery-type, topic-based study ofissues concerned with the development of humanity, and to cultivate their ability to think inhistorical terms.
・ "World History B". While getting students to utilize maps, chronological tables and otherdata, and paying due attention to links with the geographical characteristics of a number ofregions and with the history of Japan, the subject aims to enable students to understand thebroad framework and flow of world history and to deepen their understanding of the diversity
and complexity of culture. At the same time, it will put more emphasis on setting appropriate
topics and pursuing these through discovery-type learning, and on cultivating ways of studying
world history and the ability to think in historical terms.
・ "Japanese History A". While getting students to utilize various kinds of data and to establish
connections with geographical conditions and with world history, this subject will emphasize
topic-based, discovery-type learning, and enable students to understand the early modern andmodern history of Japan and the formation of contemporary society as well as cultivating theability to think in historical terms.
・ "Japanese History B". While putting emphasis on the utilization of different kinds of dataand on getting students to establish connections with geographical features and with world
history, this subject will concentrate on setting appropriate themes and pursuing discovery-type
learning with the aim of enabling students to understand Japanese history from acomprehensive perspective and to deepen their understanding of traditional and culturalcharacteristics, as well as cultivating the ability to think in historical terms.
・ "Geography A". Practical, hands-on learning will be strengthened in such ways as locally
based investigations as well as map-reading and map-making work concerned withgeographical issues such as natural disasters that fall within the purview of people’s daily lives.
As well as equipping students with geographical skills linked to everyday life, students will beenabled to consider, against a historical and geographical background, problems affecting theworld today, such as the environment, resources, and energy, as well the development of asustainable society, and the cultivation of the ability to look at and think about things in ageographical way will also be strengthened.
・ "Geography B". Due consideration will be given to a systematic study of the distribution andthe causes of geographical phenomena, including the natural environment, resources, industry,- 122 -

118

population, towns and villages, and races and ethnic groups in the contemporary world. At thesame time, strengthened guidance will enable students to utilize the knowledge, concepts andgeographic skills they have learned, as well as enabling them to consider the geographicalcharacteristics of various world regions from many different angles while paying due attention
to the historical background. Extra emphasis will also be given to cultivating the ability to lookat and think about things from a geographical perspective.
(b) “Civics”. With a view to cultivating the qualities and abilities required to participate
voluntarily in the formation of a better society, improved guidance will be given to enable
students to understand the specialist knowledge, concepts and theories of each subject within
this broad subject area as well as ethical values and the philosophical wisdom handed down
through the ages. At the same time, improved and additional emphasis will be aimed atenabling students, using the subject matter outlined here as a guide, to consider and reflect on
topics selected in line with the characteristics of each subject, and to deepen their awareness ofequitable and objective ways of looking at and thinking about social phenomena, and about
ways of living and existing in general.
・ "Modern Society". This subject will pick up various topics from modern society concernedwith ethics, society, culture, politics, law and economics, and will put extra emphasis on
topic-based, enquiry-type learning concerned with ways of living and existing as a humanbeing, enabling students to think about the topics under discussion by such means as debatewith other students, and to explain and set out their thinking in the course of pursuing their
topic-based research.
・ "Ethics". While laying stress on raising the level of interest on the part of students in the wayof living as a human being, the topics selected will reflect thinking passed down through theages and will serve as a clue to enable students to deepen their own thinking and understanding
about ethical values as needed in order to be able to formulate their own independent criteria
for making judgments. Topics concerned with such matters as life, the environment,
information and culture will also be selected, and more stress will be put on enabling students
to debate and to carry out topic-based, enquiry-type learning, and on getting them to pursue theconcept of independent living as a member of society.
・ "Politics and Economics". This subject will enable students to utilize the knowledge,
concepts and theories that they have learned, will put increased emphasis on topic-based,enquiry-type learning, and will cultivate economic and politically oriented ways of looking at
and thinking about things. Efforts will also be made to enrich and strengthen content
concerned with such matters as laws and finance, when responding to such phenomena as theadvance of globalization and deregulation, an increase in the role of laws, and so on.

- 123 -

119

③ Arithmetic, Mathematics(1) Main directions of improvement○ In Arithmetic (elementary school) and Mathematics (lower and upper secondary school)7,
focusing primarily on the issues 8 arising out of these subjects, improvement plans entail
strengthening arithmetical and mathematical activities through elementary, lower secondary
and upper secondary school, in line with the stage of development of the children concerned ateach level of schooling. Efforts will also be made to ensure that all children have a firm
grounding in basic knowledge and skills, to cultivate mathematical thinking power andexpressive ability, and to enhance the desire to learn.
○ Basic knowledge and skills concerned with numerical quantities and diagrams are thefoundation of everyday life and learning. Questions are also being raised, in the context ofadvances in science and technology, about the international applicability of education in
Mathematics and Science. With these points in mind, emphasis will be put on a systematicarrangement of the content in both Arithmetic and Mathematics, from the perspective of trying
to ensure a thorough grasp of the fundamental knowledge and skills concerned with numericalquantities and diagrams, and at the same time, by carrying out a partial repetition of the content
at times of transition between grades or between levels of schooling, the curriculum will be
designed in a spiral form that aims to match school grades and the stages of development of thechildren concerned.
○ Furthermore, thinking and engaging in acts of expression in numerical terms have an
important role in terms of promoting cognitive communication at the same time as taking
forward rational and theoretical thinking processes. With these points in mind, efforts havebeen made to show, in specific, concrete terms, instructional content and activities that aredesigned to cultivate numerical thinking and powers of expression. In particular, instruction
will be strengthened in terms of enabling students to clarify the basic grounds of their thinking
and set out their chain of reasoning in a systematic way, as well as to understand the mutual
relationships between words and numbers, formulae, diagrams, tables and graphs, to use thesetools in an appropriate way in solving problems, to be able to explain their own thinking in aneasily understandable way, and to express this thinking in the process of debate and discussion
with others.
○ It is very important to enhance children's eagerness to study Arithmetic and Mathematics andto enable them to get a real understanding of its significance and usefulness. With thisobjective in mind, the following points will be strengthened:
・ Enabling children to get a real understanding of the meaning. of quantity and diagrams
by incorporating basic learning activities that will be the basis of this understanding.

- 124 -

120

・ Making it possible for children to get a real feeling of advances in their learning in such
ways as a broadening and deepening of their understanding, achieved by a curriculum
based on a spiral process of learning matched to the stage of development of the children
concerned.
・ Applying the learning that children acquire to everyday life and to other subjects, andutilizing it in more advanced mathematical studies.
○ At the same time as ensuring that children have a thorough grasp of basic knowledge andskills, activities involving calculation and numbers also have an important role to play inenhancing children's mathematical thinking ability and powers of expression, and in getting
them to really understand the meaning and the joy of learning Arithmetic and Mathematics.
With a view to additional strengthening of instruction that aims to utilize and bringmathematical activities to life, as well as ensuring that instruction takes place in the form of
putting emphasis on language-related and hands-on type activities, efforts will be made, atelementary and lower secondary school level, to present mathematical activities in a much
more specific and concrete form in the learning content of each grade, and at upper secondary
school level, to locate "topic-based learning" in the content of compulsory subjects and in theoptional subjects selected by large numbers of students.
(ii) Specific items for improvement
Elementary school: Arithmetic○ At elementary school level, while strengthening arithmetical activities, and cultivating a richand full perception of really understanding quantity and diagrams, improvements are aimed atin terms of ensuring that children have a thorough grasp of basic knowledge and skills, and at
the same time, emphasis is to be put on enhancing mathematical thinking and power of
expression and on utilizing the arithmetic learned in everyday life or in the course of studying.
With these points in mind, specific improvements to be aimed at are as follows.
(a) The following areas will be dealt with as at present: "numbers and calculation", "quantity
and measurement", "diagrams", and “quantitative relationships”. In order to emphasize
thinking power and expressive power when using words and numbers, formulae, tables andgraphs, instruction in “quantitative relationships” will begin in the lower grades.
(b) With a view to ensuring a firm grasp of knowledge and skills concerned with quantities andshapes and with cultivating numerical thinking and powers of expression, stress will be put on
the consistency of arithmetic, and part of the content will be repeated at the time of transfer
between grades. Doing this will enable the instructional content to be smoothly developed, andopportunities for re-learning to be created, so that as a result, the learning process will be taken- 125 -

121

forward in a spiral fashion in line with stages of development and grades.
(c) In order to be able to put increased emphasis on arithmetical activities, arrangements will
be made for them to be located in the content of instruction at each grade. Consideration will
be given to ensuring continuity between elementary and lower secondary school.
For example, give a specific, concrete form to arithmetical activities: using concrete objects
in activities to get children to understand the meaning of quantities and shapes, or activities to
get them to utilize areas of knowledge and skill, or ones that involve thinking about andexplaining problem-solving methods.
(d) In the area of "numbers and calculation", emphasis is to be put on understanding themeaning and methods of expressing integers, decimals and fractions; ways of enriching
perceptions of numbers; and cultivating the power of expression by means of words andnumbers. Furthermore, additional emphasis is to be put on instruction of the following threepoints: understanding the meaning of calculations; thinking about the meaning of calculations;and becoming proficient in utilizing calculations.
For example, carry out basic groundwork in terms of fundamental learning activities toensure understanding of fractions in the lower grades (ex. fold a piece of paper in 2 to show themeaning of half). Make improvements so that by means of a curriculum based on spirallearning, with repetition in accordance with stages of development and grades, children in thelower and middle grades will be equipped with a firmly grounded ability to calculate using
integers, while children in the middle and upper grades will acquire through a smooth processof development the ability to calculate using fractions and decimals. Furthermore, in the
middle grades, instruction will be given on making an estimated calculation, and children will
be enabled to get an overview of calculation methods and to use their judgment in an
appropriate way.
(e) In the field of "quantities and measurement", emphasis will be put on enabling children togain an understanding of measuring various kinds of units of quantity, to enrich theirperceptions of the size of something, and to enable them to think and explain in their own
words such things as how to find the area of something.
For example, in the lower grades, use specific objects to give instruction on comparing sizes
in terms of length, breadth and so on. In the middle and upper grades, give guidance on
investigating the relationships between units of quantity. In addition, in the upper grades, give
instruction to children on how, by utilizing what they have already learned about finding thearea of something, to think about and explain how to find the area of a rhombus or a trapezium.
(f) In the field of "shapes", emphasize understanding of the meaning and qualities of shapes,
ways of enriching perceptions of shapes, and development of the ability to utilize ways oflooking at shapes in daily life and in school-based study.

- 126 -

122

For example, from the lower grades through the higher grades, at the same time as giving
instruction on the content of comparing shapes and sizes, by such means as drawing, making or
spreading out many different kinds of shapes, give careful consideration to achieving a balance
between flat, one-dimensional shapes and three-dimensional shapes. And in the higher grades,
deal with the content of such matters as congruence of shapes or shapes that are enlarged or
reduced in scale.
(g) In the area of "quantitative relationships", emphasize ways of expressing quantitative
matters by using language and numbers, formulae, tables, graphs and so on, and the cultivationof ways of thinking about functions in terms of investigating changes and correspondence inthe relationship between two quantities.
For example, even in the lower grades, give instruction on how to investigate and express,
using a simple table or graph, something that happens in the immediate vicinity. In the middle
and higher grades, give guidance on ways of using oral communication or writing. And in thehigher grades, strengthen instruction of content concerned with proportion and inverse
proportion.
Lower secondary school: Mathematics○ In lower secondary school, emphasis will be put on enabling children to engage of their own
volition in mathematical activities; at the same time as ensuring the acquisition of basic
knowledge and skills, and developing the ability to think in mathematical terms, instruction
will enable children to become acquainted with the joy of Mathematics and to deepen theirunderstanding of the usefulness of Mathematics in learning and in everyday life, and of theconnections between Mathematics and Science, and will cultivate attitudes and abilities
conducive to considering various phenomena in mathematical terms. With these aims in mind,
the following improvements will be made.
(a) With regard to the composition of areas to be studied, the current three areas, namely"Numbers and Formulae", "Shapes" and "Quantitative Relationships" will be reshuffled.
"Utilization of Data", dealing with probability and statistics, will be created as a new area, and"Quantitative Relationships" will be renamed "Functions", resulting in 4 areas: "Numbers andFormulae", "Shapes", "Functions" and "Utilization of Data".
(b) With a view to dealing with points perceived by children as difficult, time will be taken toprovide detailed guidance. Moreover, when it comes to learning the new content, emphasis will
be put on creating opportunities for re-learning content which has already been studied once.
(c) In order to put even more stress than in the past on mathematical activities, specificreferences will be made to mathematical activities within the explanations of content for each

- 127 -

123

school grade, and careful attention will be paid to the transition between elementary school andlower secondary school.
For example, demonstrate specific kinds of mathematical activities, including ones which
generate numbers, ones which make use of numbers, ones which involve numbers beingtransmitted from one child to another, and ones which give children a real feeling for whatmathematics is.
In addition, in the area of topic-based learning as currently practiced, efforts should be madeto achieve improvements in terms of locating mathematical activities in the place where
topic-based learning takes place and in enabling children to get to grips with problem-solving
by utilizing in a comprehensive way what they have already learned.
(d) In "Numbers and formulae", emphasize the need to think of using letters as something
entirely usual and deepen their understanding of the value of doing this; emphasize also waysof expressing relationships between objects in the immediate vicinity, using numbers andletters, and ways of using formulae efficiently in accordance with set procedures, and getchildren to take a positive approach to tackling the meaning of formulae and explaining this tothemselves.
For example, teach the way of expressing relationships of size by using expressions ofinequality, or the meaning and give instruction on the concepts of special terms such as
proportional expressions, and rational and irrational numbers, as well as formulae for solving
quadratic equations.
(e) In "Shapes", taking children's real feelings based on their actual experiences as afoundation, get children to see objects in their immediate surroundings as "shapes", and enable
them to clarify the qualities of these different "shapes" and the relationships between them, getthem to clarify the reasons for the qualities of different shapes, to put their ideas in order andexplain them, and go on to emphasize how, on the basis of this explanation, new qualities andnew relationships can be discerned.
For example, give guidance on different ways of dealing with shapes, such as moving them,looking at different projections, thinking about the surface area or capacity of a sphere,
comparing the surface area and capacity of different shapes, and so on.
(f) When dealing with "Functions", emphasize how things happening in your immediatesurroundings can be seen as "functions", and enable children to investigate and explain theappearance of change and response, using tables, numerical expressions, graphs, etc, and thengo on to help them to grasp new functions and their characteristics, and interpret these at theplace where they happen.
For example, introduce the concept of "functions" as a specialist term from Grade One, sothat on the basis of this concept, children can come to understand the meaning of proportionand inverse proportion. Draw attention also to the connections between different kinds of- 128 -

124

phenomena and functions.
(g) "When dealing with "Utilization of Data", emphasize that the tendencies and characteristics
of groups can be identified on the basis of data, and that judgments can be made on the basis ofwhat is identified.
For example, as an addition to probability, which has already been taught, children should betaught how to grasp overall trends by using a histogram or representative values, and how tograsp trends in the mother body by extracting and investigating specimens.
Upper secondary school: Mathematics○ In upper secondary school, the objectives will aim to further improve emphasis on thesignificance and usefulness of learning Mathematics. With particular reference to thecomposition and the content of the subjects comprised in Mathematics, fresh consideration will
be given to emphasizing the consistency in the learning of Mathematics and the diversity ofstudent choice, and to enhancing eagerness to study Mathematics and the ability of students tothink and express themselves in mathematical terms.
(a) The subjects comprised in Mathematics will be "Mathematics I", "Mathematics II",
"Mathematics A", "Mathematics B" and "Applications of Mathematics".
(b) The contents of "Mathematics I", "Mathematics II" and "Mathematics III" will be revised
and reconstituted as follows.
"Mathematics I" will aim to ensure that all students are equipped with the basic
mathematical knowledge and skills appropriate to upper secondary school Mathematics as wellas with the ability to utilize this knowledge and skills. In consideration of making connections
with the mathematics learned in lower secondary school, instruction will include such content
as numbers and sets, shapes and measures, and two-dimensional functions.
"Mathematics II" will aim to extend mathematical qualities and abilities, while giving due
consideration to continuity with the content of subjects covered in "Mathematics I"; the content
will include, for example, various kinds of expressions (expressions and proofs, higher
dimensional equations and so on), shapes and equations, triangular functions, and so on),"Mathematics III" will take interest in Mathematics as its starting point and will aim to equip
students with the knowledge and skills needed to study Mathematics more deeply and deal withit on a specialist level in future. The content will include, for example, limits, differentiationand integration.
(c) In "Mathematics A" and "Mathematics B", various required electives will be available tostudents depending on their ability, aptitude, interests and intended career path, for example,
probability, sequence, vectors and so on.

- 129 -

125

(d) "Applications of Mathematics" has been formulated as a subject which will utilize the aimsof "Basic Mathematics" and develop its content further at a more advanced level. Instruction inthis subject will aim to get students to understand the relationships between mathematics andhuman beings, and the role that mathematics plays in social life. At the same time as aiming toenhance the interest felt by students in Mathematics, it will endeavor, by making use of
specific, concrete objects and events, to enable students to appreciate mathematical ways oflooking at and thinking about things, and to cultivate an attitude of wanting to utilize
mathematics.
(e) In "Mathematics I" and "Mathematics A", content that establishes connections between
Mathematics and real, everyday life will be treated at a more advanced level, and topic-basedlearning, which puts emphasis on mathematical activities by setting out themes designed toenhance the interest and eagerness of students to study Mathematics, will be located in thesubject content.
(f) "Mathematics I", "Mathematics II" and "Mathematics III" are to be studied in that order.
Also, "Mathematics I" can be studied either in parallel with "Mathematics A" or after it, while"Mathematics B" should be studied after "Mathematics I".
④ Science(i) Main directions of improvement○ In Science 9, focusing primarily on the issues10 arising out of this subject, improvements
include ensuring that children, through elementary, lower secondary school and upper
secondary school, in line with the stage of development reached at each stage of schooling by
the children concerned, are equipped with intellectual curiosity and a spirit of enquiry, and arefamiliar with nature; at the same time as cultivating, by means of carrying out purposefulobservations and experiments, the ability and attitude conducive to engaging in scientificinvestigations, improvements will aim to further strengthen children's sense of scientificawareness and nurture scientific ways of looking at and thinking about things.
○ The fundamental knowledge and skills involved in scientific learning have an importantmeaning as the basis of real-life applications and of theoretical thinking ability. Furthermore,questions have been raised in recent years about the international communicability of scienceand mathematics education in the context of advances in science and technology. With thesepoints in mind, from the perspective of aiming to ensure that children have a firm grounding in
fundamental knowledge and skills such as an understanding of scientific concepts, the main
pillars selected in terms of fundamental scientific approaches and concepts will include- 130 -

126

"energy", "particles", "life" and "planet Earth", and improvements will be focused in the
direction of achieving a systematic structuring of scientific content through elementary, lower
secondary and upper secondary school, on the basis of these pillars and in line with children's
varying stages of development.
○ From the perspective of aiming to cultivate scientific ability in thinking and expression, thedirection of improvements will be aimed, in accordance with the instructional content in each
grade and at each stage of development, at strengthening, for example, activities comprisingconsideration and arranging of the results of observations and experiments, as well as
discovery-based activities and activities aimed at enabling children to give explanations while
making use of scientific concepts.
○ Improvements will focus on the direction of strengthening still further scientific experiencesin the form of observations and experiments, with a view to ensuring a thorough grounding inscientific knowledge and concepts and to cultivating a scientific way of looking at and thinking
about things.
○ In order to give children, in the first instance at elementary school, opportunities to really
understand the significance and usefulness of learning Science, improvements will focus on
strengthening and enriching content which emphasizes connections with society and real,
everyday life, from the point of view of enhancing interest in studying Science at a moreadvanced level. Furthermore, in consideration of the demands for the construction of asustainable society, in Science too, improvements will be carried out in terms of strengthening
environmental education.
(ii) Specific items for improvement
Elementary school○ Instruction will aim to enable children, on the basis of the learning content of Life
Environment Studies, to identify of their own volition problems in the immediate naturalenvironment, and at the same time as cultivating problem-solving ability by such means as
equipping them with an overview of observations and experiments, will aim at giving them anunderstanding and a real feeling for the connections between learning content and actual,
everyday life, and at nurturing an attitude of respect for life and the natural environment andone of scientific enquiry, laying emphasis on a scientific way of looking and thinking about
things. With a view to implementing these aims, the following improvements will be aimed at.
(a) With regard to the composition of the subjects comprised in "Science", in consideration ofsuch matters as children's way of learning and the continuation, in the form of a division into 2- 131 -

127

areas, into lower secondary school, it has been decided to change the three areas, namely"Biology and its Environment", "Matter and Energy", and "Planet Earth and the Universe", into
two areas, "Matter and Energy" and "Life and the Earth".
(b) "Matter and Energy". The content will be structured in such a way as to lay emphasis on
guidance that will enable children to explore through observations and experiments thecharacteristics and the functions of matter, and changes in the states of matter, and to utilize
such characteristics in making things. Care will be taken to present in a systematic manner thecontent comprised under the headings of "energy" and "particles" as pillars representing
fundamental scientific concepts and ways of looking at things.
In the above context, instruction should include such items as the functioning of wind andrubber, and the use of electricity. With regard to learning about pendulums and collisions,currently treated as elective topics, the two topics will be separated with pendulums continuing
to be treated in elementary school, while collisions will be treated in lower secondary school.
(c) In "Life and the Earth", the content will be structured in such a way as to place emphasis on
enabling children to explore, through observations and models, numerous phenomena
including the lifestyles and growth of biological creatures, the composition of the body, as wellas the surface of the earth, the atmosphere and astronomical bodies, and enabling them to makeconnections with such things as natural disasters. Care will also be taken to present thecontents of "Life" and "The Earth" in a systematic way as pillars that exemplify fundamental
scientific concepts and ways of looking at things.
In this context, instruction should include, for example, observation of nature, the form of
the human body and movement, and the sun and the moon. Instruction should be given as atpresent in growth within an egg and within a mother's body, in earthquakes and volcanoes.
(d) Emphasis should be put on learning activities which enable children to arrange, consider
and express the results of their observations and experiments with a view to further deepening
in children's minds a scientific way of looking and thinking about things. With regard further toproblem-solving ability, which should be cultivated as a priority in each grade, while adheringto the current way of thinking, a fresh look needs to be taken at the transition from elementary
to lower secondary school.
(e) In consideration of the links to the subject, Life Environment Studies, efforts will be madeto strengthen natural, hands-on experiences with objects in the immediate vicinity, andscientific experiences in the form of making things.
(f) From the point of view of taking forward and deepening environmental education, efforts
will be made to strengthen learning which deals with the characteristics of the Earth, andenables children to think about preserving it, and which draws attention to the need to be- 132 -

128

careful about the burden that is placed on the environment.
Lower secondary school○ At the same time as putting further emphasis on enabling children to identify problems interms of objects and phenomena in a familiar environment and to engage in problem-solving
observations and experiments, as well as on cultivating abilities and aptitudes conducive to
exploring the natural environment, emphasis should also be put on getting children to utilize
scientific knowledge and concepts, and to establish connections between learned material andsociety and real, everyday life. While doing this, efforts should be made to cultivate a scientificapproach and way of thinking, and a comprehensive view of the natural world. With thesepoints in mind, the following improvements are aimed at.
(a) The current fundamental framework, comprising a division between No. 1 field (physicalsciences and chemical sciences), and No. 2 field (biological sciences and earth sciences) will
be maintained; with regard to the content, the following improvements, aimed at the formationof scientific thinking and fundamental scientific concepts, will be carried out.
a. In No. 1 field, the content is constituted of pillars comprising fundamental scientific ways oflooking at things and concepts, such as "energy" and "particles", and renewed efforts will bemade to ensure that children are equipped with a firm grounding in fundamental concepts
concerned with science. Furthermore, learning content conducive to cultivating acomprehensive approach on the part of children in terms of such topics as "science andtechnology and humankind", "energy and the environment" and so on, will also be prepared.
In the above context, instruction should be given in, for example, electric power supply(Wh), combination and division of forces, work and power (= amount of energy used within a
set time interval), conductivity of fluids, formation of atoms, ions, and so on.
b. In No. 2 field, the content is constituted of pillars comprising fundamental scientific ways oflooking at things and concepts, such as "life" and "the Earth", and renewed efforts will be madeto ensure that children are equipped with a firm grasp of the fundamental concepts of science.
Furthermore, learning content conducive to cultivating a comprehensive approach on the partof children in terms of such topics as life, the environment, natural disasters and so on, will
also be prepared.
In the above context, instruction should be given in, for example, biological diversificationand evolution, the regularity of heredity, the existence of DNA, Japanese weather, themovements and appearance of the moon, changes in the Earth and natural disasters, and so on.
(b) From the perspective of aiming to cultivate scientific thinking and powers of expression, atthe same time as enabling pupils to carry out, of their own volition, observations and- 133 -

129

experiments aimed at a specific objective, further emphasis will also be put on learning
activities aimed at enabling pupils to consider and express the results of their observations andexperiments. In this connection, with a view to further enhancing the problem-solving abilities
acquired by pupils in elementary school, attention should be paid to cultivating scientificresearch abilities in terms of such skills as analyzing and interpreting the results ofobservations and experiments.
(c) Improvements will be aimed at strengthening scientific, hands-on experiences in a naturalenvironment, aiming to show how making things demonstrates rules and laws, comprising inturn the need to ensure a firm grasp of scientific knowledge and concepts. At the same time,attention will be paid to cultivating scientific ways of looking at and thinking about things, aswell as to confirming in an outdoor setting an understanding of what has been learned in theclassroom. Children will thereby be enabled to make natural environment-based observations,
utilizing in the course of their classroom learning what they have discovered or noticed while
out of doors.
(d) Content which puts emphasis on links between science learning and real society and actual,
everyday life will also be strengthened, from the perspective of wanting all children to have an
opportunity to really understand the significance of studying science and its usefulness in life.
Moreover, in a situation in which demands are being made for the construction of a sustainable
society, a fresh look will also be taken at content aimed at strengthening environmental
education. With these points in mind, the following aspects of learning will be strengthened: in
Field No. 1, links between science and technology and humankind, and in Field No. 2, links
between the natural environment and humankind.
(e) In terms of the order in which learning content is presented and acquired, standard content
appropriate to each grade will be presented, so that due consideration is given to attaining
consistency in the content, while at the same time, children are enabled to utilize thecharacteristic features of each locality.
Upper secondary school○ At the same time as emphasizing enquiry-based learning, enabling children to study themultiple branches of natural science on the basis of the results of their study in lower
secondary school, developing a broad knowledge of fundamental science, and nurturing an
attitude conducive to continued interest in science, the contents of science learning will be
structured in the ways shown below. The aim of this will be to heighten abilities and attitudes
conducive to pursuing the discovery of the natural world and to enable each individual pupil tostudy in greater depth in line with their respective abilities, aptitudes, interests and future
career objectives.

- 134 -

130

(a) In consideration of the ways in which the development of science and technology hasenriched and brought benefits to society and everyday life, a new subject, "Science andEveryday Human Life" has been created, with the aim of nurturing a scientific way of looking
at and thinking about things in terms of facilitating understanding through observations andexperiments concerned with familiar objects and phenomena, and at the same time, enhancing
interest in science and the natural world.
"Science and Everyday Human Life" will be comprised of issues such as the development ofscience, science within everyday life, and science and human lifestyles.
(b) From those subjects which have "I" or "II" in the subject description, a selection will bemade of subjects in which the learning content, while having due regard to the transition
between lower secondary school and upper secondary school, comprises observational,
experimental and enquiry-based activities, and in which the learning deals with basic concepts
and enquiry-oriented methods. These newly created subjects will be renamed "Physics
Fundamentals", "Chemistry Fundamentals", "Biology Fundamentals" and "Earth Science
Fundamentals". In this connection, due consideration will be given to links with real society
and actual, everyday life.
"Physics Fundamentals" will deal with such topics as the motion of bodies and forces,
physical phenomena and energy, "Chemistry Fundamentals" with such topics as chemistry andhuman lifestyles, the composition of materials and changes in materials, "Biology
Fundamentals" with such topics as cells and heredity, and the diversity and ecology of living
things, and "Earth Science Fundamentals" with such topics as the earth in space, the changing
earth, and so on.
(c) While the learning content of those subjects which have "Fundamentals" in the subject
description will, as the name implies, focus on fundamentals, namely on observations andexperiments, and on enquiry-based activities, the learning of more advanced concepts andenquiry-oriented methods will take place in newly created subjects labeled "Physics","Chemistry", "Biology" and "Earth Science".
"Physics" will deal with such topics as motion, waves, electricity and magnetism, and matterand atoms, "Chemistry" with such topics as states of matter, changes and equilibrium,
inorganic matter, and organic compounds as well as with the qualities and uses of highmolecular compounds, "Biology" with biological phenomena and matter, the lifestyles andreactions of living creatures, groups of living creatures, evolution and so on, and "Earth
Science " with such topics as an overview of the earth, the history of the earth and activity
within it, the atmosphere and the oceans, the earth in space, and so on.
(d) With specific reference to topic-based research in those subjects that have "II" in thesubject description, in consideration of the fact that further strengthening of the content is- 135 -

131

required from the perspective of enhancing creative thinking and cultivating abilities andattitudes conducive to carrying out research in the natural world, a new subject, "Topic-based
Research" will be created with the aim of enabling students to implement research on acontinuous, ongoing basis.
In "Topic-based Research", students will take as a basis the results of the discovery-type
activities carried out in those subjects with "Fundamentals" in the subject description as well as
in "Physics", "Chemistry", "Biology" and "Earth Science", and from research concerned withadvanced experiments on specific natural phenomena as well as from investigations on thenatural environment, identify research topics and carry out research on them.
(e) "Physics", "Chemistry", "Biology" and "Earth Science" are to be taken after students havecompleted the corresponding subjects with "Fundamentals" in the subject description.
(f) "Topic-based Research" is to be taken after completing one or more subjects with"Fundamentals" in the subject description.
(g) From the point of view of aiming to cultivate scientific thinking and expressive ability,
additional priority will be attached to learning activities that take the results of observations,experiments and discovery-type activities and to leading students to the point where they cananalyze, interpret and think about these for themselves, and then express the results of theirthinking.
(h) In the life sciences, the content has undergone changes in line with the very rapid
development of these sciences, and a re-evaluation will be aimed at from the perspective of
making connections with society and real life, and of ensuring a smooth transition between
upper secondary school and university.
⑤ Life Environment Studies
Elementary school(i) Main directions of improvement○ In "Life Environment Studies"11, focusing primarily on the issues12 arising out of thissubject, children will be enabled, through specific, concrete activities and experiences, todevelop an interest in the relationships between people, society and the natural world and toengage in thinking of their own volition. At the same time, further efforts will be made toensure that in the course of this learning process, children are thoroughly equipped with theskills and habits required in daily life, and improvements will be made to strengthen activities
linked to people, society and the natural environment, and to enable them to deepen their- 136 -

132

understanding of themselves.
○ Emphasis will be put on learning activities that aim to strengthen still further experiences andactivities that will enhance children's ability to notice things. In addition, learning activities
that aim to give children a real feeling for what is mysterious and fascinating about the natural
world will also be incorporated, from the perspective of cultivating a scientific way of thinking
and looking at things.
○ In consideration of the changes in the environment within which children live, safety
education will be strengthened, and there will be an additional enrichment and strengthening oflearning activities which will enable children to get a real feeling for the splendor of the natural
world, and to appreciate the nobility of life. In addition, at the same time as further
strengthening a smooth transition for young children into the subject learning of elementary
school, links will be formed with pre-school education, and educational activities that group
together children of different ages will be taken forward.
(ii) Specific items for improvement(a) Improvements will aim at heightening children's qualitative ability to notice things with aview to making them aware of their own characteristics and their potential, deepening theirunderstanding of their own growth, and getting them to think about what they have noticed. In
this context, consideration will be given to strengthening a diversity of learning activities
enabling children to do such things as identify, compare and draw an analogy.
(b) With the aim of getting children to think more about themselves and their relationships withthe people around them, there will be a strengthening of learning activities designed to enable
children to look back on what they have done or experienced, to arrange their thoughts in theirown way, and to communicate and share with others around them what they have noticed or
felt. At such times, there needs to be a further improvement in guidance in expressive activities
aimed at enabling children to express what they have done or experienced in words andpictures.
(c) In the middle grades of elementary school and above, when learning Science enters thechildren's horizon, there will be a strengthening of learning activities directed toward devisinggames and making things that can be used in games, with a view to enabling children to
become really aware of the mysterious, fascinating and curious aspects of the natural world.
Consideration should be given, for example, to play activities that involve devising and making
moving toys, to play activities that involve dissolving things in water, or to play activities
involving the use of wind power.

- 137 -

133

(d) Consideration will be given to strengthening guidance concerning safe ways of going to andfrom school, such as investigating the route that children take and making them aware of thepeople who are there to ensure their safety. Consideration should also be given to strengthening
guidance aimed at giving children a real feeling for the nobility of life and the splendor of thenatural world by such means as experiences which involve direct contact with nature andcontinuing care for animals and plants over an extended period.
(e) From the perspective of aiming to ensure a smooth transition from pre-school education
into elementary school, Life Environment Studies will continue to play a central role with theprimary focus on initial entry to the school. There will be a further strengthening of guidancein the form of combined subject teaching and linked teaching, using such means as the creationof credit units focused mainly on the content of Life Environment Studies, but also using
content from other subjects, and on the other hand, taking up content from Life Environment
Studies to be used in the teaching of other subjects. Consideration will also be given to
carrying out learning activities for children in the lower grades together with kindergarten
children with the aim of enabling children to get a real feeling for their own growth. At thesame time, it is also important to deepen understanding among teachers from the different
institutions by mutual exchange of views on teaching content and teaching methods.
⑥ Music, Art (Music)(i) Main directions of improvement○ In "Music", "Art (Music)13, focusing primarily on the issues14 arising out of this subject,children will be enabled to feel the good qualities and the joy contained in Music. At the sametime, emphasis will be put on cultivating children's ability to express themselves with a
specific purpose in mind and to savor the pleasure of listening to music, and on equipping themwith an attitude of familiarity with musical culture that will last them throughout their lives.
○ In order to achieve the above aims, while taking due consideration of the continuation of thecontent at each level of schooling in line with the stage of development of the children
concerned at that stage, instructional content in respect of singing, instrumental music,
composition and appreciation will be clearly shown. At the same time, in elementary and lower
secondary school, revisions will show clearly instructional content (common items) which will
act as a support for activities of expression and appreciation in such forms as facilitating
understanding of musical symbols and notation while linking this to musical activities. Further
emphasis will be placed on these items as well as on cultivating awareness of sounds andmusic, enabling children to get a real feeling for their plus points and essential characteristics,
and enabling them to think and make judgments on musical matters.

- 138 -

134

○ In the area of creative composition, from the point of view of enabling children to experience
the sheer joy of making music, it has been decided to show this aspect under the rubric"Making Music" in elementary school, and "Composition" in lower secondary and upper
secondary school. Appreciation activities too, as well as making children fully aware of theinteresting, enjoyable and positive aspects of music, will also serve to cultivate the ability inchildren to make firmly grounded criticisms in their own way.
○ In the present age, there are increasing demands to cultivate in Japanese an awareness thatthey live as members of international society, and in this context, further efforts will be madeto establish as a baseline in children's minds an understanding of Japanese traditional music,
and to nurture feelings of attachment to Japanese musical culture and, at the same time, an
attitude of respect for the musical culture of other countries, From this perspective, instructionin the traditional music of Japan and its regions will be further strengthened in line with thelevels of schooling and school grades.
(ii) Specific items for improvement
Elementary school: Music○ With a view to cultivating the ability to acquire a deep feeling for the positive values ofmusic, to engage in purposeful expression and to savor and appreciate the entire range ofmusic, as well as to nurturing an understanding of musical culture and a rich fund of emotion,
the following improvements will be undertaken.
(a) The content comprises the area of expression (made up of "singing", "instrumental music"
and "making music"), the area of appreciation, and “common items”. Regarding “Common
items”, specific examples will be clearly shown, for example, getting children to listen
carefully to the use of different kinds of musical devices with a view to gaining an
understanding of what it is that enables music to be called music, and then to feel deeply the
positive points and the fascination generated by these different musical devices; links will also
be established between such activities and instruction aimed at enabling children to understandmusical signs and notation.
(b) "Making Music". This subject will enable children firstly to become consciously aware ofhearing a variety of sounds in the course of everyday life, of searching for sounds and thenexperiencing the fascination of sounds which they make themselves. At the same time, children
will be enabled to become aware of the interest contained in the process and the means
whereby sounds are made into music.
(c) "Appreciation". Instruction in this subject will firstly aim to develop the ability to hear the- 139 -

135

points that can be deemed characteristic of music and the devices employed by music, and go
on to enable children to take in the fascination and the joy of musical expression. The links thatjoin the content of appreciation and the content of expression will also be clearly set out.
(d) There will be renewed efforts to take up into instruction singing, folk songs and songs
handed down in regional localities, and a strengthening of the use of common material15
dealing with singing and songs. On the question of the selection of material for appreciation
classes, the current policy of locating this in the upper grades of elementary school will befollowed, but in addition, improvements are aimed at in terms of dealing with Japanese musicin the middle grades.
(e) Emphasis will be put on instruction that gives everyone a feeling of joy through cooperation
with others, such as getting all the children to join together to make music by singing in unison,
simple choral singing, producing music in an ensemble, and so on. Arrangements should bemade so as to enable children to feel that music study is linked to their daily lives and to givethem a feeling of familiarity with the sounds all around them; instruction should instill a senseof valuing the sounds and the music that they hear in everyday life.
Lower secondary school: Music○ Emphasis will be placed on cultivating in children the ability to take in and absorb a wide
variety of sounds and music, to exercise creative ingenuity in musical expression, and to savor
the joy of musical appreciation, as well as on deepening children’s understanding of musicalculture and nurturing a rich fund of emotion. With these objectives in mind, the following
improvements will be aimed at.
(a) The content comprises the area of expression (made up of "singing", "instrumental music"
and "making music"), the area of appreciation, and “common items”. Specific examples of“common items” will be shown, for example, awareness of the various factors that give shapeand form to music, and sensitivity toward the characteristics and the atmosphere that can begenerated by music, as well as enabling an understanding of musical signs and notations while
linking these to concrete musical activities.
(b) In "Composition", emphasis should be put on experiences that involve transforming sounds
into music, in such forms as enabling children to make a short melody by experimenting withstringing sounds together, and to create music by the use of their ingenuity in selecting andcombining musical materials.
(c) In "Appreciation", emphasis will be put on cultivating in children the ability, while making
use of words concerned with music, to formulate a critique of music and to provide reasons to- 140 -

136

justify their view.
(d) From the perspective of strengthening learning concerned with traditional Japanese culture,at the same time as enabling children to savor more deeply the positive points of traditionalmusic by such means as familiarizing them with Japanese instruments in the form of theexpression of a simple melody, renewed emphasis will be put on guidance in the traditional
songs of Japan.
In addition to this, renewed efforts will be made to take up songs that will enable children tosavor the beauty of the Japanese language and the nature, seasons and culture of Japan, fromthe perspective of getting children to feel a greater attachment and familiarity with the musicalculture of their country.
(e) By giving children the experience of all making music together in such ways as singing in
unison or choral singing, emphasis will be put on guidance which enables children to convey
their images to one another and to feel the joy of cooperating in their musical efforts. At thesame time as developing the ability to understand, by means of the breadth of their musicalstudies as a whole, the great diversity of musical culture, instruction will aim to give children areal feeling for the links between music and society or everyday life, by such means asenhancing their interest in the acoustic environment and getting them to think about the role
played by sounds and music in their daily lives.
Upper secondary school: Art (Music)○ While carrying out creative activities that utilize the individuality of every student, andcultivating a rich fund of emotion in the form of an attachment to music that will last students
throughout their lives, emphasis will be put on nurturing an understanding of music as an art
form and an attitude of respect for and deepening understanding of musical culture, including
the traditional music of Japan. With these objectives in mind, the following improvements will
be aimed at.
(a) In "Music I", the content, building on the content already studied in lower secondary
school, will comprise the area of expression, made up of "singing", "instrumental music" and"composition", and at the same time as heightening creative expressive ability throughout all
three fields, children will study all the areas comprised in Expression as well as the areas
comprised in Appreciation from the standpoint of deepening their comprehensive
understanding of music.
(b) In "Music II", while creative activities aiming to utilize the individuality of each student
will be carried out, students will select, from the standpoint of further enhancing musicalexpressive powers, one or more subject from the three fields making up Expression, and study- 141 -

137

it in greater depth at the same time as studying Appreciation. In particular, care will be taken to
ensure that sufficient time is allocated to the study of Appreciation from the standpoint ofcultivating in students the ability to capture the value of the diversity of traditional music,
including that of Japan.
(c) In "Music III", from the point of view of further deepening study that utilizes student
individuality, students will select from the three fields making up "Expression" as well as from
Appreciation" one or more subjects to study as an elective, and in every subject selected,
efforts will be made to include study of the traditional music of Japan, and to cultivate an
attitude conducive to appreciating and continuing to create the musical heritage of Japan.
(d) In the same way as at present, the principle will be that "Music II" will be studied after
completion of "Music I", and "Music III" after completion of "Music II".

⑦ Art and Handicraft, Fine Arts, Art (Fine Arts, Crafts Production)(i) Main directions of improvement○ In the subjects, Art and Handicraft, Fine Arts, Art (Fine Arts, Crafts Production)16, focusing
primarily on the issues17 arising out of these subjects, at the same time as enabling children to
feel the joy of creating something, emphasis will be put on cultivating basic skills to beacquired in the course of creative activities involving the plastic arts and comprising skills of
thinking, forming judgments and engaging in the act of expression. And along with this,emphasis will also be put on enabling children to understand the functions of art in daily life
and on nurturing and imbuing children with an attitude of interest in artistic culture that willremain with them throughout their lives.
○ With a view to attaining the above objectives, while taking due consideration of the need forcontinuity of content at each level of schooling, the connections between the aptitudes andabilities to be cultivated and the learning content will be made clear, and at the same time, theconfiguration of qualities and abilities that function as common threads [common items]
running through the various subjects to be found in Drawing and Handicrafts in elementary
school and Fine Arts in lower secondary school will be clearly set out.
○ At the same time as efforts to strengthen and enrich experiences in molding and the plastic
arts with the aim of nurturing creativity, emphasis will also be put, by means of communication
through shapes and colors, on developing attitudes that are richly interconnected with society
and everyday life, and on guidance that aims to enable students to form deep feelings for thefunction performed by art and sculpture in bringing beauty and luxuriance into daily life.

- 142 -

138

○ While making efforts to enable students to savor the positive points and the beauty ofappreciation, emphasis will also be put on guidance in Appreciation that gets students to talkabout their thoughts to one another and to formulate criticisms that embody a conscious senseof values, with the aim of cultivating in still greater richness and depth the ability to take in andabsorb as well as the ability to think about artistic matters.
○ With a view to heightening student interest in Japan’s legacy of artistic culture and in artistic
creativity, there will be increased strengthening of activities through which students can savor
in an individually subjective way the beauty and the positive points of works of art and of
guidance concerned with the artistic culture of Japan.
(ii) Specific items for improvement
Elementary school: Art and Handicraft○ At the same time as enabling students to savor the joy of making something for themselves
through activities of expression and appreciation, emphasis will be put on heightening the basic
abilities involved in plastic creative activity, while getting students to energize awareness intheir limbs and their whole body as well as their sensitivity and creative ability; at the sametime, emphasis will he placed on developing attitudes conducive to a spontaneous interaction
with society and everyday life, and on nurturing a rich fund of emotions. With these objectives
in mind, the following improvements are planned.
(a) Efforts will be made to set out the abilities and the qualities to be cultivated and to clarify
the forces that function in the process of expression and appreciation, and at the same time,
improvements will be made to the content in terms of the relationships linking these concepts.
Furthermore, with the aim of enabling children to engage in activities whereby they utilize
shapes, colors, images and so on, that are based on their own volition and awareness, thequalities and abilities that can be found in all the subjects and subject areas [common items]
will be clearly identified.
(b) From the standpoint of the connections with society and everyday life, as well as from thatof the joy involved in making things, activities that enable to children to make things while
utilizing specific tools and materials and to energize their sensory perceptions in their limbs
and their whole bodies as well as activities that enable them to take in and discuss among
themselves, the shapes and colors around them and the immediate natural environment, will beclearly set out and identified.
(c) In the area of Appreciation, there will be a strengthening and enrichment of activities that- 143 -

139

enable children to savor the joy of being able to appreciate the excellence and the beauty ofworks of art, and along with these, activities that enable them to talk about and share theirthoughts with their friends, and to confirm what they have felt, and by such means, to perceive
meanings for themselves and to make judgments about such things as excellence and beauty.
(d) In learning about the plastic arts in everyday life or about familiar forms of expression
found in Japan or in overseas countries, emphasis will be put on ways of enabling children to
feel and savor the beauty and the excellence of completed works of art.
Lower secondary school: Fine Arts
○ Through the wide spectrum of activities that embrace the areas of expression andappreciation, emphasis will be put on developing the emotions felt by lovers of art andenabling children to savor the joy of artistic creation, and at the same time, on extending therichness of children's sensitivities and their basic artistic abilities, as well as deepening theirunderstanding of artistic culture and the role of art in life, and nurturing a rich fund of emotionsin their hearts and minds. With these objectives in mind, the following improvements areplanned.
(a) In the context of setting out in an orderly fashion the qualities and abilities to be developed,
improvements will be aimed at in terms of showing a clear division in "A: Expression"
between on the one hand, items concerned with ideas and concepts, and on the other hand,
items concerned with the skills used in expression. At the same time, improvements will bemade in the content so as to enable the two aspects to be brought together and permit flexibility
to be demonstrated in the generation of ideas through skills in the use of shapes, colors andmaterials. In addition, with a view to developing the ability to take in the richness of thequalities, emotions and images derived from shapes, colors and materials, the qualities andabilities which can be discerned like common threads in all the areas and items will be clearly
defined and shown as "common items".
(b) Learning aimed at enabling children to feel the beauty and excellence of the plastic arts ineveryday life and the environment, as well as learning which will enable them to utilize shapes,
colors and materials to transmit the content of their feelings and express these to their friends
and to society in general will be further strengthened. In this connection, additional
strengthening is planned from the perspective of appreciation in terms of learning aimed at anunderstanding of richness of design which in turn incorporates aspects of the familiar
environment in terms of relaxation and coexistence with nature.
(c) In the area of appreciation, together with enabling students to savor the joy of appreciating
beauty and excellence, there will be a strengthening of guidance aimed at enabling students to- 144 -

140

formulate meanings and values in their own way, and engage in mutual criticism of what they
have absorbed or thought within the framework of their own value consciousness. In thiscontext, care will be taken to ensure that sufficient teaching time is provided for appreciation.
(d) Emphasis will be put on learning about the art of Japan, aimed at heightening interest in thelegacy and creativity of Japan's artistic culture. In addition, there will be a further strengtheningof guidance, within the context of Appreciation, aimed at deepening ways of looking at works
of art as well as understanding of and interest in the characteristics of expression found inartistic culture, including that of a number of overseas countries.
Upper secondary school: Art (Fine Arts, Crafts Production○ Emphasis will be put on carrying out creative activities that utilize the individuality ofstudents, on imbuing students with feelings of love for art and craft that will remain with themthroughout their lives, on giving them an understanding of fine arts and crafts as art, and on
nurturing a deeper understanding and feelings of respect for artistic culture. With a view toachieving these objectives, the following improvements are planned.
a) Art (Fine Arts)(a) In "Fine Arts I", at the same time as heightening understanding of and interest in Fine Arts
as Art, instruction will emphasize learning concerned with Japanese art and culture, and there
will also be strengthening of Appreciation in terms of links with artistic culture. In addition,
care will be taken to ensure that sufficient time is allocated for instructional activities
concerned with Appreciation.
(b) In "Fine Arts II", in addition to deepening understanding and real feelings on the part ofstudents through rich artistic experiences, instruction will also heighten qualities and abilities
aimed at creative artistic activities which utilize each student's individuality. With these aims in
mind, the present pattern that enables students to select an option from each field comprised in
the area of Expression or from the field of Appreciation will be maintained, but things will bearranged so that students will study the field of Appreciation and one or more subjects from thefield of Expression.
(c) In "Fine Arts III", with the aim of enabling the individuality of students to be still further
extended, students will study, as at present one subject or more from the field of Expression
and one subject or more from the field of Appreciation.
(d) As at present, the principle followed will be that "Fine Arts II" will be studied after
completion of "Fine Arts I", and "Fine Arts III" after completion of "Fine Arts II".

- 145 -

141b) Fine Arts (Crafts Production)(a) In "Crafts Production I", at the same time as aiming to enhance interest in andunderstanding of crafts as one of the arts, emphasis will be put on study concerning the art andculture of Japan, and provision will be made for a strengthening of Appreciation concernedwith artistic culture. Care will also be taken to ensure that sufficient instructional time issecured for Appreciation.
(b) In "Crafts Production II", at the same time as deepening understanding of Crafts and gettinga real feeling for the subject through rich esthetic experiences, students will also enhance their
qualities and abilities with a view to carrying out creative abilities in Crafts that are designed toutilize each student's individuality. In order to achieve these aims, students will, as at present,
be able to select from each area within the field of Expression, and from the field ofAppreciation, but matters will be so arranged that students will study one ore more subjects
from the field of Expression and study the field of Appreciation.
(c) In "Crafts Production III", with a view to further extending the individuality of students,
they will be able to select, as at present, one or more subjects both from the field of Expression
and from the field of Appreciation.
(d) As at present, the principle followed will be that "Crafts Production II" will be studied after
completion of "Crafts Production I", and "Crafts Production III" after completion of "Crafts
Production II".
⑧ Art (Calligraphy)
Upper secondary school(i) Main directions of improvement○ In Art (Calligraphy)18, focusing primarily on the issues19 arising out of this subject, andtaking into account the connections with studies in transcription as studied in Japanese in lower
secondary school, efforts will be made to strengthen learning concerned with the culture ofwriting with a view to further heightening student interest in the creation and the historicallegacy of the culture of calligraphic writing. At the same time, effort will be put intodeveloping student qualities and abilities in such ways as nurturing a rich fund of emotions andenabling students to think and make judgments while activating their sensitivities andcreativity.
○ In addition, with a view to further enriching the ability of students to think and to take in and- 146 -

142

absorb impressions, emphasis will be put on guidance that enables students to formulatestatements of appreciation that have meaning and value for them, involving the process ofmaking judgments that are imbued with their consciousness of values, and of talking to eachother about what they think.
(ii) Specific items for improvement○ While making efforts to ensure a smooth transition from practicing transcription of Chinesecharacters in lower secondary school, emphasis will be put on carrying out creative activities
which utilize the individuality of each student, cultivating a love of calligraphy that will remain
with students for the rest of their lives, giving students an understanding of calligraphy as anart form, and nurturing a deepening understanding and an attitude of respect for the culture ofcalligraphy. With these objectives in mind, the following improvements are planned.
(a) In "Calligraphy I", with the aim of making even clearer the links with transcription ofJapanese kanji as carried out in lower secondary school, improvements will be made to thecontent of "writing in a mixture of kanji and the kana syllabary", and at the same time, efforts
will be made to deepen a comprehensive understanding of calligraphy. In the field ofExpression, given that calligraphy will be located in the content as the traditional culture ofwriting, emphasis will be put on seal-engraving 20 and seal-carving 21 as examples ofthree-dimensional work. Furthermore, as well as broadening students' horizons and deepening
their understanding of the creation and the legacy of the culture of writing, provisions will bemade to strengthen appreciation studies, from the perspective of still further enriching theability of students to think and to take things in through their senses.
(b) In "Calligraphy II", at the same time as deepening understanding of calligraphy as art, inorder to ensure that study of appreciation concerned with the culture of calligraphy isstrengthened, students will be able to study Appreciation as well as choosing 2 or more
subjects from the field of Expression, including "writing in a mixture of kanji and the kanasyllabary".
(c) In "Calligraphy III", students will be able, as at present, to select one or more subjects fromthe field of Expression and from that of Appreciation.
(d) As at present, the principle followed will be that "Calligraphy II" will be studied after
completion of "Calligraphy I", and "Calligraphy III" after completion of "Calligraphy II".

- 147 -

143

⑨ Homemaking; Industrial Arts and Homemaking(1) Main directions for improvement○ In the subjects, Homemaking (elementary school) and Industrial Arts and Homemaking(lower secondary school,22 focusing primarily on the issues23 arising out of these subjects,
practical, hands-on learning activities will be used to cultivate in students basic understanding
and skills concerned with the role of the family and the home, and with items necessary fordaily life such as clothing, food, living accommodation, information, production of daily life
items, and so on. At the same time, more effort will be put into cultivating a practical attitude
and the ability to apply creative ingenuity in utilizing the skills learned with the objective ofsolving problems; improvements will be made to the content with these ends in view.
In the course of implementing the above, particular emphasis should be placed on making
connections with other subjects, and to cultivating the basic skills required by children to live
independent lives in society.
(a) With regard to the content of the subjects comprised in Homemaking and in Industrial Artsand Homemaking, emphasis will be put on links between self and family, and between thefamily and society. Against the background of an overview of life through its various stages,
improvements will be made in the systematization of objectives and content matching thelevels of schooling, from the standpoint of cultivating a practical attitude and the abilities
needed to lead a still better life, and in line with the stages of development reached by children
as they progress through the various levels of schooling.
(b) With specific reference to the fields of Industrial Arts and Homemaking, emphasis will be
put on further enhancing the abilities needed to make things, and with a view to constructing a
still better society in which to live, emphasis will be put on cultivating a practical attitude andthe ability to evaluate and utilize technology in appropriate ways. With these objectives inmind, improvements will be made to objectives and content.
○ The following improvements will be aimed at in terms of responding to social change.
(a) In response to a social background characterized by a growing prevalence of elderly people,
a declining birthrate and perceived inadequacy in the functions normally performed by afamily, emphasis will be put on experiences aimed at enabling students to understand thenature of education and child upbringing in relation to the home and the family, and on
exchanges with elderly people.
With the aim of taking forward education designed to promote a lifestyle that in terms offood is healthy and safe for the body and the mind, emphasis will be put on further
strengthening content concerned with the role of food in life, nourishment and cooking, and at- 148 -

144

the same time, there will be a strengthening of guidance, given from the perspective of
encouraging autonomous living as consumers in society, and aimed at confirming a lifestylecharacterized by desirable patterns of consumption that show consideration for resources andthe environment(b) There will be a strengthening of content concerned with the relationship linking
technology, society and the environment, as well as energy and living creatures; guidance inthese fields will be aimed at getting children to develop a view of the world of work as well as
the construction of a sustainable society. Furthermore, in response to the increase in various
kinds of trouble concerned with the spread of the information communications network and thesafety of equipment, there will be a strengthening of guidance aimed at developing the ability
tp utilize technology safely and in an appropriate manner.
○ There will be additional strengthening of practical, hands-on learning activities aimed atenabling students to acquire knowledge and skills through actual experiences, to deepen theirunderstanding of basic concepts, and at cultivating abilities and attitudes conducive to actually
utilizing what they have learned. Furthermore, with a view to utilizing knowledge and skills,
efforts will be put into further strengthening problem-solving learning aimed at getting students
to identify problem issues on their own initiative, and into cultivating the abilities that students
need to find and solve problems that occur either in their learning or in actual daily life.
○ In the context of remaining firmly within the framework of links links with families andcommunities, fforts will be made to achieve an improvement of content that is concerned withestablishing connections between school-based learning and actual life in families andsocieties.
(ii) Specific items for improvement
Elementary school: Homemaking○ Through problem-solving type learning and practical, hands-on learning activities aimed atenable students to acquire a real feeling for daily life that entails full awareness of what itmeans to be a member of a family and to experience the joy of making things as well as theenjoyment of exercising ingenuity in solving all the problems of daily living, students will be
encouraged to understand their own growth and develop feelings that value family life; at thesame time, emphasis will be put on cultivating fundamental abilities and practical attitudes that
support these measures. With these objectives in mind, the following improvements will be
aimed at.
(a) Aiming to achieve a systematization of the content matching that of lower secondary- 149 -

145

school, and from the perspective of cultivating basic skills and practical attitudes in respect offamily living that will remain with students throughout their lives, the content will consist of
the following 4 aspects:
fundamentals of cooking;

The family and home life;

What to look for in food and thePleasant things to wear and a pleasant place to live; andEveryday life and consumption and relations with the environment.
(b) In response to changes in society, the following improvements will be aimed at.
a. Strengthening of learning activities designed to give students awareness of their own growth
as an individual member of a family and to nurture an attitude which puts a high value on afamily.
b. As well as strengthening learning activities designed to get students to think about
nourishment and the role of food and to know what to look for in food, as well as thefundamentals of cooking, there will be a strengthening of practical learning activities designed
to enable students to think about such things as the role of money in everyday life and ways ofchoosing things, as well as the utilization of environmentally friendly objects; connections withother subjects will also be clarified.
(c) Increased emphasis will also be put on improving the content of issues like food, clothes
and housing in terms of their relationship with the family, from the perspective of taking acomprehensive view of the family. In addition, as well as setting up guidance-type content for
Grades 5 and 6 on the basis of the content dealt with up to Grade 4, the relationship with othersubjects will be clarified and clearly set out.
Lower secondary school: Industrial Arts and Homemaking○ The following improvements are planned from the perspective of making an autonomous,
self-motivated response to social change with the aim of trying to create an even better lifestylein the future on the basis of an overview of the likely future pattern of one's own life.
Industrial Arts
○ As well as enabling children to learn, through practical, hands-on learning activities, basic
knowledge and skills concerning materials, processing, energy, biological creatures,information, and more, emphasis will be put on deepening understanding of the relationshipbetween technology on the one hand and society and the environment on the other, and on
cultivating attitudes and abilities conducive to evaluating and utilizing the skills that have beenlearned in an appropriate way so as to construct a still better society in the future. With a view
to fulfilling these objectives, the following improvements will be aimed at.
(a) The many diverse skills utilized in present-day society will be divided up into the following- 150 -

146

4 categories and will all be learned by students:
skills concerned with changes in energy;
andskills concerned with processing materials;

skills concerned with caring for living creatures;

skills concerned with utilizing information. In the course of this process, care will betaken to ensure continuity with information education learned in elementary school and inother subjects in lower secondary school as well as with information education to be studied inupper secondary school; with this latter point in mind, the contents of "B. Information andcomputers" will be restructured.
Furthermore, students will be enabled to learn basic knowledge and skills throughinvolvement in the process of making things, and at the same time, from the perspective ofcultivating the ability to utilize the skills learned and attitudes conducive to putting them into
practice in society, labels will be attached to the various items of content defining the skills andassociated factors as follows: "Basic knowledge, important concepts"; "Manufacturing,processing and caring as skills that utilize technology"; and "Connections with society and theenvironment".
(b) Additional strengthening will also be given from the point of view of cultivating theabilities that support skills and technology, to learning activities that aim at insistence on
creative ingenuity and precise accuracy, co-operative relations with others (learning throughco-production about making adjustments and taking responsibility), an attitude of respect for
intellectual property, and cultivation of a view of the world of work. As well as this, additional
strengthening will be given, from the point of view of cultivating the ability to use technology,
to learning activities that involve an understanding of relations between technology and society
and the environment, including aspects of risk and safety, as well as ones that aim atcultivating ethical views in relation to technology.
(c) From the standpoint of carrying out education concerned with technology in a systematicmanner, the content in lower secondary school will be set out in the form of guidance based onwhat was learned in elementary school, with the aim of ensuring clarification of the links withother subjects.
Homemaking○ Aiming at developing, through problem-solving learning and hands-on, practical activities
concerned with such aspects of everyday life as clothing, food and housing, an awareness ofwhat it means to live autonomously as a lower secondary school student, emphasis will be put
on enabling students to understand such functions of the family as child-rearing and ensuring apeaceful and relaxed heart and mind, and along with this, on cultivating abilities and aptitudes
that will enable children to devise better lifestyles in the future by identifying problem areas on
their own initiative against the background of looking forward at their own future lives. With
these objectives in mind, the following improvements will be aimed at.

- 151 -

147

(a) From the point of view of the systematization of elementary school learning content and thedevelopment of an awareness of autonomous living as a lower secondary school student, thecontent, all of which will be learned by all students, will be comprised of the following 4 areas:
the family and the home and growth of children;of food life;

autonomy and independence in respectautonomy in respect of clothing and housing; andfamily life and mattersconcerned with consumption and the environment.
In the process of implementing the above, arrangements will be made, from the standpoint ofutilizing the knowledge and skills learned, and that of developing practical attitudes and theability on the part of students to look forward to their future lifestyles, to set out instructional
headings concerned with lifestyle issues and practices within the content dealing with suchlifestyle aspects as the family and home, and food, clothing, and housing, and to enable
students to select and study such aspects.
(a) In terms of response to social change, the following improvements will be aimed at.
a. A further strengthening of learning activities aimed at enabling children to understand thefunctions of the family and home and at cultivating the ability to achieve better interpersonal
relationships. In addition, there will be a further strengthening of activities such as experiencesof interaction with infants and small children aimed at deepening students' understanding ofthem and enabling the students to become aware of the role of the family and the home as theenvironment in which these infants and small children grow up.
b. With the aim of enabling students to have a degree of autonomy with regard to food in daily
life, there will be a strengthening of learning activities concerned with such things as nutrition
and menu planning, cooking and food culture. With regard to learning about relationships
between family lifestyles on the one hand and consumption and the environment on the other,care will be taken to ensure that the links with the content of other subjects are clearly
identified, and there will be a strengthening of practical learning activities based on changes in
the lifestyles of students as consumers.
(c) From the standpoint of carrying out education concerned with Homemaking in a systematicmanner, the content in lower secondary school will be set out in the form of guidance based onwhat was learned in elementary school, with the aim of ensuring clarification of the links withother subjects.
Upper secondary school: Home Economics○ Students will be enabled to take a comprehensive view of lifestyle management on the basisof an overview of human development and the human life span, and in addition to enablingthem to understand the relationships between the significance of the family and home on the
one hand and society on the other, the subject will equip them with the knowledge and skills
required for daily living; particular emphasis will be placed on cultivating the ability to create- 152 -

148

patterns of living in the family and the community and attitudes conducive to implementing
these patterns on an autonomous basis. With these objectives in mind, the following
improvements will be aimed at.
(a) Emphasis will be put on content concerned with lifestyle culture in Japan and patterns ofresponding to a society characterized by a declining birthrate and rising numbers of elderly
people. Specifically, targeted topics will include the importance of constructing family life, thepromotion of food education, and the cultivation of a positive understanding of the position ofelderly people and of attitudes conducive to behavioral support.
(b) Through study of such matters as career planning, lifelong lifestyle planning and humandevelopment as they affect upper secondary school students, perspectives designed to give
students an overview of the significance of responsibility for the coming generation, lifelong
issues, and so on will be clarified. At the same time, At the same time, through the addition of
instruction concerned with lifelong income, and so on, there will be a strengthening of content
concerned with comprehensive lifestyle management.
In the course of implementing the above, efforts will be made firstly to enable students to geta scientific understanding of the economics of daily life and the severe consumption issues ofthe present day as, for example, the multiple debts incurred by many people, also the interface
between on the one hand social issues of everyday life such as clothing, food, and housing, andon the other, the environment. Along with this, there will also be a clarification of learning
aimed at equipping students with the ability to make decisions and to create their own daily
lives as members of society.
(c) Measures will be taken to link the study of Home Economics with practical, everyday life,
and to further strengthen home projects that implement topic-based learning as well as theactivities of school-based Home Economics clubs.
(d) "Basic Home Economics". In this subject, primary emphasis will be placed on nurturing
abilities related to independence and co-existence as issues found in young people around theage of puberty, and through the study of lifestyle planning, on deepening a scientificunderstanding of clothes, food and housing, and on cultivating abilities and attitudes conducive
to taking the initiative in creating family and community lifestyles.
(e) Comprehensive Home Economics". In this subject, through a study of the entire life span ofa human being from the beginning of life until death, a number of issues will be dealt with in acomprehensive way, including the role of parents and child-rearing support; respect for humanbeings and a positive understanding of the position of elderly people; care of the elderly;
everyday life (clothes, food, housing) and lifestyle culture, and consumption lifestyles,
resources and the environment. Particular emphasis will be put on cultivating the ability to- 153 -

149

carry out lifestyle management in the home and the community in an autonomous way at thesame time as deepening scientific understanding through practical studies and experiments.
(f) "Life Design". In this subject, through practical study and experiments, emphasis will be
put on deepening, through experiments and practical studies, understanding of values and thetechnological and cultural meaning of lifestyles, and on cultivating the ability to design andcreate future lifestyles. At the same time, emphasis will be put on heightening practicalabilities aimed at taking food education forward. With these points in mind, a number ofheadings will be restructured as required electives.
⑩ Physical Education, Health and Physical Education(i) Main directions of improvement○ In the subjects contained in "Physical Education (elementary school)” and “Health andPhysical Education (lower secondary and upper secondary school)",24 focusing primarily on
the issues25 arising out of these subjects, emphasis will be put on getting students to maintainand promote good health throughout their lives and to realize a rich sporting life, andimprovements made accordingly. With these aims in mind, instruction linking health andphysical education in a continuous fashion will be given, from the perspective of getting
students to see body and mind as a single unit and to realize the importance of promoting
healthy growth.
In addition to the above, emphasis will be put on utilizing material that has been learned in
actual daily life and society, and efforts will be made to clarify and systematize theinstructional content by structuring it in such a way that it corresponds to the level of schoolingand the stage of development of the children concerned.
○ With regard to Physical Education, bodily exercise develops children’s physical abilities andat the same time, promotes emotional and cognitive development. Communicative ability isdeveloped by such means as group activities and physical expression, while putting forward
ideas, and thinking about practice and strategy, and then discussing these with friends areactivities that develop and contribute to logical thinking. It is on the basis of the points
presented here that efforts will be made to systematize instruction, and in line with thecharacteristics and fascination inherent in various movements, and while paying due attention
to coherence in stages of development, equip children with basic physical abilities26 as well as
knowledge, and enable them to become familiar with exercise in a way that will remain withthem throughout their lives.
Improvements will also be made to instruction in the martial arts so as to enable students,
through study of the martial arts, to have a deeper contact with the characteristic culture andtraditions of Japan.

- 154 -

150

○ Turning to Health, efforts will be made to improve the content still more in terms of
cultivating the qualities and abilities required to administer and improve health in an
appropriate way so that maintaining one's health will become a lifelong habit. Specifically,
health content will be systematized on the basis of the development of the children concerned
so as to enable instruction to be given systematically through elementary, lower secondary andupper secondary school. It is also important for students to learn that confused lifestyle habits
and stress can influence a person's health, so at the same time as clarifying the content ofconcepts and issues related to health, efforts will also be made to improve the content of such
topics as the following: health and physical and mental development; types of lifestyle-relateddiseases and their prevention; use of the health and medical service; health and theenvironment; and prevention of injuries. In particular, improvements will be made so that in
the lower grades of elementary school, instruction is given in such a way as to ensure thatchildren acquire an understanding of health through taking part in physical exercise.
(ii) Specific items for improvement
Elementary school: Physical Education○ At the same time as equipping children with basic physical stamina and motor skills, andcultivating the fundamental qualities and abilities required to implement a lifestyle that is richin physical exercise, emphasis will be placed on enabling children to understand in a practicalcontext content concerned with health and safety in everyday life. With these objectives inmind, the following improvements will be aimed at.
(a) In the area of exerrcise, background factors can be defined in terms of efforts to achieve asmooth transition with pre-school education, the serious problem of a declining trend in termsof physical strength and stamina, and the reported polarization of children into ones who arevery positive about physical exercise and those who are not. Against the background of thesefactors, on the basis of efforts to systematize instruction in each grade, the curriculum content
for the lower grades will be composed of the following areas: "exercise to build up the body"; "exercise play using apparatus and appliances"; " exercise play involving running and jumping";"water games"; "various kinds of games"; and "rhythmical expression play". For the middle
grades, it will comprise: "sport and exercise to build up the body"; "sports apparatus"; "runningand jumping sports"; "floating in the water and swimming"; "games" and "expressive exercise". For the upper grades, the content will remain as it is at present27.
(b) From the standpoint of cultivating the fundamental qualities and abilities that are conduciveto the formation of lifelong familiarity with sport and exercise, measures will be taken to
enable guidance to be given in line with the characteristics and particular fascinations of each- 155 -

151

kind of sport. At the same time, the specific content elements that each child in the lower,
middle and upper grades is expected to acquire will be clearly identified and specified. In thiscontext, with the aim of ensuring that children acquire a thorough grounding in the
instructional content, flexibility will be introduced into the method of taking up different kindsof exercise and sport, so that apart from " exercise to build up the body", it will be possible, inthe lower, middle and upper grades, for content from one of two different grades to be taken up
and used in the curriculum.
(c) With specific reference to "exercise to build up the body", given that further strengthening
is seen as necessary, measures will be taken to require that this subject is taken up in every
grade, in line with the stage of development of the children concerned, and the content will be
improved in such a way that the instruction enables each child to utilize in the home family
setting the content of what is learned in school. In the case of other subjects too, improvements
in instruction will enable further enhancement of bodily strength and stamina in terms of theresults of class learning.
(d) In the area of Health28, instructional content will be improved from the perspective of
putting emphasis on fundamental aspects of health and safety in everyday life. Specifically,
content concerned with safe lifestyles n terms of preventing injury will be taken up, and thepattern of instruction in physical development will be improved in line with the stage ofdevelopment of the children concerned. From the standpoint also of nurturing basic qualities
and abilities needed to implement a healthy lifestyle, the content concerned with health will beclarified so as to enable guidance to be given that is consistent with the content of lower
secondary school material, and improvements will be made to the pattern of instruction.
In the lower grades, on the basis of links with the field of sport and exercise, improvements
will be made to the pattern of instruction to enable children to understand and be consciously
aware of health matters when carrying out movement and sport from the field of exercise andmovement.
Lower secondary school: Health and Physical Education○ Ensuring the firm acquisition of the knowledge and physical abilities required for thefoundation of a healthy body, and cultivating qualities and abilities that will enable children tocommit themselves fully to the practice of exercise and sport depending on their respective
stage of development, will constitute the overall context. At the same time, the following
improvements will be aimed at with a view to ensuring that children have a scientificunderstanding of the content concerned with health and safety in terms of carrying out their
daily lives as independent individuals.
(a) With regard to physical education, on the basis of continuity with instruction in the higher- 156 -

152

grades of elementary school as well as of coherence in the stage of development of children,
the objectives and the content for the fields comprised in physical education will be clearlyshown in terms of a division between "Grades 1 and 2" and "Grade 3". The pattern to befollowed will be that after studying a large number of areas, provision will be made for those
who want to pursue their learning experiences more deeply to select a number of sporting areas
as options. Specifically, in Grades 1 and 2, all students will be required to study "formation of
the body through exercise", "sports apparatus", "athletics competitions", "swimming", "ballgames", and "dance", as well as fields concerned with knowledge. Students in Grade 3 will be
required to study "formation of the body through exercise" as well as fields concerned withknowledge, and in addition to these, a new system will be started whereby they can selectoptional fields for study. Provisions will be put in place so that students can select fromclusters, in which sports with shared characteristics have been grouped, comprising, as one setof clusters, "Gymnastics", "Athletics", "Swimming" and "Dance", and as another set ofclusters, "Ball Games" and "Martial Arts". Under the rubric "Ball Games", the sports will in
principle be the same as at present, with a division being made according to the particularcharacteristics of the game in question into games with a goal, games with a net andbaseball-type games.
In addition, with regard to "Dance" and "Martial Arts", which all students study as required
subjects, it will be necessary to pay more attention than hitherto to ensuring safety and to get togrips with this in such ways as putting the requisite conditions in place.
(b) From the point of view of cultivating qualities and abilities conducive to forming afamiliarity with exercise and sport that will last students throughout their lives, the specificcontent to be acquired in each field will be clearly identified. At the same time, and in order toensure that students have a firm grasp of the instructional content, every field, with the
exception of "formation of the body through exercise" and knowledge-related fields, will betaken up for instruction in either Grade 1 or Grade 2.
(c) With regard to "formation of the body through exercise", on the basis of the fact thatchildren in their teens are passing through a period of marked physical and mental growth, andwith the aim of enabling children to savor the enjoyment and the good feeling that they can getfrom exercising their body, instructional content will be improved so as to get them to realize
the necessity of enhancing their physical strength and stamina in line with their health and thecondition of their body, and so as to enable them to utilize what they learn in education
throughout the school as a whole and in their everyday lives. Standards for the number of classhours will also be clearly specified. In relation also to fields other than "formation of the bodythrough exercise", improvements will be made to the pattern of instruction so as to enable
students to further enhance their physical strength and stamina as the results of their learning.
(d) With regard to fields concerned with knowledge, in view of the demand that all students- 157 -

153

should acquire a firm and thorough grasp of basic knowledge, the instructional content will beclearly set out on the basis of the stage of development of the children concerned, and thestandard for the number of class hours will be shown.
(e) With regard to the fields comprised in Health29, from the perspective of emphasizing
content concerned with health and safety in individual lifestyles, content concerned withmedicines will be taken up, and instructional content will be improved. Moreover, from thepoint of view of cultivating qualities and abilities such as the ability to think and makejudgments in the context of appropriately administering and improving one's own health,content concerned with issues and concepts related to health will be clearly identified and setout, so that instruction can be systematically provided on the basis of what was already learnedin elementary school.
Upper secondary school: Health and Physical Education○ Against the background of three main objectives, namely that all students are thoroughly
equipped with the knowledge and with physical strength, stamina and exercise required tonurture a healthy body that will last throughout their lives, that the qualities and abilities
needed to realize a rich sporting life geared to the conditions of each individual student are
cultivated, and that students are able to achieve a comprehensive understanding of health andsafety issues in individual and social life, emphasis will be put on developing in students
attitudes and abilities conducive to improving appropriate self-regulation of health in a waythat will remain with them throughout their lives. With these objectives in mind, the following
improvements are aimed at.
(a) With regard to the topics grouped under the rubric, "Physical Education", on the basis of thewide diversity of conditions among students in terms of the experience of students with
exercise or sport, their abilities, their interests, and so on, provision will be made to enable
individual students in every school to raise the level of their ability to familiarize themselveswith exercise and sport in line with their actual conditions, and to put every student in theposition of being able to continue with at least one sport or form of exercise after graduatingfrom the school. To achieve these objectives, in Grade 1, as a continuation of what was studied
in the 3 years of lower secondary school, "Formation of the body through exercise" as well as
areas concerned with knowledge will be studied by all students, while apart from these items,
students will be able to choose options to study from two clusters, one containing"gymnastics", "athletics", "swimming" and "dance", and one containing "ball games" and"martial arts". In terms of implementation, the principles for taking up different sports will be
the same as at present, with a division for ball games into those with a goal, those with a net
and baseball-type games.

- 158 -

154

(b) From the standpoint of cultivating in students attitudes and abilities needed to realize a richsporting life that will remain with them for the rest of their lives, improvements will be madein terms of clearly identifying specific content items from each area which students are to beenabled to acquire.
(c) With regard to "Formation of the body through exercise", on the basis of the wide diversityof conditions among students in terms of such things as their experience of exercise and sport,
abilities, interests and so on, efforts will be made to enable all students to savor the pleasure
and the good feelings to be derived from exercising their bodies, and improvements will bemade to ways of equipping students with methods of enhancing their own physical strength andstamina in line with their individual health and physical condition, and to methods of
instruction aimed at enabling students to utilize in the actual society of their local community
what they have learned in school. In relation also to other fields, improvements will be made to
the pattern of instruction so as to enable students to further enhance their physical strength andstamina as the results of their learning.
(d) With regard to areas concerned with knowledge, given the demand for all students to have acomprehensive understanding of exercise and sport and for them all to be able to utilize theirknowledge in actual life, the instructional content will be clearly identified and set out in a waythat will enable instruction to be systematically given on the basis of what was learned in lower
secondary school, and the standard for the number of class hours will be shown.
(e) With regard to the topics comprised in "Health"30, from the perspective of emphasizing
content concerned with health and safety in individual and social life, improvements will bemade to the instructional content. In this connection, examples of content concerned with suchthings as various health activities and countermeasures will be restructured, and improvements
will be made to the content concerned with medicaments. Furthermore, from the point of viewof cultivating in students qualities and abilities such as the ability to think and make judgments
so as to be able to appropriately administer and improve their own health both in their school
years and for the rest of their lives, content concerned with issues and concepts related tohealth will be clearly identified and set out, so that instruction can be systematically provided
on the basis of what was already learned in elementary and lower secondary school.
⑪ Foreign Language(i) Main directions of improvement○ In the subjects contained in "Foreign language"31, focusing primarily on the issues32 derived
from these subjects; knowledge acquired from "Listening" and "Reading" can be utilized insuch ways as establishing connections with their own thoughts and experiences, while in- 159 -

155

"Speaking" and "Writing", they can actively generate sounds and symbols. In this way, efforts
will be made to improve and strengthen instruction in developing all 4 language skills in acomprehensive way through the years of lower and upper secondary school○ With reference to content and materials that can be used in the course of instruction, theperspective adopted will be one of trying to strengthen content that will heighten interest andeagerness on the part of students to engage in foreign language study and to try and generatespeech in a foreign language. With this perspective in mind, efforts will be made to improvematerials that will contribute to activities aimed at developing all 4 language skills in acomprehensive way.
○ Through comprehensive guidance in the 4 language skills of "Listening", "Reading","Speaking" and "Writing", students' abilities in using these 4 skills comprehensively for
purposes of communication will also be developed. At the same time, improvements will bemade in enabling students to understand grammar as the supporting foundation ofcommunication and in treating grammar instruction and language activities as a unified whole.
Furthermore, the vocabulary to be taught will be strengthened and enriched so as to facilitate
strengthening and enrichment of the content of communication.
○ With regard to the oral/aural aspects of the instruction of "Listening" and "Speaking" inlower secondary school, there is a presumption that a set foundation in terms of a positive
attitude toward oral communication in particular will have been laid down by means of theforeign language activities carried on in elementary school, and with this presumption as abasis, improvements will be made to instructional content. In addition, by means of efforts tostrengthen instruction in "Reading" and "Writing", instruction in all 4 language skills can begiven in a balanced manner, and the foundation of foreign language learning in upper
secondary school and later can be established 33.
○ In upper secondary school, on the foundation of the learning acquired in lower secondary
school, efforts will be made to give students the ability to use what they have heard and read to
produce an utterance with coherent content reflecting what they have thought about or, and inorder to achieve this aim, comprehensive language activities in which all 4 language skills,"listening", "reading", "speaking" and "writing" are joined together, will be implemented.
○ With a view to responding in upper secondary school to the needs of students whose studies
in lower secondary school were not necessarily sufficient, the content used will relate tofamiliar scenes or topics. In this way, efforts will be made to ensure that all students have areally firm grasp of the things that they learned in lower secondary school, and necessary
improvements will be made to ensure a smooth transition to study at upper secondary schoollevel.

- 160 -

156

(ii) Specific items for improvement
Lower secondary school○ At the same time as aiming to ensure that at the end of lower secondary school, i.e. at thestage marking the end of compulsory education, students can engage in communication aboutfamiliar topics, efforts will be made to cultivate the foundation of English language learningwhich will serve students through their time in upper secondary school and beyond. With thisobjective in mind, the following improvements will be aimed at.
(a) Efforts will be made to make improvements in instruction so that in "Speaking" and"Listening", students will be enabled, using as a foundation what was learned through themedium of foreign language activities in elementary school, to give a correct response to asimple statement, to describe and convey the elements of a happening or phenomenon in theimmediate vicinity, and to discuss their own thoughts.
(b) Efforts will be made to strengthen instruction in "Reading" so that students will be enabled
to read a sentence with coherent content, arrange and accurately take in the information it
provides, and discern the intentions of the writer.
(c) In "Writing", efforts will be made to strengthen the instruction with the aim of enabling
students to write sentences that have cohesion of content and are linked by a thread of
consistency in such a way as convey their thoughts and feelings in the form of an accurate
portrayal of their intentions.
(d) With a view to heightening ability in communication, language activities that effectively
link language materials and show the working of language in a given scenario will bestrengthened. Along with this, at the same time as aiming to improve grammar instruction,
revisions will be made in the direction of strengthening habitual expressions with a high usage
frequency and necessary vocabulary that is necessary for communication. In addition, as wellas ensuring that students have a firm grasp of vocabulary and language structure,
improvements will be made to instruction so that students are enabled to use what they learn in
actual situations.
(e) Improvements in instruction will be aimed at deepening understanding of language andculture, through activities such as those aimed at increasing understanding of the use of alanguage other than Japanese, understanding of one's own country and native traditions, andinternational understanding.
(f) Efforts will be made to strengthen instruction concerned with the relationship between- 161 -

157

sounds and symbols and the use of dictionaries, with a view to taking forward self-directed andsustainable learning.
Upper secondary school○ With the unification of all 4 language skills as a basic objective, improvements in thecomposition and content of subjects from the point of view of enhancing the ability to produce
and transmit language and of ensuring smooth continuation of studies in lower secondary
schools will be made as follows.
(a) "Basic English Communication". This will consist of content aimed at ensuring a smoothtransition from lower to upper secondary school, to be achieved by means of unified
development of the 4 language skills in terms of implementing communication-oriented
language activities concerned with everyday matters, the content of which deals with familiar
scenes and materials.
(b) English Communication I". The content will aim to promote the comprehensive
development of all 4 language skills, and the nature of the themes and content dealt with will
match the implementation of comprehensive language activities. For example, different typesof content, including the learning content of other subjects, such as Social Studies and Science,content concerned with the customs and history of Japan and local districts as well as manyother aspects of Japanese tradition and culture, content dealing with discoveries and inventions
as examples of science and technology and natural science, content concerned withinter-cultural communication, and so on, will be selectively drawn on and systematically dealt
with in such a way as to enhance the level of student interest in communication(c) "English Communication II" will build on the basis of "English Communication I", and willcomprise content aimed at comprehensively raising the overall level of English language
competence.
(d) "English Communication III" will build on the foundations laid by "English
Communication I" and "English Communication II", and will comprise content aimed atcomprehensively raising the overall level of English language competence.
(e) "English Language Conversation". Its aim will be to implement instruction designed toraise the level of ability of students to listen to and talk about feelings and thoughts; thisobjective will be attained through the implementation of language communication activities
focused primarily on oral/aural competence, the content of which will be concerned witheveryday scenes and topics.

- 162 -

158

(f) "English Expressions I". The aim will be to enable students to talk and write appropriately,
matching a variety of scenarios, on the basis of the fundamental rules of the English language,
and to cultivate thinking ability and the power to make reasoned judgments.
(g) "English Expressions II". The aims are to enable students to implement high-levelcommunication taking such forms as making speeches, giving presentations, and taking part indiscussions and debates, and to write numbers of sentences that accurately use complex
constructions and exhibit coherent content. Further aims are to cultivate logical thinking ability
and the ability to make reasoned judgments.
(h) Taking a very broad view covering many different subject headings, namely

With regard

to language activities, language materials, teaching materials, ingenuity in the course of
instruction as well as special points to be noted, attention will be paid to the separate aims ofeach subject, while overall, efforts will be made to improve essential points in the same way as
in lower secondary school. Care will also be taken to see that ICT is used effectively in thecourse of instruction.
(i) In the case of English Communication I, II and III, because the themes, the contents and thelanguage materials used are graded in terms of difficulty, "English Communication II" should
be studied after completing "English Communication I", and "English Communication III"
should be studied after completing "English Communication II".
⑫ Information Study
Upper secondary school(i) Main directions for improvement○ In the subject "Information Study34, focusing primarily on the issues35 arising out ofit,efforts will be made to take a fresh look at its content and objectives, with the aim ofcultivating attitudes and abilities that will enable students to participate positively in ourincreasingly information-oriented society. Emphasis will be put on ensuring that students havea really firm grounding in scientific ways of thinking about and looking at things in the context
of information.
○ With the aim of developing ethical attitudes and considerations about safety and security thatare required for the appropriate handling of information, emphasis will be put on developing
practical attitudes concerned with such things as information morality, safeguarding
intellectual property rights, information security measures, and so on.

- 163 -

159

○ At the same time as responding to the many different learning demands made by students,emphasis will be put on content that will enable students to study more broadly and moredeeply. Specifically, the content will help them to realize their desired career aspirations, andwill contribute to cultivating abilities and attitudes whereby they can respond on their own
initiative to the advances of an information-oriented society.
(ii) Specific items for improvement○ With the aim of cultivating abilities and attitudes whereby students can respond on their own
initiative to the advance of an information-oriented society, additional emphasis will be put on
the 3 perspectives36 of the objectives of Information Study; with this in mind, the following
improvements will be aimed at.
(a) In a context in which the actual situation of upper secondary school students is becoming
increasingly diversified, and the ability to utilize information and information appliances hasdeveloped into an indispensable base for social life, there is an increasing demand for theeducation of human resources who can create a high added value by doing this. Against thisbackground, particular emphasis will be put on ensuring that students are thoroughly versed inpractical information utilization and on cultivating ethical attitudes concerned with information
and attitudes conducive to paying attention to safety and security as well as an awareness ofnormative standards. With that as a foundation, the present subject structure will be reevaluatedwith the aim of enabling students to study more broadly and more deeply and to think about
and see things concerned with information technology in a scientific way in line with theiractual situation in terms of their abilities, aptitude and interests; as a result, 2 new subjects,"Society and Information" and "Information and Science" will be created.
・ "Society and Information". As well as getting students to understand the influence of
information on modern society, priority will be attached to equipping students with theabilities and attitudes needed to participate positively in the advance of an
information-oriented society in ways such as cultivating communications ability in terms of
the effective utilization of information devices, and the ability to create and transmit
information.
・ "Information and Science". As well as enabling students to understand and acquire ascientific way of looking and thinking about knowledge of the way in which information
has constructed the foundation of modern society and about science and technology, weight
will be put on cultivating abilities and attitudes conducive to making a positive contribution
to the advance of an information-oriented society by nurturing the ability to think and makejudgments in a scientific way about information and the use of information devices.
(a) In addition to the above, more weight will be put on instruction, through the subjects listed- 164 -

160

above, that cultivates the ability to use information in an appropriate manner. This will include
a full understanding of the characteristics and role of information communications networks
and information media, and consideration for safety and security issues. Furthermore, against
the background of utilization of information communications networks and many different
kinds of information media, additional weight will also be put on developing the ability tomake rational judgments and engage in creative thinking as well as the ability to identify andsolve problems, through activities such as generating fresh and new information, expressing
information in an easily understandable way, and transmitting information accurately.
⑬ Subject Areas / Subjects for Specialist Education(a) Vocational subject areas / subjects(i) Main directions of improvement○ Looking back at developments to date, specialist upper secondary schools have produced
human resources in the form of people who have supported the industry and society of Japan ina wide range of areas. In the future too, at the same time as educating human resources (=people) who will be equipped with the abilities necessary to respond to the many kinds ofchanges in Japan's socio-economic situation, such schools will be expected to continue to play
an important role in continuing to contribute to the development of Japan's local industrial
society.
○ With these points in mind, in the subjects and the subject areas37 in vocational upper
secondary schools, focusing primarily on the issues 38 arising from them as well as theregulations39 pertaining to vocational education as set out in the revised Fundamental Law of
Education and other documents, what will be important in the future is not only to equip
students with the fundamental knowledge and skills required in various specialist from theperspective of specialist education, but also to implement education which pays due attention
to fermenting the kind of normative awareness and ethical world view required by a working
adult to live in society and take social responsibility, and to cultivating in students a rich senseof humanity.
○ It is also important to incorporate newly required content and methods, at the same time as
carefully selecting the educational content that is really necessary in the various specialist
fields in order to be able to respond to changes in the structure of industry and in the state ofscientific and technological advance.
○ Furthermore, with a view to strengthening and enriching vocational education in specialist
upper secondary schools, an important perspective is that of strengthening links and- 165 -

161

connections with related fields and organizations from the perspective of educating humanresources to bear the burdens of the coming generation. Specific attention should be paid tocontinuation of the career education and guidance on future prospects provided in elementaryand lower secondary schools, to the abilities and qualities demanded of specialist upper
secondary students by universities and the world of industry, and to the need for a positive
evaluation of specialist upper secondary students by society, universities, and so on. In thecontext of the kind of basic thinking set out here, efforts will be made to improve the structure
and content of each subject in the subject areas set out below.
(ii) Specific items for improvement
Items concerned with subject organization○ Improvements will be made to the organization of each subject on the basis of the 3
perspectives listed below.
○ The first perspective will be to cultivate practical abilities through hands-on learning in suchforms as making things, at the same time as putting additional emphasis on the foundations ofspecializations required by specialists in the future, and to ensure that students have thoroughly
acquired the fundamental knowledge, techniques and skills connected with various specialist
fields.
In addition, instruction will aim to deepen practical abilities and to ensure that students havea thorough acquisition of knowledge, techniques and skills, to be obtained through purposefullearning aimed at meeting challenges in the form of competitions, various kinds ofcertification, qualifications, and so on. At the same time, it will aim to nurture positive
attitudes and creative thinking, as exemplified in such ways as the ability to identify and solve
topic-based problems, self-motivated behavior, adaptability, communicative ability, a sense ofcooperation, eagerness to work and to learn, and a willingness to face challenges.
○The second perspective is that of nurturing human resources to support local industry in the
future. From this perspective, improvements will be made in terms of strengthening practicaleducation and instruction that utilizes outside specialists by means of, for example, liaison andexchanges with local society and industry, also cultivating practical ability, communications
ability, and the ability to adapt to society. Attention will also be paid to deepening
understanding of, and awareness of the contribution of local industry and society.
○ The third perspective is that of developing vocational specialists who have a rich sense ofhumanity. From this perspective, improvements will be made in terms of utilizing thecharacteristics of vocational education in such forms as interpersonal contact, relationships
with the natural world, education to value life, and so on. At the same time as cultivating the- 166 -

162

necessary humanity in people as representatives of professions and vocations, efforts will bemade to cultivate a heart and mind that values life, nature, and artifacts, and to develop anormative awareness and an ethical world view.
○ In addition, when implementing the above improvements, with the aim of educating humanresources who can respond flexibly to changes in the industrial structure of Japan, and totechnological advances, particular emphasis will be put on ensuring that all students arethoroughly equipped with the basic knowledge and skills of various specialist fields.
Additional emphasis will also be put on enhancing the practical skills of students, which arerooted in such factors as communication skills and a high level of awareness of the norms of awork ethic and a work-centered view of the world, to be obtained through such means as
experimental work placements and contact with industry and society. Specifically, educational
activities should be strengthened by arranging, for example, extended periods of work
experience practice in companies for students.
○ In addition to the above, with a view to responding to changes in student consciousness andto the diversification of future career paths40, the curriculum should be compiled in a flexible
manner. As well as this, there is a need to pay attention to realizing a form of education
whereby students can be equipped with the ability to make selections within vocational study
options and to engage in life design planning, to be achieved by means of more heavily
practice-oriented vocational education and work experience placements.
Items in individual subjects and subject areas○ Improvements on the basis of the points made above will be made as below in subjects andsubject areas concerned with vocationally oriented specialist education.
a) Agriculture○ The background to needed improvements, in a context of internationalization and advancesin the information-oriented nature of society, include the following: diversification of
production, distribution and management in agriculture and forestry work; advances insophistication and precision in technology; demands for stable food supplies; the growing needfor environmental conservation on a global scale; and the expansion of "human service"utilizing plant and animal resources. In response to these many different factors, efforts will bemade to achieve improvements in terms of restructuring subjects, including the creation of new
subjects, and re-evaluating the content from the perspective of the need to educate humanresources that can support agriculture in the new age of a sustainable society.
(a) With regard to subject objectives, in addition to enhancing the interest of students in the- 167 -

163

diversified agriculture industry, improvements will be made in terms of clearly specifying theneed for sustainability and stability in agriculture and society.
(b) On the composition of the curriculum, from the perspective of the improvements referred toabove, 30 subjects will be included in the curriculum in place of the present total of 29
subjects.
Agriculture and the Environment; Topic-based Research; Comprehensive Practice;
Information Processing in Agriculture; Crops; Vegetables; Fruit; Flowering Plants; Stock
Farming; Agricultural Management; Agricultural Machinery; Food Product Manufacturing;Food Chemistry; Use of Microorganisms; Plant Biotechnology; Animal Biotechnology;
Agricultural Economics; Food Distribution; Forestry Science;

Forestry Management; Use ofForest Products; Agricultural Civil Engineering Design; Agricultural Civil Engineering
Construction; Water Circulation; Landscape Planning; Landscape Technology; Environmental
Greening Materials; Surveying; Use of Living Creatures; and Green Life.
(c) Subjects will be reconstituted as below.
・ While paying due attention to the importance of environmental studies, because there isa need to study in a consistent fashion agriculture and the conservation and creation of
the environment, 2 subjects, namely "Fundamentals of Agricultural Science" and"Fundamentals of Environmental Science", are to be combined into one subject, called"Agriculture and Environment".
・ Previously, animal biotechnology and microbial biotechnology were studied together inthe subject called "Microbial and animal biotechnology". However, it was felt thatlearning would be more effective if the two parts of the subject were separated. But the
subject "Microbial Organisms: Foundations" already existed, so this would overlap withthe hived-off section concerned with microbial biotechnology. It was therefore decided
to deal with animal biotechnology in a subject to be called "Animal Biotechnology", andto combine the hived-off section with the existing subject, "Microbial Organisms:
Foundations", and create a new subject, to be called "Use of Microorganisms".
・ Matters concerned with forestry products (excluding timber), processing and use arestudied systematically in "Forestry Product Processing", the name of which has beenchanged to "Use of Forestry Products".
・ With a view to enabling students to study matters concerned with water in a unified
fashion, including the circulation of water in the global environment and the connections
with bioorganisms, matters concerned with water quality and the soil, previously studied
as "Environmental Civil Engineering Design" and matters concerned with theagricultural use of water, previously studied as "Agricultural Civil Engineering
Construction", have been combined into "Water, the Environment and Circulation".
・ Taking as a foundation the content of landscape greening materials included in- 168 -

164

"Landscape Technology", and with the aim of enabling all students to study in asystematic way the knowledge and skills required to carry out the development, use,maintenance and administration of materials that can serve to promote environmental
greening over a wide area, including gardens and the periphery of buildings, the contentsof "Environmental Greening Materials" have been rearranged and reclassified, and 2
new subjects have been created, "Landscape Technology" and "Environmental Greening
Materials".
b) Manufacturing○ Against the background of the globalization of the manufacturing industry and intensified
international competition, there is a need to respond to such factors as the deepening crisis ofenvironmental energy resources, advances in information networking, the demand for ethicallyaware technologists, and the heightening of awareness of the legacy of traditional technologies.
In this context, from the perspective of cultivating human resources to support the industries
concerned with making things in a new age, the following improvements are planned in termsof a restructuring of subjects, including the creation of new subjects, and a reevaluation ofcontent.
(a) In terms of the objectives of subjects, consideration of environmental and energy mattershas been added to the existing objectives, and the primary function of the training oftechnologists has been clarified in terms of practical technology and an awareness of the needfor technological ethics(b) With regard to subject composition, from the perspective of the improvements outlined
above, the existing total of 60 subjects has been revised to a new total of 61 subjects.
Fundamentals of Manufacturing Technology; Topic-based Research, Practice, Drafting
Fundamentals of Industrial Mathematics, Fundamentals of Information Technology,
Fundamentals of Materials Technology, Production Systems Technology, English Terms in
Industrial

Technology,

Environmental

Industrial

Engineering,

Administration

MachineTechnology,

Manufacturing,

MachineFundamentals
Design,ofMotors,Mechatronics, Mechatronic Applications, Automobile Engineering, Car Maintenance,
Electricity Fundamentals, Electric Appliances, Electric Power Technology, Electronic
Technology, Electric Circuits, Electronic Measurement Control, Communications
Technology, Electronic Information Technology, Programming Technology, Hardware
Technology, Software Technology, Computer Systems Technology, Architectural
Structures, Architectural Construction, Architectural Structural Design, Architectural
Planning, Architectural Laws and Regulations, Equipment Planning, Air Conditioning
Equipment, Sanitation and Disaster Prevention Equipment, Surveying, Civil Engineering- 169 -

165

Construction,

Fundamentals

of

Civil

Engineering

Dynamics,

Civil

Engineering

Construction Design, Fundamentals of Social Engineering, Industrial Chemistry, Chemical
Engineering, Global Environmental Chemistry, Materials Manufacturing Technology,
Engineering Materials, Materials Processing, Ceramic Chemistry, Ceramic Technology,
Ceramic Industry, Fiber Products, Fiber and Dyeing Technology, Dyeing and Weaving
Design, Interior Planning, Interior Fittings, Interior Element Production, Design
Technology, Design Materials, and Design History.
(c) One subject, as below, has been newly created.
・ "Environmental Engineering Fundamentals": Sets out to cultivate abilities and attitudes
with a view to utilizing these in each field of engineering technology, by means ofenabling all students to learn and acquire the fundamental knowledge and skills
concerned with environmental engineering.
(d) In addition to (c), the subject below has been restructured.
・ With a view to strengthening the learning content concerned with computer systems, thesubject title of "Multi-Media Applications" has been changed to "Computer Systems
Technology".
c) Business○ In response to the growth of the service economy and globalization, to the rapid advance of
ICT, and to the advent of a knowledge-based society, improvements to the restructuring of
subjects, including the creation of new subjects, and to the reevaluation of content, are planned
as listed below, from the perspective of cultivating human resources (=people) richly imbued
with creativity and possessing the practical ability to implement a range of business activities
on their own volition and in a rational manner, who have a law-abiding spirit and an
entrepreneurial mentality.
(a) With regard to subject objectives, the background perspective is one of the diversificationof career paths among students. With this in mind, the main focus of improvements is on
establishing a link between study of the content of each subject within the Business subject
area and a particular job or profession. With this in mind, the essence of improvements has
been clarified as cultivating the ability to continue studying with a future job or profession inmind.
(b) With regard to subject composition, from the perspective of the improvements outlined
above, the existing total of 17 subjects has been revised to a new total of 20 subjects.
Business Fundamentals, Topic-based Research, Comprehensive Practice, Business- 170 -

166

Communication, Marketing, Product Development, Advertisements and Sales Promotion,
Business Economics I, Economic Activities and the Law, Business Economics II,
Bookkeeping, Financial Accounts I, Cost Accounting, Financial Accounts II, Management
Accounting,Information

Processing,

Business

Information,

Electronic

Trading,

Programming, and Business Information Management.
(c) The 4 subjects listed below have been newly created.
・ "Product Development": this subject aims to give students an experiential understandingof the flow of product development focusing on customer satisfaction as the goal;
specifically it aims to cultivate the ability to plan, develop and present new products.
・ "Business Economics I": the subject will enable students to grasp the basic theoreticalknowledge of micro- and macro-economics, aiming to equip them with the abilities andaptitudes they will need to respond on their own initiative to a service economy-oriented
society.
・ "Management Accounting": the subject will equip students with the knowledge andskills needed to make decisions by utilizing the information necessary for managementadministration, aiming to cultivate the abilities and aptitudes suitable for exploring
various business problems.
・ "Business Information Processing": this subject will equip students with the knowledge
and skills concerned with business information systems, aiming to cultivate the attitudes
and abilities suitable for appropriately introducing and administering computer systems.
(d) In addition to the points in (c) above, the following subjects will be restructured.
・ With a view to putting primary emphasis on the knowledge and skills required forcommunication within the office or with people from overseas, the two subjects,"English in Practice" and "Business Skills" will be combined into "BusinessCommunication".
・ As a result of categorizing and rearranging the contents of "Goods and Distribution" aswell as "Marketing", learning content that is primarily concerned with market
investigations and the distribution of goods will be systematically summarized in"Marketing", while in "Advertising and Sales Promotion", the main focus will be on
fundamental knowledge and skills concerned with advertising and the sales promotion of
goods.
・ With a view to putting primary emphasis on the basic knowledge and skills concernedwith the service economy, the name of "International Business" will be changed to"Business Economics II".
・ With a view to putting primary emphasis on the basic knowledge and skills concernedwith financial accounts, the name of "Accounts" will be changed to "Financial
Accounts".
・ With a view to putting emphasis on the ability to make a speedy response to changes in- 171 -

167

the criteria and laws concerned with financial accounts, the name of "Accounting
Practice" will be changed to "Financial Accounts II".
・ With a view to equipping students with the basic knowledge and skills concerned withelectronic trading utilizing information communication networks or with PR, the content
of "Document Design" will be changed to "Electronic Trading".
・ In principle, "Business Economics II" should be taken after completion of "BusinessEconomics I", and "Financial Accounts II" should be taken after completion of"Financial Accounts I".
d) Marine Products Industry○ On the one hand, there is a need for responses to be made to changes in the environment
surrounding the marine products industry, such as expansion of the global demand for marine
products, the administration of marine resources, a heightening of the need for a stable supplyof marine products, changes in the distribution pattern of marine products, changes in the needsof consumers, and so on. Against this background and on the basis of such factors as aheightening of international interest in marine matters, as seen in such points as multi-faceted
utilization of the oceans or questions of safety of the marine environment, the following
improvements are planned in terms of subject restructuring, including the creation of new
subjects, and reevaluation of the content, from the perspective of training human resources whowill be able to support the marine products industry and connected industries in a new age.
(a) In terms of the objectives of subjects, the main focus has been on changes in theenvironment surrounding the sea, and the primary purpose of the subject has been clarified
while incorporating learning material ranging over a wide area concerned with marine products
and the seas and oceans, including sustainable and effective use of fisheries and marine
resources, fish-eating culture, environmental conservation, and so on.
(b) With regard to subject composition, from the perspective of the improvements outlined
above, the existing total of 20 subjects has been revised to a new total of 22 subjects.
Marine Fundamentals; Topic-Based Research; Marine Information Communication;
Diving; Marine Industries; Navigation, Instruments; Operating Boats; Small Boats;
Marine Products Distribution; Marine Engines; Machine Design Construction; Electricity
Theory; Marine Environment; Mobile Communications Systems; Resource Propagation;
Marine Creatures; Manufacture of Food Products; Food Products Management; Marine
Sports; Fisheries and Marine Science; Marine Communications Technology.
(c) The two subjects listed below have been newly created.
・ "Marine Sports": The subject will aim to equip students, through the medium of marine
sports, with the knowledge and skills required to carry out a variety of activities on- 172 -

168

rivers and open water as well as implementing daily life activities smoothly and safely.
At the same time, it has the goal of cultivating attitudes conducive to a strict observanceof laws and good manners, and of making a contribution to preserving the safety of theseas.
・ "Marine Products and Ocean Science": Through advanced studies, on the basis ofknowledge and skills concerned with the subject, a wide range of topics concerned withmarine products and the oceans will be covered with the goal of cultivating necessary
abilities and attitudes in a scientific manner.
(d) The following subjects will be restructured
・ In the 2 subjects, "Electrical Engineering" and "Electro-Communications Theory", there
is a lot of content duplication in such areas as semiconductors, circuits, automatic
control, and so on, so they will be combined into "Electricity Theory".
(e) In addition to (c) and (d), the subjects below will be restructured.
・ With the aim of including more content concerned with the seas and oceans than in thepast and focusing on basic learning content concerned with fisheries products andoceans, the name of "Marine Products Fundamentals" will be changed to " Fundamentals
of Marine Products and Oceans ".
・ With the aim of dealing on a broader basis with information in a marine setting, thename of "Fisheries Information Technology" will be changed to "Marine Information
Technology".
・ With the aim of not limiting the content to fishing boats, but of dealing with ships andboats in general, the name of "Operating Fishing Boats" will be changed to "Operating
Boats".
・ With a view to clarifying learning content concerned with small boats, the title of "Boat
Operations" will be changed to "Small Boats".
・ With a view to dealing with ship-based LAN, including mobile communications using
satellites between ship and shore, data communications, fiber optic communications, andso on, the title of the subject "Communications Engineering", which previously covered
these matters, will be changed and 2 subjects will be formed. One will be "Mobile
Communications Engineering", dealing with the theory and fundamental instrument
manipulation of wireless communications, and one, "Marine Communications
Technology", dealing with wire-based communications, laws and regulations concernedwith communications matters, maintenance, and so on.
・ With a view to strengthening learning content concerned with the breeding andpropagation of fisheries products, the title of "Fisheries Aquaculture" has been changed
to "Resource Propagation", which will also incorporate the resource management ofcoastal fish.
・ With a view to dealing with the creatures that live in the seas and oceans of our world- 173 -

169

over a very wide range, the title of "Marine Creatures " has been changed to "Ocean
Creatures ".
・ While keeping fisheries food products as the foundation of this subject, with the aim ofclarifying the fact that, as the occasion demands, different kinds of food products will
also be dealt with, the title of "Manufacture of Fisheries Food Products" will be changed
to "Manufacture of Food Products".
e) Home Economics○ Against the background of a diversification of lifestyles, a growing percentage of elderly
people and a declining birthrate, the perspective is one of cultivating human resources(=people) who: 1) are able to respond to the demands of society taking such forms as a demand
for the promotion of food education; 2) have an accurate grasp of the needs of consumers
vis-à-vis lifestyle industries concerned with "human services" in the everyday living areas ofclothes, food and housing; 3) are equipped with the planning and management ability required
to undertake the necessary service provisions; and 3) are both aware of the legacy of traditional
lifestyle culture and can create new lifestyle patterns. With a view to responding to thisperspective, the following improvements are planned in terms of a restructuring of subjects,
including the creation of new subjects, and a reevaluation of content.
(a) With regard to subject objectives, improvements will clarify these in terms of cultivating
the attitudes and abilities considered necessary for workers in every field of the lifestyleindustry concerned with "human service", i.e. clothes, food and housing, and at the same time
cultivating the abilities and aptitudes that can contribute to traditional lifestyles and culture aswell as creating new patterns.
(b) With regard to subject composition, from the perspective of the improvements outlined
above, the existing total of 19 subjects has been revised to a new total of 20 subjects.
Lifestyle Industry Fundamentals, Topic-Based Research, Lifestyle Industry Information,
Consumer Lifestyles, Child Development and Care ・Education, The Culture of Children,
Lifestyle and Welfare, Living Design, The Culture of Clothing, Fashion Creation
Fundamentals, Fashion Creation, Fashion Design, Clothing Crafts, Food Design, Food Culture,
Cooking, Nutrition, Food Products, Food Product Hygiene, Public Hygiene.
(c) The subjects listed below will be restructured.
・ In view of the emphasis to be put on appropriately processing and utilizing information
by means of computer information networks in each branch of the lifestyle industry, thesubject name, "Home Economics Information Processing" is to be changed to "Lifestyle
Industry Information".
・ Aiming to equip all students with the knowledge and skills concerned with the health- 174 -

170

and welfare of the aged and with nursing care, and to train human resources (=people)
who can contribute sufficiently to heightening the quality of life of aged persons, and toproviding care and support to enable them to live independently in the community, thesubject hitherto named "Family Nursing Care and Welfare" will be renamed "Lifestyleand Welfare".
・ With the aim of having all students acquire knowledge and skills concerning thecharacteristics of development from early infancy to elementary school as well as
lifestyle patterns and care during this period, this subject sets out to train humanresources who will be concerned with community support for child upbringing and havethe ability to support the healthy development of children. With these aims in mind, thename of the subject will be changed from "Development and Child Care" to "TheDevelopment and Care of Children".
・ Interpreting from a very wide perspective the knowledge and skills concerned withchildren's games and the cultural treasures of childhood, the course "Child Culture",aiming to develop human resources who will be concerned with children, will berenamed "The Culture of Children".
・ The course, "Clothing Manufacture", will be divided into 2 course: one course, named"Fashion Creation Fundamentals", will aim to have all students acquire the fundamental
knowledge and skills concerned with clothing manufacture, aiming to develop theabilities and practice-oriented attitudes necessary to be able to select materials
appropriate for a particular design or purpose of wear, and to manufacture such clothing,while another course, "Fashion Creation", will enable students to develop and apply
their knowledge and skills, and develop abilities and attitudes required for high-leveltailoring and creative production of clothing, aiming to cultivate human resources whowill be concerned with the fashion industry and apparel industry.
f)

Nursing○ The following improvements to the subjects in this section, in terms of restructuring courses,
including the creation of new courses, and the reevaluation of learning content, will be madefrom the perspective of training human resources who can respond to such changes as theincreased sophistication of medical care, the growing age of patients and the increase in serious
illnesses, who have the ability to make high-level nursing judgments in such cases as physicalassessments and a thorough grasp of nursing skills concerned with safety managementadministration or safety issues concerned with medical appliances, and who are imbued with arich sense of humanity, including nursing ethics, communication skills and respect for

humanrights.
(a) With regard to subject objectives, since there is no change in the fundamental aims ofnursing education, these will remain as at present.

- 175 -

171

(b) With regard to subject composition, from the point of view of the improvements outlined
above, the existing total of 6 subjects has been reconstituted as 13 subjects.
Nursing Fundamentals, Nursing Fundamentals A, Nursing Fundamentals B, Nursing
Fundamentals C, Adult Nursing, Geriatric Nursing, Mental Health Nursing, Home Nursing,
Motherhood Nursing, Pediatric Nursing, Nursing Practice in situ, Utilization of Nursing
Information, and Integration and Practice of Nursing.
(c)

The following subject will be newly created.

・ "Integration and Practice of Nursing": this subject aims to integrate the knowledge andskills that students have learned in each branch of nursing with a view to being able toutilize the content in a clinical setting.
(d) In addition to the content of (c), the following restructuring will be carried out.
・ With the aim of strengthening the educational content in the subjects that form thefoundation of specialist learning in nursing, the content of "Medical Nursing
Fundamentals” will be categorized and rearranged into 3 subjects.
・ "Nursing Fundamentals A": the structure and functions of the human body, nutrition,
infection and iImmunity.
・ "Nursing Fundamentals B": the etiology of illness and the process of recovery,
medicines and pharmacology.
・ "Nursing Fundamentals C": mental health, lifestyle and health, the social security system
and welfare.
・ Against the background of a rising percentage of elderly people, with a view tostrengthening the educational content of the various specialist fields concerned, so as tobe able to respond in an appropriate manner to the variety of circumstances surrounding
this phenomenon, the educational content of the subject, "Geriatric and Adult Nursing"has been categorized and arranged into 4 subjects, namely "Adult Nursing", "GeriatricNursing", "Mental Health Nursing" and "Home Nursing".
・ In consideration of the specialist nature of the 2 fields, motherhood nursing and pediatricnursing, the educational content of the 2 fields has been respectively strengthened andrearranged, and the content of the hitherto existing field "Mother and Child Nursing" hasbeen reconstituted as 2 subjects, "Motherhood Nursing" and "Pediatric Nursing".
・ With a view to strengthening the content of nursing practice by means of practice in avariety of nursing situations, not limited to clinical nursing practice, the name of"Clinical Nursing Practice" will be changed to "Nursing Practice in situ"
・ With a view to strengthening the content concerned with cultivating the ability to utilize
information and information devices in all branches of nursing and medical care, thename of "Nursing Information Processing" will be changed to "Nursing Information
Utilization".

- 176 -

172

g) Information Study○ Against the background of change in the structure of the information industry, manifested insuch ways as the creation of a new information industry generated by advances in information
technology, the following improvements to the subjects in this section, in terms of restructuring
courses, including the creation of new courses, and the reevaluation of learning content, will bemade. The perspective will be one of training human resources who can respond to thediversification, differentiation and increased sophistication of human resources demanded by
the information industry, and are equipped with creative ability, the ability to carefully
consider questions, problem-solving ability, integrative ability, and an awareness ofprofessional ethics.
(a) With regard to subject objectives, clarification will be made of the main intention of thesubject area as being to train human resources who are able to respond to changes in the
structure of the information industry and to the diversification, differentiation and increased
sophistication of human resources demanded by the industry and are equipped with applied andadvanced knowledge and skills in each field of information study as well as with an awarenessof professional ethics.
(b) With regard to subject composition, from the standpoint of the improvements outlined
above, the current total of 11 subjects has been revised to a new total of 13 subjects.
The Information Industry and Society, Topic-based Research, The Expression andManagement of Information, Information and Problem Solving, Information Technology,
Algorithms and Programs, Network Systems, Databases, Development of Information
Systems, Information Design, Information Media, Media Editing and Expression,Development of Information Contents.
(c) The following 4 subjects will be newly created.
・ "Information and Problem Solving": in response to the demand for human resources
with a high level of information skills, this subject will aim to develop the ability toidentify and to solve problems, and the ability to act independently.
・ "Information Technology": in response to the demand for human resources with a highlevel of information skills, this subject will aim to equip students with the ethics andskills of information technology.
・ "Databases": in response to the demand for human resources with a high level of
information skills who are able to take responsibility for systems design and systems
management, this subject will aim to equip students with the knowledge and skills
concerned with databases.
・ "Information Media": in response to the demand for human resources with a high levelof information skills who are able to take responsibility for content production and- 177 -

173

transmission, this subject will aim to equip students with the knowledge and skills
required to understand the characteristics of many different kinds of media.
(d) The content of the following 2 subjects will be reconstituted and integrated into othersubjects.
・ "Information Practice": the various kinds of practice which presently constitute thecontent of this subject will be incorporated into the content of the different kinds ofspecialist subjects.
・ "Modeling and Simulation": the current content will be transferred to the new subject,"Information and Problem-Solving".

(e) Apart from the points referred to in (c) and (d) above, the following subjects will be
restructured.
・ In line with the priority to be attached to cultivating the abilities to express and manage
information, which constitute the basic abilities of high-level information specialists, thecourse, "Information Expression" will be renamed as "Expression and Management ofInformation".
・ In line with the priority to be attached to equipping students with the knowledge andskills concerned with algorithms in response to the demand for high-level information
specialists in systems design and management, the course "Algorithms" will be renamed
as "Algorithms and Programs".
・ In line with the priority to be attached to equipping students with the theory and skills of
information design in response to the demand for high-level information specialists who
can take responsibility for content production and transmission fields, the course"Computer Design" will be renamed as "Information Design".
・ In line with the aim of equipping all students with the theory and skills concerned withmedia editing and expression, in response to the demand for high-level information
specialists who can be responsible for content production and dissemination, the existingcourses, "Diagram and Image Processing" and "Multi-Media Expression" will be
restructured and integrated as "Media Editing and Expression".
・ In response to the demand for high-level information specialists who can takeresponsibility for content development and transmission, weight will be put on
cultivating abilities and attitudes conducive to content development and transmission,
while paying due attention to intellectual property rights, at the same time as utilizing
different kinds of media and software. With these points in mind, the course,"Multi-Media Expression" will be renamed "Information Content Development".

- 178 -

174

h)Welfare○ In the background, accompanying a rapid increase in the number of elderly persons and a
declining birthrate, are changes in the national consciousness vis-à-vis social welfare, as
manifested in the direction of support for independent living in the community and thediversification of welfare needs. In response to this situation, from the perspective of educating
human resources who can offer a variety of high-level welfare services, the following
improvements will be made in the subjects in this section, in the form of restructuring subjects,
including the creation of new subjects, and reevaluating content, paying due concern to such
points as the qualifications of registered nurse careers.
(a) With regard to subject objectives, since there is no change in the fundamental aims ofwelfare education, these will remain as at present.
(b) With regard to subject composition, from the point of view of the improvements outlined
above, the existing total of 7 subjects has been reconstituted as 9 subjects.
Human Beings and Society, Overview of Nursing Care, Communication Skills, Daily
Life Support Skills, The Nursing Care Process, Comprehensive Nursing Care Practice,
Nursing Care Practice, Mind-Body Mechanisms, Welfare Information Utilization.
(c) With regard to the composition of subjects, the following 3 subjects will be newly created.
・ "Daily Life Support Skills": this subject aims to have students acquire the knowledge
and skills to be able to offer support safely, utilizing appropriate nursing care skills, witha view to enabling the person receiving care to be able to move toward independence inaccordance with that person's physical state.
・ "The Nursing Care Process": this subject aims to cultivate the ability to develop thenursing care process, put forward nursing care plans, and offer nursing care services,with a view to integrating the knowledge and skills concerned with welfare as learned inother subjects.
・ "Mind-Body Mechanisms": this subject aims to cultivate the ability to offer
psychological and social care, as demonstrated by understanding of the structure and thefunctions and psychology of the human body, which form the foundation of nursing careskills, and the points to which attention has to be paid in order to offer services safely.
(d) Reconstitution and integration of subjects will take place as below.
・ With a view to strengthening the educational content in terms of a subject that forms the
specialist learning foundation of welfare, the content of 2 subjects, "Social Welfare
Foundations" and "The Social Welfare System" will be rearranged and integrated into
"Human Beings and Society".

- 179 -

175

(e)Apart from the points made in (c) and (d) above, the following subjects will be

restructured.
・ "The subject, "Nursing Care Fundamentals" will be renamed "Overview of Nursing
Care", and the content rearranged so that the subject can be grasped from the standpointof the daily lives of those being cared for, at the same time as enabling understanding of
the underlying thinking of nursing care.
・ The subject, "Social Welfare Support Skills" will be renamed, "Communication Skills",
and the content rearranged with the aim of enabling students to understand the basis andthe techniques of communication in terms of interpersonal skills and the nature of a
support relationship toward the person being cared for.
・ The subject "Social Welfare Practice" will be renamed "Comprehensive Nursing Care
Practice", and the content rearranged to make it a subject that provides comprehensive
learning concerning the necessary knowledge and skills of nursing care practice and thedevelopment of the nursing care process.
・ The subject "Social Welfare Practice" will be renamed "Nursing Care Practice", and thecontent rearranged to make it a subject that enables students to combine the knowledge
and skills concerning welfare that they have learned in other subjects, and acquire thepractical ability to offer nursing care services.
・ The subject "Welfare Information Processing" will be renamed "Welfare Information
Utilization", and the content rearranged so that it will cultivate the ability to record andaccumulate data that can be utilized in nursing care practice.
(f) There is a need to continue examination of the content that constitutes the subject "Welfare"on the basis of system reforms concerned with the creation of the status of Registered Nursing
Care Welfare Practitioner.
(b) Other subjects and subject areas concerned with specialist education○ With regard to specialist subjects and subject areas other than those covered by vocational
education, efforts will be made to utilize even more strongly the characteristics of the subjects
concerned (e.g. Science, Physical Education, Music, Art, English, etc.). Furthermore, from theperspective of further extending the interests, abilities and aptitudes of each individual student
in response to social change, it will be appropriate to implement various ways of improving
and strengthening the learning process,, such as establishing new subjects, making somecontent learning optional, and prioritizing aspects of learning, and at ways of reevaluating thelearning process with a view to enabling students to focus on independent and problem-solving
learning,- 180 -

176

⑭ Moral Education(i) Main Directions of Reform○ With regard to the subject-matter of Moral Education41 focusing primarily on the issues 42
deriving from it, weight will be put on cultivating in students, through the study of Moral
Education in elementary, lower secondary and upper secondary schools, a spirit of respect forhuman beings and reverence for life, and nurturing an attitude of healthy self-respect and theability to live independently and in cooperation with others, and to make a contribution tosocial development as a member of society.
Furthermore, efforts will be made to clarify, by school grade and level of schooling, themain points to be covered by Moral Education, on the basis of children's actual situation andthe issues they have covered in class as shown by such factors as their stage of development
and their developing interaction with society.
○ Given the substantial differences in the time allocated to Moral Educationin elementaryand lower secondary school, while the period spent in kindergarten and upper secondary school
will still be a matter for consideration, the priorities and characteristics of instruction inelementary school and lower secondary school will be clarified with a view to implementing
more effective education.
In upper secondary school, while there is no set time allocation for moral education, in a
rapidly changing society, in which phenomena such as a weakening of interpersonal links and alowering of a sense of awareness of social norms can be observed, education that aims tocultivate a sense of morality, in line with the stage of development of the children concerned,
and contributes to their growth as human beings will be taken forward.
○ Efforts will be made to strengthen the structure and system of taking moral education
forward from the perspective of aiming to strengthen the real substance of this area in terms of
the way in which the school as a whole grasps it.
In addition, at the same time as additionally promoting hands-on activities that contributeto the education of morality, efforts will be made to strengthen practical activities which enable
the school, the family and the local community tco work together in grappling this issue.
(ii) Specific items for improvement(a) With regard to the instructional content of Moral Education, one point that should beprioritized at every stage of development is the cultivation in children of a sense of autonomy
and independence, and an attitude of respect for life. At the same time, improvements will bemade in the area of clearly showing points to be prioritized in each grade and at each level ofschooling, from the perspective of cultivating such characteristics as basic everyday life habits,
an awareness of social norms, the ability to construct interpersonal relationships, an attitude of- 181 -

177

willingness to participate in society, and an attitude of respect for culture and traditions. In
particular, efforts will be made to clarify the responsibilities to be borne on the basis of thespecial characteristics of each subject, with Special Activities playing a leading role, throughpractical study involving such factors as roles and responsibilities in human relations andmembership of groups.
In addition, the content headings of Moral Education in each school grade and each level ofschooling will be made more easily understandable.
(b) In the area of the time spent on moral issues in elementary school, from the perspective ofensuring a thorough acquisition of responsibility for leading one's own life as well as the senseof moral values that forms the foundation of this, special attention will be paid in the lower
grades to ensuring continuity with what was learned in kindergarten. This will take the form,
for example, of emphasizing instruction that focuses on sensitivity and morality as forming thefoundation of learning and everyday life, as manifested in such forms as basic daily life habits,
judging the difference between right and wrong, observance of rules, and so on.
At lower secondary school level, emphasis will be put on instruction that takes account ofexperiences and developing human relationships, as exemplified by talking to and cooperatingwith people in the immediate vicinity, observing social and organizational rules and norms, andso on.
In the upper grades of elementary school, due consideration will be paid to including in theperspective continuity with the learning carried out in the lower grades, and emphasis will be
put on having hopes and dreams in one’s daily life, and on by such means as utilizing a wide
variety of experiences concerned with roles and responsibilities as a member of a social group,on understanding the standpoint of others and providing mutual support, and focusing more on
interaction with society and human relationships.
(c) In terms of the time spent on moral issues in lower secondary school, weight will be put on
instruction that aims to deepen self-awareness concerned with a way of living as a humanbeing that is backed by a framework of moral values, implemented from the perspective ofstrengthening instruction that gets students to look hard at their way of living as a human being
and their relationship with society, on the basis of a wide pattern of social interaction. In theprocess of doing this, a variety of different ways of learning will be taken forward, including
the focusing of attention on laws and rules, and on ways of interacting with society, learningthat involves looking at what lessons can be learned about ways of living from famous figuresin history or taking oneself as a theme and examining and debating what that "self" is.
It should also be noted that the system in lower secondary school is to have specialist subject
teachers, and emphasis will be put on developing patterns of teaching that involve cooperation
between grades and levels of schooling, utilizing the fact that instruction in different subjects isgiven by many different teachers.

- 182 -

178

(d) Looking next at upper secondary school, in order to ensure that Moral Education iseffectively implemented in all educational activities at this level of schooling, the priority
points and the direction of instruction at whole-school level will be clarified; at the same time,
improvements will clarify the role to be played by each subject, by Special Activities, and by
the Period for Integrated Study.
It is also important to clarify even more deeply the sense of self-awareness comprised inthinking about and discussing ways of existing and living daily life as a human being,
exemplified in such ways as the search for how to live an independent life as one member ofsociety. From this perspective, improvements will be made in the content of areas that form thecore of school instruction, such as "Ethics" or "Modern Society" ("Civics”), or "Home Room
Activities" ("Special Activities").
(e) Particularly in the case of learning concerned with rules and regulations, human relations,ways of living or other aspects of social independence, at the level of the higher grades of
elementary school or of lower secondary school, it is necessary, with a view to implementing
more effective instruction, to establish as a base a network of connections between teachers
responsible for Moral Education or for teaching concerned with morality in other subjects, andto devise teaching materials and forms of instruction such as dramatic role playing, whereby
expressive activities can be utilized in the classroom setting.
(f) From the perspective of aiming to form a morality-based view of life and the world, efforts
will be made to strengthen opportunities for students to express their own feelings or
judgments through, for example, reading or writing activities, thereby enabling them to make areality of their own moral growth through their own efforts.
(g) Against the background of a society that is witnessing the rapid spread of information
devices of all kinds, information morality will be treated, in accordance with the stage ofdevelopment of the students concerned, as a means of responding to the dark side of thegrowing information provision as seen in cyber bullying or slanderous and malicious
statements posted on internet bulletin boards.
(h) From the point of view of strengthening the real substance of Moral Education as an issue
that is tackled by a school as a whole, efforts are being made to promote open classes (i.e.
classes that are open to parents) in elementary and lower secondary schools and to create asystem, with the person designated as being in charge of moral education taking the lead,
whereby a specific action plan that can be effectively implemented is formulated.
(i) As experiential, hands-on activities that can contribute to the development of a sense of
morality in children, a variety of such activities will be promoted. These could take the form,
for example, at kindergarten level, of hands-on activities that enable young infants to feel a- 183 -

179

sense of reverence for life, in elementary school, of field trips involving group accommodationand contact with nature, in lower secondary school, of work experience activities, and in upper
secondary school, of voluntary activities.
(j) As with other school subjects, in the case of Moral Education too, the role of the family andthe local community is very important. Specifically, in the context of deepening all kinds ofschool education activities that involve linking the school, the family and the community, it isimportant to take forward, in the area of Moral Education, measures whereby the issue of
ensuring that students are versed in good manners and courteous living styles is positively
tackled in the home and the community.
⑮ Special Activities（i）Main Directions of improvement○ In the area of Special Activities,43 focusing primarily on the issues44 arising from this area,
the respective roles to be implemented within Special Activities, Moral Education and the
Period for Integrated Study will be clarified, and weight will be put on constructing a richpattern of school activities comprising positively oriented group activities and experiential
activities. At the same time, weight will also be put on utilizing the characteristics of Special
Activities to aim at cultivating social sensitivity and a public-spirited attitude, and on this basis,to develop in particular the ability to form good human relations, a willingness to participate insociety, and the ability to live independently. A fresh look will also be taken at objectives andcontent from the perspective of aiming to strengthen instruction in the practice of morality inthe course of living.
○ With a view to clarifying the aims and the significance of each part of the content of Special
Activities, the attitudes and abilities that are to be cultivated by the activities pertaining to eachpart of the content will be specified as the objectives of that part of the content within thecontent of the objectives of Special Activities as a whole.
○ At the same time as putting even more stress on independent, spontaneous activities bychildren, there is a need, in order to respond in a suitable way to the actual reality of children
and children's lives, to identify and clearly show content which is suitable for particular themesor for a particular grade or for the stage of development of the children concerned, and to maleprovision for prioritization in the course of instruction. In the course of taking such provisions
forward, it is necessary to devise materials and instructional methods which aim to establish
effective connections with the Period for Integrated Study and other parts of the curriculum.

- 184 -

180

○ There are many cases of children who lack self-confidence, who feel unsure about humanrelationships, and who are visibly in a situation in which they lack training in how to construct
the kind of human relationships that should be constructed. In response to this situation,
increased emphasis will be put on experiential activities that aim to heighten, through practice,
the ability to form relationships, discussion-type activities that aim at lifestyle improvement,
and group activities that involve contact with children of different ages.
With particular reference to experiential activities, emphasis will be put on activities thatenable children to look back on what they have felt or noticed in the course of carrying out theactivities, to put this into words and present it in the company of others.
(ii) Specific items for improvement
Elementary school(a) In terms of grade-based activities, the content will be comprised of how to adapt to ①
forming a way of life suitable for the school and the grade in question, and ② everyday living
and learning, as well as of matters concerned with health and safety. In addition, in order tofacilitate planned instruction that matches issues taken up within a particular grade group, orissues appropriate to the stage of development of the children concerned, the content to beprioritized in the lower, middle and upper grades will be clearly shown.
① With particular reference to grade-oriented or school-oriented lifestyle formation,
additional emphasis will be put on discussion-type activities aimed at forming a consensus
so as to form a better lifestyle for oneself, or on activities comprising the observance ofrules that each person has individually formulated. In addition, at the same time ascultivating eagerness on the part of children to get to grips with making a reality of a better
grade life, efforts will be made to heighten children's sense of awareness and responsibility
as a member of a group. Also, provision will be made to facilitate planned activities thatcomprise tasks allotted in turn to different members of the class, at the same time as
carrying out activities related to the perspective of emphasis on work.
② With reference to adapting to learning and everyday life or to health and safety matters,emphasis will be put on issues concerned with adapting to a group, such as the so-called"Elementary 1 Problem", and activities designed to equip children with social skills thatwill enable them to form better human relationships will be effectively incorporated. In
particular, efforts will be made to prioritize instruction by paying close attention, at the- 185 -

181

point of entry into elementary school, to continuity with kindergarten education, and in theupper grades, to ensuring continuity with the points in lower secondary education such asdevising a lifestyle for oneself.
(b) With regard specifically to the activities of the Children's Council, specific content will beshown from the perspective of emphasizing the cultivation of self-governing ability formed
through groupings that consist of children of different ages, taking the form of contributions togroups or discussion movements that aim at constructing a better school life by means of theirown efforts.
(c) With regard to club activities, improvements will be made in the form of showing specificcontent from the perspective of aiming to strengthen the cultivation of ability to constructbetter human relationships and an enjoyable school life. These goals are to be achieved throughactivities comprising the pursuit of interests common to many children as exemplified ingroupings of children of many different ages aimed at extending children's individuality.
(d) With regard to school events, it is important that at the same time as deepening the sense of
belonging to a group and the sense of solidarity among children, these also facilitate
interactions between school friends or local people, make children aware of the significance ofcooperation, and give them chances to really feel the essential nature and value of natural
surroundings and culture. On this kind of basis, efforts will be made to improve the content ofschool events from the perspective of providing group accommodation experiences in natural
surroundings, offering many different kinds of exchange experiences such as contact withchildren of different ages, and putting emphasis on cultural experiences.
Lower secondary school(a) Looking at school activities, these can be seen as comprising 3 areas of content:a lifestyle to suit the grade and the school,
health and safety, andcreating

promoting adaptability and growth as well as

lessons and future career paths. Within the context of implementing

these three content areas, emphasis will be placed, in line with the stage of development of thechildren concerned, on items concerned with raising the level of eagerness among children to
get grips with achieving the realization of a better school life through their own efforts,
enabling children to acquire good manners and a spirit of obedience to rules as members ofgroups and of society at large, cultivating desirable views of work and professional life, anddeveloping relationships comprising awareness of the way of living as a human being as well
as future autonomy and independence, and the content of all these areas will be rearranged and- 186 -

182

revised.
In addition, due consideration has to be given to the emotional problems of the age ofpuberty or problems of adapting to different social groups, as indicated by the catchphrase"lower secondary gap" (this is a phrase coined in Niigata Prefecture and taken up over thewhole country to indicate the sense of unease and disorientation felt by many children on
entering lower secondary school with the loss of familiar relationships, new types of classstructure, and so on, resulting in social problems such as failure to attend school regularly,
bullying, and so on). Against this background, efforts will be made to incorporate effectively
activities aimed at equipping students with social skills that they can use to construct a better
human society. In particular, priority will be given to ensuring appropriate guidance whichstresses continuity with elementary school, at the time of entry to lower secondary school.
(b) With regard to the activities of the "Pupils' Council", the specific contents will be clearlyshown from the perspective of the development of health, human relationships through various
kinds of group membership both within and outside the school, and the weight to be put on
cultivating a sense of responsibility and the ability to work autonomously to construct a betterschool life.
(c) With regard to school events, it is important, while continuing to deepen among children
the sense of belonging to various groups and solidarity with each other, to provide
opportunities for various kinds of human contact in school and in society at large, and to enable
children to really feel and respect what the concepts of living and working mean. It is also
necessary for children to come into contact with cultural artifacts from the point of view ofcontributing to the cultural legacy of Japan. On the basis of the various points made here,
improvements will be made to the content of school events from the standpoint of stressing
experiential activities such as work experience, volunteer experience, cultural experiences andso on.
Upper secondary school(a) Looking at home room activities, these can be seen as comprisingcreating a lifestyle to suit the home room class and the school,
growth as well as health and safety, and3 areas of content:

promoting adaptability andlessons and future career paths. Within the context

of implementing these three content areas, emphasis will be placed, in line with the stage ofdevelopment of the students concerned, on items concerned with raising the level of eagerness
among students to get to grips with achieving the realization of a better school life throughtheir own efforts. At the same time, from the perspective of wanting to promote social- 187 -

183

autonomy and independence on the part of students, priority will be attached to the following:
enabling students to acquire the manners and courtesies of social living and the manners andskills involved in obeying rules as members of groups and of society at large, cultivating
desirable views of work and professional life, and developing relationships comprisingawareness of the way of living as a human being as exemplified in planning a future life andcareer as a full human being. The content of all the relevant areas will be rearranged andrevised.
In addition, guidance will be strengthened with particular regard to the importance ofadaptation to school life and to social autonomy.
(b) With regard to the activities of a "Students' Council", specific contents will be clearlyshown in terms of putting weight on the cultivation in students of a sense of responsibility andthe ability to work autonomously, using their own efforts, to construct a better school life, as
well as of deepening relationships with local people and society at large from the perspectiveof stressing activities that contribute to society.
(c) With regard to school events, it is important, while continuing to deepen students' sense of
belonging to various groups as well as their sense of solidarity, to provide opportunities forexperiential activities that implant in students' minds the concepts of social autonomy andcontributing to society, as well as enabling them to feel respect for the significance of living
and working together with others in real society. It is also important that students acquire,through contact with cultural artifacts, a perspective of the historical legacy of culture and adesire to contribute to it. On the basis of factors of this kind, improvements will be made to thecontent of events from the perspective of emphasizing various kinds of experiential activities,
such as voluntary activities, work experience, and cultural experiences.
⑯ Period for Integrated Study(i) Main directions of improvement○ The basic aims of the Period for Integrated Study 45 can be defined as developing, in
response to severe social change, the ability on the part of children to engage themselves, using
their own resources, in identifying problem issues, studying them, forming independentjudgments about them, and in becoming more adept at finding solutions. In the light of theseaims, the abilities to carry out thinking processes, make judgments and engage inself-expression, will become more and more important in the "knowledge-based society" of ourtime.
In the "Period for Integrated Study", focusing primarily on the issues46 arising out of it,
there is a presumption that ensuring a firm acquisition of fundamental knowledge and skills,- 188 -

184

and utilizing the knowledge and skills acquired through learning activities will be covered inordinary subject teaching. On the basis of this presumption and while paying due consideration
to experiential learning, efforts will be made in the Period for Integrated Study to strengthencross-cutting, comprehensive learning and discovery-based activities that transcend theframework of separate subject teaching. Learning activities of this kind will nurture the ability
to think, make judgments and engage in self-expression, and at the same time, combine withsubject teaching in extending the ability of children and students in such ways as contributing
to ensuring that they have a firm grasp of fundamental knowledge and skills.
○ The time allocation for the Period for Integrated Study will be clearly specified in the
curriculum, and with a view to aiming to strengthen school instruction, guidance on the Period
of Integrated Study will be taken out of the general school Rules and Regulations and specified
afresh as a chapter heading.
○ In the time allocated for the Period for Integrated Study, we can see examples of theimplementation of education, in the form of supplementary study, focused completely on
learning specific subject-based skills, or examples of practical activities confused with matterssuch as preparation for Sports Day. Against this background, there is a need to improve thedisparities between schools and between school levels in terms of the actual state of getting togrips with the aims of the Period for Integrated Study. For these reasons, it was decided tosecure, as a basic precondition, a sufficient allocation of time for the thorough acquisition ofbasic knowledge and skills and their utilization, and to set out clearly the respective roles of the
Period for Integrated Study, individual subject classes, elective courses, and Special Activities.
There is also a requirement to make clear the abilities that are to be cultivated by means of the
Period for Integrated Study from the perspective of ensuring smooth liaison andcommunication between the different parts of the curriculum specified here. Furthermore, itgoes without saying that indispensable conditions for the appropriate implementation of the
Period for Integrated Study are the provision of information on effective case studies, creative
ingenuity on the part of teachers, and the establishment of conditions sufficient to ensure
training of the necessary human resources.
○ With a view to rectifying the duplication between schools in getting to grips with the issues
raised above, examples of learning activities at each school level will be revised on the basis of
the actual conditions of each school, paying due consideration to the respective stages ofdevelopment of the children concerned. Furthermore, by such means as the exchange of
information between neighboring elementary, lower secondary and upper secondary schools,
care will be taken to ensure liaison between school levels.

- 189 -

185

(ii) Specific items for improvement(a) With regard to the aims and objectives of the Period for Integrated Study, items common toelementary, lower secondary and upper secondary schools will be identified, and with a view tomaking clear to children the significance of these items in terms of learning and objectives,emphasis will be put on connections to actual society and actual real life, in such ways as
making efforts to identify problems in real life and finding ways of solving them. In addition,
additional clarification will be given of the need to use the time allocation of the Period forIntegrated Study to study in a cross-curricular, comprehensive way, issues which transcend theframework of single subject teaching, and to engage in discovery-type activities.
(b) With a view to rectifying the disparity between schools and levels of schools in terms oftackling the problems posed by the Period for Integrated Study, examples of viewpoints on
abilities that should be cultivated during this time period will be shown. In this connection, theviewpoints shown in the examples comprises matters concerned with methods of learning,
matters concerned with oneself, matters concerned with others and matters concerned withsociety as a whole.47(c) Details of the abilities to be cultivated and the content of the learning activities and theissues to be addressed will be clearly determined in each school in line with the actual situationof the children concerned, and there will be a clear evaluation of the skills with which children
are to be equipped.
(d) New learning activity examples to be added will include, for elementary schools, examplesof people's lives in the local community, traditions and local culture, and for lower secondary
schools, learning activity involving the world of work and future life planning.
(e) Consideration will be given in elementary schools, when the learning focus is concernedwith international understanding, to facilitating the implementation of learning activities that
include, in the form of problem-solving or experiential activities, investigations of the lifestyleor culture of overseas countries.
(f) In the context of information study in elementary schools, consideration will be given, when
the learning focus is concerned with information, to facilitating the implementation of learning
activities that include, in the form of problem-solving or experiential activities, receiving,accumulating, processing and transmitting information, as well as study of the ways in which
information influences everyday life and society.
(g) In lower secondary school, when learning concerning the world of work or future life
planning is being implemented, consideration will be given to facilitating the implementation- 190 -

186

of learning activities that include, in the form of problem-solving or experiential activities,
thinking on the part of each pupil about how their life is being lived.
(h) Emphasis will be put on learning activities that involve looking for solutions to problems incooperation with others, in such forms as teaching and learning from others or exchanging
opinions, and at the same time, on analyzing, through the use of language, summarizing andexpressing the solutions to problems as well as on discovery-type activities. In this connection,
provision will be made to bring together, at the end of lower secondary school studies, theresults of study in that school, in the form of an essay report.
(i) It is necessary to ensure that in every school, learning activities in the Period for Integrated
Study are more appropriately implemented than at present, by such means as putting sufficient
frameworks in place, such as supplying information resources about effective case studies ortraining human resources who can act as coordinators, or by strengthening support for suchmeasures as utilizing the educative capability of communities.
(j) Improvements will also be made in the area of taking forward inspections and evaluations
so as to ensure, on the basis of instruction and guidance from the local board of education, thatin each school, in accordance with the spirit and aims of the Period for Integrated Study,
learning activities are being appropriately carried out, with reference to organized,
whole-school involvement, the system and planning of instruction in the school,
implementation conditions, and so on.
（3）Specially supported education (Special Education Needs)(i)Main directions of reform○ With regard to specially supported education,48 focusing primarily on the issues49 arisingfrom it, efforts will be made to improve curriculum criteria from the point of view of
implementing appropriate education and necessary support in response to the educational needsof every individual child with a handicap. The background is comprised of the following threefactors: ① social change and the diversification as well as the growth in severity and in
multiple handicap among children with handicaps; ② the creation of a system of specially
supported schools which can provide education in response to the classification of multiple
types of handicap; and ③ the systematization of specially supported education inkindergartens, elementary schools, lower secondary schools and upper secondary schools.
(ii) Specific items for improvement- 191 -

187

① Specially supported schoolsa) Educational objectives○ The objectives of specially supported schools will be clearly shown in the Courses of Studyon the basis of revisions in the School Education Law.
b) Autonomous activities○ The contents of autonomous activities can be classified into 5 categories (maintenance ofgood health, psychological stability, grasp of surroundings and the environment, physicalmobility, and communication), and 22 headings can be shown under these categories. With aview to further strengthening appropriate guidance corresponding to many different types of
disability, including increasing severity or multiple handicaps in a period of social change,
autism, LD (learning disabilities)50, ADHD (Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder)51, and soon, many new headings will be incorporated into the contents, including ones corresponding tointeraction with others, understanding the intentions and feelings of others, understanding
oneself and regulating behavior, participation in groups, awareness and the characteristics ofcognition, and so on.
○ As a new category to be added to the existing 5 categories, "formation of humanrelationships" will be created, and related headings will be put in place.
○ In the area of autonomous or self-help activities, clear indications will be given in improved
guidance that evaluation is to be carried out on the basis actual practice, and together with this,the order and procedures for carrying out teaching planning will be made more easily
understandable.
○ At the same time as taking even further forward self-initiated activities on the part ofchildren, clarification will be given concerning ways in which guidance can be given to enable
children to carry out activities more easily in such ways as arranging their own environment or
seeking help from other people when this is necessary.
c) Instruction of children with severe and multiple handicaps○ In the case of a person suffering from 2 or more disabilities (multiply handicapped person),provision will be made to enable a more flexible curriculum to be formulated.
○ Within the framework of a whole-school, organized response, clarification will be given on
implementing a pattern of instruction which of course arranges for appropriate education to begiven through the cooperation of a number of teachers, and also, as occasion demands, utilizes
the advice and wisdom of many different specialists, including doctors, nurses, physicaltherapists, occupational therapists, language hearing specialists and psychologists.
○ Clarification will also be given concerning visiting education to be given by teachers who- 192 -

188

make home or hospital visits to give education to children, in the form of sowing how
ingenuity and creativity can be used to improve teaching methods and content in line with theactual situation of individual children.
d) Subjects in specially supported schools providing education to mentally handicappedchildren○ With regard to the content of individual subjects, more easily understandable indications will
be given on how to carry out an evaluation of content on the basis of the actual state of children
and in the light of social change.
○ In the upper sections of specially supported schools, a new specialist subject called"Welfare" will be created with content that provides basic content concerned with welfare; thischange was motivated by the desire to continue to take forward the vocational education of
students on the basis of their actual condition and of their entry into the world of work after
graduating from high school.
○ On the question of the kind of instruction or guidance that is to be given, further clarification
will be given on how to devise ways in which children can utilize in their actual daily lives theknowledge and skills that they acquire in schools.
e) Vocationally oriented subjects○ Necessary reevaluation will be carried out in respect of specialist subjects in the upper
sections of specially supported schools on the basis of such factors as social change andcontemporary advances as well as recent developments concerning the employment of people
with disabilities.
○ With regard to subjects concerned with vocational areas, further emphasis will be put on
experiential learning involving practical, workplace-based learning, and further clarification
will be given in the area of efforts to liaise with local communities and the local industrial
world, and on the positive efforts by companies to utilize specialists from outside the company.
○ On the question of career guidance, while continuing efforts will be made to liaise with
relevant organizations, there will be a strengthening of career guidance given at an early stage
with the aim of enabling students to make their own, self-motivated selections about what
career path suits each of them.
f) Improvements to methods of instruction○ Improvements will make clear, on the basis both of more effective and efficient individual
subject instruction being achieved by the utilization of information devices, and of the planningof individual instruction, the necessity for more effective instruction using ingenuity in lesson- 193 -

189

planning and group formation.
○ With regard to particular points to be noticed in kindergarten and to points to be considered
in terms of individual subject instruction in elementary, lower secondary and upper secondary
schools, a reevaluation will take place on the basis of such factors as the characteristics ofparticular disabilities and the changes in the social environment surrounding children.
g) Planning instruction for individual children○ At present, instruction in self-generated activities as well as instruction for children withmultiple handicaps is treated in the context of the planning of individually oriented instruction,
but in order to take forward more effectively

instruction that is appropriately geared to themulti-faceted reality of individual children, the preparation process of individual instruction
planning including the points to be considered in respect of each individual subject will bemade clear.
○ With specific regard to such planning, clarification will be given in terms of utilizing in
instructional improvements the results of evaluation carried out on the basis of actual practice.
h) Planning of individual educational support○ At present, efforts are made to raise the level of effectiveness of instruction by means of
ensuring close liaison with families, child welfare institutions, medical institutions, and so on.
Efforts will be made to take this liaison process even further forward, including the family,
welfare, medical and child care facilities, employing organizations and so on, and clarification
will be given aimed at formulating individual educational support plans designed to implement
educational support to meet the individual needs of each child, and at ways of utilizing theseplans.
○ Clarification will also be given, in connection with formulating individual educational
support plans, on how to take forward further efforts to involve families.
i) Functions appropriate to specially supported education centers○ At present, efforts are being made to arrange for functions appropriate to specially supported
education centers to be carried out in respect of educational advice and counseling in thecommunity. These efforts will be intensified, and in order that such functions can be carriedout, the following measures will be specified as curriculum-related headings.
○ As a result of demands from kindergartens, elementary schools, lower secondary schools andupper secondary schools, clarification will be given to the effect that necessary advice andsupport will also be offered to children with disabilities and their parents.
○ Clarification will be given to ensure that while efforts will continue to get roles appropriate
to specially supported education centers carried out in the community, advice is offered at an- 194 -

190

early stage, while liaising with appropriate organizations, so that parents of children with ahandicap are given the chance to receive advice and counseling from an early stage.
○ Clarification will be given on establishing a system within schools for tackling the issues
raised here in an organized fashion.
○ Clarification will also be given on setting up connections with other specially supported
schools as well as with kindergartens, elementary schools, lower secondary schools and upper
secondary schools.
j) Exchange programs and joint learning○ With regard to exchanges and joint learning carried out with children in kindergartens,
elementary schools, and lower and upper secondary schools, efforts will be made to implement
these at an early stage in an organized, planned, and continuous fashion, on the basis of athorough examination of the content and methodology in relation to the educational needs ofboth parties involved in such exchanges or joint learning.
k) The ICF perspective○ An accurate grasp of children's actual condition, effective liaison with relevant organizations,and consideration for environmental factors will be incorporated from the standpoint of aiming
to strengthen still further instruction which has autonomy and social participation as its
objectives on the basis of the thinking comprised in the ICF (International Classification of
Functioning, Disability and Health)52 concept.
l) Raising the level of specialist teacher competence and establishing a framework ofeducational conditions○ With a view to raising the specialist level of teachers in specially supported schools, a rangeof measures will be taken forward, including the promotion of acquisition of teacher licenses
by teachers in specially supported schools, and a strengthening of training courses at national
and prefectural level as well as in-school training courses.
○ In order that specially supported schools can carry out the role of a center for specially
supported education in a given locality, there is a need to take forward revisions in the numberof staff needed.
② Specially supported education in kindergartens, elementary schools, lower secondary
schools and upper secondary schoolsa) Specially supported classes and instruction in standard classes in elementary and lower
secondary schools- 195 -

191

○ The following improvements are planned with a view to ensuring that all teachers offer
education uniformly to children in specially supported classes and standard classes inelementary and lower secondary schools, and that such instruction can be implemented in theschool as a whole.
・ With regard to the formation of a special curriculum for specially supported classes andspecially supported children in standard classes, measures to facilitate the constructionof such a curriculum will be incorporated into the provisions of the Courses of Study forspecially supported schools.
・ It will be specified that the establishment of a support system within a school must be
accompanied by whole-school involvement.
・ Efforts will be made to formulate individual instructional guidance with a view toenabling the preparation of individually tailored lesson plans based on an accurate
assessment of the actual condition of each individual child.
・ With a view to ensuring appropriate support for every individual child, efforts will bemade to formulate individual educational support plans and to utilize these, as necessary,in the context of the importance of liaison with the families of children concerned andrelated organizations.
b) Strengthening instruction in standard classers (for non-disabled children) inkindergartens, elementary schools, and lower secondary and upper secondary schools○ It has been pointed out that about 6% of the children in standard classes in elementary andlower secondary schools are suffering from LD (Learning Disabilities), ADHD (Attention
Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder) or other afflictions. In this situation, it is necessary to ensurethat the disability characteristics of these children are sufficiently well understood, and thatthey are given appropriate instruction in each of the specialist subjects. With this in mind, thefollowing improvements are designed to strengthen understanding of the children's disabilities
and the appropriateness of the instruction given in all schools, including kindergartens andupper secondary schools.
・ Clarification will be given of provisions to ensure that necessary measures areappropriately taken in response to the disabilities of individual children. Examples ofthese are measures to implement the preparation, as the conditions require, of individual
educational support plans and individual instruction plans in respect of children withdisabilities who are currently enrolled in standard classes in kindergartens, elementary
schools, lower secondary schools and upper secondary schools. Instruction methods
used in specially supported schools or specially supported classes will serve as reference
points.
・ In view of the very significant effect that the implementation of appropriate instruction
from a very early age has on subsequent education, efforts will be made to strengthen- 196 -

192

support for children with disabilities who are enrolled in kindergartens, including
consideration of the newly established "centers for early childhood education and care".
Furthermore, the policy of strengthening guidance to deal with children with disabilities
in kindergartens will be reexamined.
・ At the stage of late secondary education, in the light of the importance of providing
appropriate education for pupils with disabilities and of implementing the necessary
support, a reexamination will also be made of policies for strengthening guidance andinstruction to be given that corresponds to the actual state of disabilities in children inupper secondary school.
c) On utilizing center-type functions○ When functions whereby a specially supported school takes on the role of a local community
center for specially supported education, implementing support to meet the demands ofkindergartens, elementary and lower secondary, as well as upper secondary schools, great
results are expected in the area of taking forward education that corresponds to the children's
needs. With this in mind, efforts will be made to utilize functions analogous to those of acenter, even in standard kindergartens, elementary and lower secondary, as well as upper
secondary schools, by constructing within schools a system that can provide appropriate
guidance and necessary support to children with disabilities.
d) Exchanges and joint learning○ With regard to exchanges and joint learning involving children with disabilities and those
without disabilities, efforts will be made to implement such projects in an organized, plannedand continuous fashion after sufficient examination to ensure that the contents and themethodology correspond to the educational needs of both kinds of children.
○ On the basis of the belief that it is important for children without disabilities to deepen theirunderstanding and knowledge of children with disabilities, strengthened guidance will aim todeepen this knowledge and understanding.
e) Raising the specialist level of teachers and improving the conditions of the educational
environment○ In order to raise the quality of teachers in specially supported education, policies will be
implemented to raise the level of teachers in specially supported schools by means of theconditions for acquisition of the required teaching certificate, and to strengthen the content ofstudy training carried out on a national and prefectural level as well as within schools.
○ With a view to implementing appropriate instruction geared to the disability of an individual
child, it is necessary, at the same time as making improvements to the set number of teaching- 197 -

193

staff, to take forward detailed measures relating to the educational environment, from thestandpoint of promoting specially supported education, such as raising the specialist level of
educational staff, including support staff working within specially supported education,
making even more use of outside specialists such as school counselors, school doctors, and soon, and modifying equipment and facilities so as to make a barrier-free environment.
1

Infant education is very important in that it cultivates the foundation of human character formation,
which will last throughout a person's entire life. Kindergarten education structures the environment in aplanned way and enables the child to accumulate experiences through daily living with a primary focus
on play, and implements comprehensive guidance geared to each individual child. Furthermore, theCourses of Study for Kindergarten stipulate the content of kindergarten education, and show the "aims"
in terms of the feelings, desires and attitudes that are expected to be cultivated in the infant by the end of
his or her time in kindergarten; also shown as "content" are key headings denoting the experiences that
infants will have with a view to achieving these aims and the guidance that teachers will give. The"aims" and "content" can be divided into the following 5 categories from the perspective of infantdevelopment: "health", "human relationships", "environment", "language", and "expression". There are
15 "aims" and 50 items of "content" shown.
With regard to the relationship between kindergartens and nurseries, efforts continue to be made up
to the present time to integrate the educational content found in the Courses of Education for
Kindergartens and the Care Guidelines for Nurseries, and in fiscal 2005, Centers for Early Childhood
Education and Care were newly created. More work needs to be done from now on in taking forward thelinks between kindergarten and nurseries.

2

With regard to kindergarten education, the following issues can be cited.
・ The nature of child upbringing has changed in recent years. Among the problems that have been
identified are the following: a lack of basic habits of daily living, confused food life, weakening ofself-control and a consciousness of social norms, lowering of physical motor ability, lack ofcommunication ability, inability to adapt to life in elementary school.
・ In the broader social context of a lowering of the educational ability of families and communities
as the result of social change, there is a need to take away the unease that many parents feel aboutchild upbringing, to enable parents to feel the joy of caring for a child, and to utilize the functionsof kindergartens so as to offer support for child rearing with the aim of making better childupbringing a reality. The number of kindergartens that will "look after a child after a hours" is also
increasing, and these institutions are called upon to exercise their educational functions as
kindergartens.

3

In the subject, Japanese language, the aim, through elementary, lower secondary and upper secondary
school, is to cultivate the ability to express oneself appropriately in Japanese and to have an accurate
understanding of the language as well as heightening the ability among children to convey things toeach other. At the same time, the education also aims to cultivate thinking and creative ability, to equip
children with a rich sense of language awareness, and to develop in children an attitude of respect for
the Japanese language. In order to realize these aims, the content of the teaching is composed of"language items" such as the four areas of "speaking and listening", "writing" and "reading", aknowledge of Japanese kanji and the rules of language, transcribing, and so on, so that through themedium of concrete language activities corresponding to the stage of development of the children
concerned, their abilities in Japanese are developed

4With regard to Japanese language, the following issues can be cited:・ From the results of international ability surveys, a decreasing trend in reading ability has been
identified. Specifically, problem areas are found in the interpretation of sentences and documents,
reasoned deliberation and evaluation, questions concerned with the form of written statements.
・ In the results of the Survey on the State of Curriculum Implementation, the percentage of correct
answers overall is increasing, but problem areas can be identified in respect of questions to do withformal writing. When children are able to express their own feelings comparatively freely, thepercentage of correct responses rises, but when it comes to reading sentences deeply and- 198 -

194

understanding them analytically, and then composing a logical written statement on the basis of
their understanding, the percentage of correct responses decreases. At upper secondary schoollevel, there are also problem issues concerned with developing familiarity with and having theability to read classical writing, as well as with understanding the rules of literary language and theJapanese reading of Chinese characters.
・ From the results of investigating specified issues, it is clear that children have a thorough grasp ofkanji (Japanese ideographs) which are used in everyday life and have a high usage frequency, butthere is a problem in terms of an insufficient grasp of kanji which have a low level of frequency
usage or which are only used within a very narrow range.
・ With regard to respect language, data from opinion surveys carried out by the Cultural Affairs
Agency shows that over 80% of respondents make frequent mistakes in their usage of respectlanguage, and there is a need to enable children to make appropriate use of respect language in thecourse of their daily lives.
5

Through the teaching of Social Studies in elementary and lower secondary schools, and of History andGeography as well as Civics in upper secondary schools, it is hoped that the following aims can beachieved: to give children an awareness of themselves as citizens of Japan, including equipping themwith an interest in Japanese and global phenomena, enabling them to consider these from many different
angles, developing an attitude and an ability conducive to making fair judgments, giving them anunderstanding of the history and geography of Japan, and of the spirit of international cooperation; it ishoped in these ways to develop abilities and qualities that will enable children to live autonomous lives
in international society. In order that these aims can be realized, children in elementary school, in linewith their progress through school grades, study content concerned with topics such as local society andthe land, industry, history and politics of Japan, and in lower secondary school, make a systematic studyof the differentiation of the three areas of Geography, History and Civics. At upper secondary schoollevel, their study is divided into Geography and History on the one hand and Civics on the other, andspecialist awareness is emphasized through the study of World History, Japanese History, Geography,
Modern Society, Ethics, Politics and Economics.

6

The following problem issues can be cited:・ An examination of children's learning situation shows that they are insufficiently equipped withbasic knowledge and concepts. Attention has also been drawn to the need to emphasize applicationof the knowledge and skills learned.
・ In the current Courses of Study, relatively little attention is paid to culture within the various fields
making up Social Studies in lower secondary school or Civics in upper secondary school, and there
are calls for a strengthening of education concerned with the traditions and culture of Japan.
・ In Social Studies in elementary school, the basic knowledge provided about overseas countries isinadequate, and in the geographical sections of Social Studies in lower secondary school, study islimited to 2 or 3 case studies of selected countries, while in the historical sections, there is very
little content concerned with world history. On the basis of these points, there are demands for astrengthening of content concerned with world history and geography.
・ In the context of changes in the form that the socio-economic system should take, as exemplified
by the development of globalization and deregulation as well as the increase in the role of laws andregulations, it is important to equip children, who will bear the burdens of society in the future,with the ability to create new things and to turn their attention toward the formation of a better
society, and to enable them to participate positively and of their own volition, in society and toseek solutions to problem issues.

7

In Arithmetic in elementary school and Mathematics in lower secondary and upper secondary school,
the aims are to give children, through the medium of arithmetical and mathematical activities, athorough grounding in knowledge and skills concerned with quantities and diagrams, as well as
equipping them with the ability to think and express themselves in mathematical terms. At the same time
as being engaged in this learning process, children will develop an attitude of wanting, of their own
volition, to apply what they have learned. With the object of realizing these aims, the content of teachingat the different levels of schooling will be composed of the following key items: ① in elementary
school, "number and calculation", "quantity and measurement", "diagrams" and "quantitative- 199 -

195

relationships"; ② in lower secondary school, "numbers and numerical expressions", "diagrams", and"quantitative relationships"; and ③ in upper secondary school, of the following 7 subjects: "BasicMathematics", "Mathematics I", "Mathematics II, "Mathematics III", "Mathematics A", "Mathematics
B", and "Mathematics C".
8

The following problem issues can be cited:・ No decreasing trend can be identified in the acquisition of basic calculating skills either from theresults of the Survey on the State of Implementation of the Curriculum or from those ofinternational surveys of ability. However, problem issues have been identified in such areas asunderstanding of the meaning of calculations. In addition, children's ability to apply the knowledge
and skills that they have learned in everyday life is insufficient.
・ According to the results of the Survey on the State of Implementation of the Curriculum or fromthose of international surveys of ability, problem issues were identified in terms of the following:interpretations of matters or aspects of things in mathematical terms, solving problems by utilizing
mathematical ways of thinking or looking at things, and expressing one's own thinking inmathematical terms.
・ As a result of the investigation of specific issues, the importance of problem-solving instruction interms of specifying concrete aspects to be solved, and of continuous instruction in calculation
spanning several grades has become clear.
・ With regard to arithmetical and mathematical activities, instruction which tackles aspects ofquantity and diagrams through by including practical, hands-on activities is gradually increasing,but there is still a need for further development of practical studies and for further clarification of
the aims of activities.
・ In the PISA survey, the percentage of children who were interested in studying Mathematics was
below the international average, while the percentage of those who felt uneasy about Mathematics
was higher than the average. In the TIMSS survey too, the percentage of those who thought they
enjoyed studying Arithmetic or Mathematics was lower than the international average.
・ On the question of whether children liked or disliked Arithmetic / Mathematics, there was a
noticeable decline from Grade 6 in elementary school through Grade 1 in lower secondary schoolof those who said they liked it.
・ The issue has been raised of the need to heighten awareness of the significance and usefulness ofArithmetic / Mathematics and the role that Mathematics plays in society at large, and there are also
voices that say that it is necessary to nurture feelings of self-respect and autonomy based on
confidence gained through a feeling of achievement at having solved a particularly stubborn andtricky problem.

9

In Science at all levels of schooling, i.e. in elementary, lower secondary and upper secondary school,
the aims are stipulated as being to familiarize children with the natural world, to heighten their interestin natural objects and phenomena, to enable them to carry out observations and experiments with aconscious objective in mind, and to enable them to carry out investigations in a scientific way. At thesame time, instruction should aim to deepen understanding of natural events and phenomena, andcultivate a scientific way of looking at and thinking about things. With the object of realizing these aims,
the content of teaching at the different levels of schooling will be composed of the following subjects.
① in elementary school, "Living creatures and their environment", "Matter and energy" and "The earthand space"; ② in lower secondary school, "matters concerned with Physics and Chemistry" in "Field
No. 1" and "matters concerned with Biology and Earth Science" in Field No. 2; and ③ in upper
secondary school, "Science Fundamentals", "Comprehensive Science A", "Comprehensive Science B","Physics I", "Physics II", "Chemistry I", "Chemistry II", "Biology I", "Biology II", "Earth Science I",
and "Earth Science II".

10

As problem issues, the following can be cited.
・ Compared to other subjects, the desire on the part of children to study Science is high, but the levelof consciousness that attaches a high value to it is low, and the existence of this gap is a problem
issue. If we look too at international comparisons, we can see that among Japanese children,
eagerness to study Science is relatively low compared to the children of other countries.
・ It has been suggested that against the background of a low level of interest in science among- 200 -

196

people generally, a fresh look needs to be taken at science education from the perspective of
making it something in which children will have a continuing interest throughout the whole oftheir lives.
・ Comparing the experiences that children have now with those in past times, the current situation isthat nature-based experiences and hands-on, experiential experiences, which constitute thefoundation of science, have become rarer.
・ In the Survey on the State of Implementation of the Curriculum, it is possible to see that thepercentage of correct responses to problems posed in the past has risen, but that basic knowledge
and understanding are insufficient in the case of content such as balance in the case of leverage,
collisions, the structure and functioning of the human body, conservation of mass in the case of achange in the state of matter or a chemical change, the lives and classification of plants, and so on.
・ In the Survey on the State of Implementation of the Curriculum, the ability to think and express
oneself in scientific terms was insufficient when it came to problems such as making inferencesand deductions, or problems concerned with assigning a meaning or giving an explanation toaccompany the establishment of a connection; a problem involving the interpretation of a graph; orof having to consider what was happening part way through an experiment. In the PISA survey too,"recognizing a scientific question" was relatively problem-free, but there were problem issues with"explaining a phenomenon in scientific terms".
11

In Life Environment Studies in the lower grades of elementary school, the close and immediate
environment of the children is used as learning material, with the aim of "cultivating a foundation for
independence" through specific activities and experiences. With this aim in mind, the content iscomposed of 8 areas: ① school and everyday life, ② the home and everyday life, ③ the local
community and everyday life, ④ using publicly owned things and public facilities, ⑤ the changing
seasons and everyday life, ⑥ play using natural objects and man-made things, ⑦ looking after plants
and animals, and ⑧ my own growth.
12

As problem issues, the following can be cited.
・ According to surveys of specially designated schools, learning activities and experiences end whenthe experience or activity ends, and there is insufficient guidance aimed at qualitatively enhancing
what the children have acquired or noticed during the activity or experience.
・ There is a tendency for expressive activities only to aim at the end result, and guidance that utilizes
the characteristics of children of this age to identify thinking and the act of expression and to getthem to look back on and think about the activity or experience does not take place.
・ There is a need to strengthen guidance aimed at heightening children's intellectual curiosity andcultivating a scientific way of looking at things and thinking about them.
・ In a context of widening fears about safety and security in children's daily lives, safety education is
being strengthened, and there is a fall in the number of opportunities to make contact with natural
phenomena. Against this background, the importance of experiential activities in learning about
the awesome nature of life or natural phenomena needs to be emphasized.
・ Given the reality as shown in "Elementary Program 1", that that there are children who havedifficulty in adapting to school life, attention has been drawn to the need to establish concrete lines
of communication between kindergartens and elementary schools.

13

In "Music" in elementary school and lower secondary school, and "Art (Music)" in upper secondary
school, the common aims, pursued through a wide range of activities involving expression andappreciation, are to develop a fondness for music and sensitivity in musical matters, to extend children's
basic abilities in musical activities, and to cultivate a rich fund of esthetic sensitivity. With the goal ofachieving these aims, the content in elementary, lower secondary and upper secondary school consists of
2 fields: "A. Expression" and "B. Appreciation". In elementary and lower secondary school, "A.
Expression" consists of "Singing", "Instrumental music" and "Composition"; the items for individual
guidance differ between elementary and lower secondary school. In upper secondary school, the content
consists of the three fields of "Singing", "Instrumental music" and "Composition".
14

There are calls for action in respect of the following issues.
・ Heightening esthetic sensitivity, cultivating the ability to engage in a range of processes involving- 201 -

197

thinking, making judgments and engaging in self-expression, enabling familiarity with music in a
way that will last children all their life, enabling children to savor musical culture, and developing
attitudes of using the richness of music in society and daily life.
・ In the context of cultivating skill in musical expression and ability in expression, putting emphasison making children aware of sounds and music and getting them to understand by putting their
sensitivity to work.
・ There is a tendency for a bias to be seen toward singing activities, and the situation is one in which
there is insufficient learning of other areas of expression and of appreciation, so there is a need tostrengthen composition and appreciation.
・ Children should be enabled to develop a love of the musical culture of Japan, and to feel andunderstand its good points, while at the same time developing an attitude of respect for the cultureof other countries. With these points in mind, there is a need to strengthen familiarization withJapanese songs, which have been passed down through the ages, and with traditional Japanesemusic.
15

In the Courses of Study for Music in elementary schools, as a way of familiarizing children with theway in which the positive aspects of Japanese musical culture have been passed down through the ages,
4 traditional songs are listed for each grade. Children in the lower and middle grades of elementary
schools must deal with 3 out of the 4 pieces, while children in the higher grades deal with 2 out of the 4.
It should also be noted that in the Courses of Study of 1989, common teaching materials in the formof songs and in the form of materials for appreciation were specified for elementary and lower
secondary schools, but in the revisions of 1998 to the Courses of Study, ut was decided, from the pointof view of promoting the originality of each school and of developing many different kinds of musicalactivities which utilized the actual situation of schools and local areas, that appreciation materials usedin common elementary school as well as appreciation materials and songs used in common in lower
secondary school should no longer be specified.
16

In "Art and Handicraft" in elementary school, "Fine Arts" in lower secondary school, and "Art (FineArts, Crafts)" in upper secondary school, the common aims, pursued through a wide range of activities
involving expression and appreciation, are to develop a fondness for art and a sensitivity in artistic
matters, to extend children's basic abilities in sculpting and creative activities, and nurture a rich fund of
esthetic sensitivity. With the goal of achieving these aims, the content in elementary, lower secondary
and upper secondary schools will be composed of "A. Expression" and "B. Appreciation". Looking in
more detail at "A. Expression", it is composed in elementary school of "Fun Molding Activities(molding play)" and "Pictures and 3-D models, making whatever you want to make"; in lower secondary
school of "Pictures, Sculptures, etc." and "Design, Industrial Arts, etc.); and in "Fine Arts" in upper
secondary school of "Paintings and Sculpture", "Design" and "Expression through Visual Media", while"Crafts Production" comprises "Production of Industrial Arts and Crafts" and "Production of Actual
Products".
17

There are calls for action in respect of the following issues.
・ Putting children's sensitivities to work and cultivating in them the ability to engage themselveswith a range of processes, engaging in expression and appreciation of works of art while
exercising their ability to think, make judgments, and show creative ingenuity.
・ Aiming to improve guidance and instruction that utilizes children's interests with the aim ofenhancing their ability and aptitudes while raising the level of their interests.
・ Enabling familiarity with the arts in a way that will last children all their life, getting children toutilize art in society and their daily lives, and cultivating a rich fund of artistic sensitivity.
・ Strengthening guidance and instruction in appreciation in such ways as getting children to use as afoundation what they have felt and understood, and enabling them to discover meaning in theirown way while putting a high value on their thoughts and ideas.
・ Using guidance and instruction in the culture of Japan to heighten children's interest in the long
historical legacy and the creation of this culture, and enabling them to understand the culture of anumber of overseas countries.

18

The aim of "Art (Calligraphy)" in upper secondary school is to develop in students, through pursuing- 202 -

198

a wide range of activities, feelings of fondness for calligraphy and sensitivity toward it, to heighten theirability in transcribing and to nurture a rich fund of esthetic sensitivity. With the goal of realizing thisaim, the contents comprise "A. Expression" and "B. Appreciation". More specifically, "A. Expression" iscomposed of 3 fields, "Calligraphy written in a mixture of kanji and kana", "Calligraphy written only inkanji", and "Calligraphy written only in kana". In elementary and lower secondary school, calligraphy iscovered by instruction in transcription within "Japanese language".
19

There are calls for action in respect of the following issues.
・ With a view to forming a rich and fruitful life, enabling children to utilize their creative abilities
and to express their own thoughts in calligraphic forms.
・ Enabling children to savor the goodness of artistic culture and become familiar with calligraphy,
and cultivating an attitude of wanting to enrich society and daily life through the use ofcalligraphy.
・ Working to ensure a smooth transition between the study of transcription in elementary and lower
secondary school and calligraphy.

20"Seal-engraving" denotes carving or engraving kanji (Japanese ideographs) into the material used,either stone, wood or some other material, using as the form of kanji the oldest written form, known as"tensho".
21"Kokuji" (Seal carving) denotes the carving of kanji into prepared wood, and also denotes thefinished product.

22

In "Homemaking" in elementary and upper secondary school, and "Industrial Arts and Homemaking"in lower secondary school, the common aim, pursued through practical and experiential activities, is todeepen children's understanding of the connections between everyday life and technology, to enable
them to acquire the knowledge and skills needed in daily life, to cultivate the ability to devise and create
living patterns, and to nurture a practical attitude and an eagerness to construct a better society. With thegoal of realizing these aims, the curriculum at the various levels of schooling is constituted as follows.
・ "Homemaking" in elementary school has 8 content items, all of which emphasize everyday
activities that are part of life, for example, "Home life and the family", or "Interest in food".
・ In "Industrial Arts and Homemaking" in lower secondary school, in the Industrial Arts field, there
are 2 content areas: "A. Technology and making things", and "B. "Information and computers". In
the "Homemaking" field, there are also 2 content areas: "A. Daily life independence and clothes,
food and housing" and "B. The family and home life".
・ In upper secondary school, students must take 1 subject selected from: "Family fundamentals","Comprehensive study of the family" and "Daily life technology".
23

There are calls for action in respect of the following issues.
・ Developing the practical ability to pursue a better life, on the basis of an overview of future life
patterns and with attention focused on the links between self and the family, and between thefamily and society.
・ Study of child upbringing, focusing on the desired pattern of the family and on personal relations
within the family, also on autonomous daily living, and at the same time, study of knowledge andtechniques required to make contact with and live together with others.
・ Promotion of food life and consumer education.
・ Strengthening education aimed at enabling students. from the point of view of constructing asustainable society, to establish a lifestyle that pays attention to resources and to the environment,
and at the same time, developing the ability to evaluate and administer different technologies usedin society, such as the efficient use of energy and forestry resources.
・ Developing the ability to support the manufacture of products in Japan and the ability to utilize
safely the required technology.

24

In "Physical education" in elementary school and "Health・Physical Education" in lower and upper
secondary school, the aims, pursued through enabling understanding of exercise as well as promoting
health and safety, and through rational and practical exercise, taking the body and mind as a single unit,- 203 -

199

are the following: to develop the abilities and qualities conducive to positive familiarization with
exercise and sport; to raise the level of practical ability needed to maintain and improve good health andphysical strength and stamina; and to cultivate an attitude of being able to manage a rich and cheerful
daily life. With the goal of realizing these aims, the main content of the curriculum is as follows.
・ In "Physical Education", movement of the body, gymnastic exercise, athletic competitions (athletic
exercise), swimming, ball games (exercise using a ball), martial arts (only in lower and upper
secondary schools), dance (expressive movement) as well as knowledge concerning these various
forms of exercise (only in lower and upper secondary schools).
・ In "Health", development of the functions of the mind and the body and health of the mind,
prevention of injury, prevention of disease, health and the environment, and the ways to develop
and maintain a healthy lifestyle.
25

In "Physical Education", attention is drawn to the following points, on which action is called for.
・ There is a polarization between those children who practice exercise and those who do not.
・ There is a continuing serious problem of a decline in children's physical strength and stamina.
・ Examples can be found of insufficient efforts to cultivate abilities conducive to a familiarity withsport that will last children throughout their lives, as exemplified in interest in exercise andeagerness to engage in exercise and sport of one's own volition, awareness of the pleasure and joyof various forms of exercise, and the basic skills that are fundamental to exercising and knowledge
about these.
・ Doubts have been raised as to whether there are not children who select options without any
learning experience.
・ and in "Health", the points are the following..
・ In future, there will be an even stronger requirement for people to collect information to enable
them to manage their own health, to make judgments and to act accordingly, and with these points
in mind, there is a need for greater systematization of the content of "Health", aimed at cultivating
the abilities and aptitudes necessary to improve appropriate management of one's own healththrough the whole of life.
・ Given that attention has been drawn to confused lifestyle habits even among children in the earlyyears of elementary school, there is a need for improvement in the content of learning about healthin these years, including examination of the appropriate age at which such learning should begin.

26

Physical ability is composed of physical strength and stamina combined with exercising skills. Whileknowledge denotes the interactive connection between exercising skills and such factors as eagerness
and thinking ability, it is something with which a child needs to be equipped, and there is a requirement
for instruction which is able to strengthen the importance of knowledge through the process of acquiring
skills in exercising.
27

At present, in the upper grades, the content is composed of "exercising to strengthen the body","gymnastics", "athletics", "swimming", "ball exercises", as well as "expressive movement".
28

At present, the health area of Physical Education in elementary school is constituted, in the middle
grades, of living a healthy lifestyle and physical growth and development, and in the upper grades of
avoidance of physical injury, mental and emotional health as well as avoidance of illness.
29

At present, the field of "Health and Physical Education" in lower secondary school is composed ofthe development of physical and mental health and health of the heart and mind, health and theenvironment, prevention of injury, healthy lifestyles and prevention of illness.
30

At present, the subject, "Health", within the subject area of "Health and Physical Education" in upper
secondary schools, consists of modern society and health, health throughout life, and social living andhealth.
31

In "Foreign Language" in lower secondary school and upper secondary school, the aims, pursued
through the study of foreign languages, are to deepen understanding of language and culture, to develop
an attitude of positive eagerness to engage in communication, and to cultivate practical communicative- 204 -

200

abilities in areas such as listening and speaking. With the goal of achieving these aims, the main areas ofcontent are: "Language Activities", ""Handling Language Activities" and "Language Materials"; on thebasis of the stage of development of the pupils and students concerned, foreign language ability iscultivated through concrete language activities. For example, in lower secondary school, instruction in"Listening" and "Speaking" is prioritized, and overall, "Listening" can be termed comparatively good.
At upper secondary school level, "Reading" can be termed as comparatively good in terms of, forexample, appropriately grasping an overview and central points.
32

The following points can be cited as issues requiring attention.
・ Accompanying the rapidly advancing globalization of society and the economy, it is no longer
sufficient simply to be able to understand foreign languages; training in the ability to "produce andtransmit" in the form of communicating one's thoughts to the other party is becoming increasingly
important.
・ The fact is that the present situation is one in which, in lower and upper secondary school, students
are inadequately equipped with the ability to use basic vocabulary and sentence structures incommunication, and their ability to write a sentence with coherent content is also inadequate.
・ Compared to attitudes toward other subjects, the number of students who think that English isimportant and that it will be of use to them in daily life and society is comparatively large, but as
students rise up through the school grades, there is a discernible decrease in the number of those
who like English. In lower secondary school, the percentage of those students who do notunderstand what they are learning is comparatively high compared to other subjects.

33

From the perspective of striking a balance in teaching between the 4 language skills and ofcultivating a basis in foreign language learning that will serve students in upper secondary school andbeyond, it is possible to think of adopting the following goals as prioritized items: "to be able to listen to
and understand English spoken at normal speed when the content is what has been taught in Grade 3 oflower secondary school", "to be able to write a coherent speech about an assigned theme", "to be able toread English sentences of a reasonable length and have an overview of the main points" and "to be able
to write a coherent English sentence in a short space of time".
34

In "Information Study" in upper secondary schools, the aim, through study of the knowledge andskills necessary to utilize information and information technology, is to cultivate a scientific way oflooking at and thinking about information, to enable students to understand the influence of informationand information technology and the role they play in society, and to develop in students abilities andattitudes conducive to responding on their own initiative to the growing advance and pervasiveness of
information devices. With the goal of realizing these aims, the curriculum consists of 3 subjects,"Information A", "Information B" and "Information C", and students must take at least one of these.
35

Action is called for on the following issues.
・ With a view to linking knowledge and skills resulting from the application of information as wellas information devices, transmission networks, software, and so on, to real-life uses in life andwork, there is a need for emphasis on instruction designed to ensure that each individual students
is firmly equipped with the ability to utilize information in order to enable that student to respondas an individual to the rapid changes in society.
・ In a context in which considerable teaching time is devoted to prioritized learning of information
technology, comprising such things as methods of manipulating information devices, there is aneed for the strengthening of instruction aimed at cultivating the ability to apply information forsuch purposes as communication, the ability to select, process and transmit information on aself-motivated basis, and the ability to engage in creative thinking and make rational judgments of
the kind that are indispensable to identifying and solving problems.
・ In a context in which we have seen the multiple occurrence of crimes resulting from the use of
information communication networks, further additional strengthening of instruction aimed atdeveloping basic attitudes concerned with the appropriate application of information, including
information security in such areas as prevention of damage through the net, information morality,
the protection of intellectual copyright and so on, is required.

- 205 -

201

36

The 3 perspectives of information are: practical ability to utilize information, a scientificunderstanding of information, and an attitude of wanting to participate in the information society.
37

The subject areas concerned with vocational education taught on specialized courses are as follows:
agriculture, manufacturing, business, marine products industry, home economics, nursing, information
study and welfare. Various subjects are comprised within each of these subject areas. For example, in
agriculture, there are "Fundamentals of Agricultural Science", Fundamentals of Environmental Science,
etc.; the total number of subjects is 29, and they are specified in Appendix 3 of the School Education
Law Implementation Regulations.
38

As the background to issues of concern, economic globalization, changes in the industrial structureaccompanying internationalization and deregulation, the growing sophistication of industrial society
accompanying the information revolution, internationalization and the spread of the information society,and changes in the employment structure resulting from the diversification of employment patterns can
all be cited. As a result of these various factors, the expectations of the industrial society of Japan and ofJapanese firms toward specialized upper secondary courses have changed, and the skills and abilities
required of students on these courses have also changed. Moreover, given the changes in the
consciousness of upper secondary students and the increasing differentiation of career aspirations, withthe advent of the "age of universal university entrance", appropriate responses are called for so that the
selection of career paths can be encouraged on the basis of a much clearer awareness of objectives thancurrently exists.
39

Specifically, the objectives as listed in the regulations are as follows.
・ Fundamental Law of Education, Article 2 (educational objective): "to emphasize connections withjobs and professions".
・ Fundamental Law of Education, Article 21 (objectives of compulsory education): "to cultivate
fundamental knowledge and skills concerned with jobs and professions, and the ability to lay due
weight on the world of work as well as to select a future career path corresponding to individual
aspirations".
・ School Education Law, Article 51 (objectives of upper secondary schools): to cultivate, as
objectives aspired to by upper secondary school education: "a rich sense of humanity", "theacquisition of specialized knowledge, techniques and skills", and "an attitude of wanting tocontribute to the development of society".

40

The situation of those graduating from upper secondary courses is as follows. in 1996, 12.2%
proceeded to university or some other institution of higher education, but by 2006, the figure had risen
to 19.8%; also in 1996, 58.2% entered employment, but by 2006, the figure had fallen to 48.9%.
41

In order to cultivate citizens of Japan with a sense of self-awareness, using such means as specificallyembedding in the course of daily life a spirit of respect for humankind and feelings of awe and respect
for life, Moral Education sets as its objectives the cultivation of a moral sense in such forms as a spiritof morality, the ability to make judgments, and practical eagerness and attitudes. These objectives are
implemented in schools through a range of educational activities.
・ In elementary and lower secondary schools, while efforts are made to maintain close connections
between Moral Education and the educational activities in every subject, with the time slot
allocated to Moral Education as the central pivot, the objectives of Moral Education are to deepen
awareness of moral values (plus, in lower secondary school, the pattern of living as a humanbeing), and to cultivate practical moral values. In terms of the main content of Moral Education, all
the subjects are grasped from 4 perspectives, namely "self", "relationships with others","relationships with nature and sublimity" and "relationships with groups and society". The numberof subjects varies by grade as follows: elementary school, Grades 1 and 2: 15 subjects; Grades 3
and 4, 18 subjects; Grades 5 and 6, 22 subjects; lower secondary school, 23 subjects.
・ In upper secondary school, emphasis is placed on cultivating through school educational activities
as a whole, the way of living as a human being, with the main focal point being Civics andhomeroom-based Special Activities.
42

Action is called for on the following issues.

- 206 -

202

・ Looking at the present state of children's growth, attention has been drawn to the fact that within aframework consisting of changes in the environment by which children are surrounded, a loweringof the educational functions of the family and the community, and a decrease in hands-on
experiences, a number of trends can be identified, all of which are indicative of a weakening ofchildren's mental and emotional vitality. Specifically, these include inadequate feelings of respect
for life, a weakening of feelings of self-respect, insufficient acquisition of basic lifestyle habits, alowering of awareness of social norms, and a weakening of the capacity to form interpersonal
relationships. There are also calls for greater emphasis on developing an attitude of eagerness toparticipate in society.
・ Regarding the time allocated to Moral Education, effectiveness does not increase as a result of
formalization of instruction, and children are less good at taking things in as they rise through theschool grades.
・ It has been pointed out that priority points in moral education are difficult to identify on the basisof levels of school and grades, that instruction permeating educational activities as a whole andlinks between subjects including Moral Education are inadequate, and that some of the content isdifficult for teachers to understand and difficult to teach.
・ At upper secondary school level, it is stipulated that education concerning patterns of living should
permeate school education as a whole, but it has been pointed out that instruction that consciously
tries to do this is inadequate.
・ The system and framework surrounding moral education needs to be strengthened, and there isalso a need to take forward closer unification of the roles of the family and the local community.
43

At all 3 levels of schooling, elementary, lower secondary and upper secondary, the common aim
stipulated for Special Activities, to be pursued through approved group activities, is to infuse richness
into grade (home room) and school life, and at the same time, to cultivate a practical, self-reliant attitudeof wanting to construct a better society. With the goal of realizing this aim, the content of "Special
Activities" in elementary school is composed of 4 elements, namely grade activities, children's activities,
club activities and school events. In lower secondary school and upper secondary school, the content iscomposed of 3 elements, namely grade activities (in upper secondary school, home room activities),
student society activities, and school events.
44

The following issues have been cited as requiring attention.
・ The strengthening of special activities is deeply intertwined with the degree of satisfaction andenjoyment felt about school life, but on the other hand, it has been pointed out that the linkage
with the cultivation of children's abilities and qualities is insufficient.
・ In terms of the articulation between different levels of schooling, problems have been indicated in
the area of adaptation to group life or a different form of school in what have been termed the"Elementary Grade 1 problem" and the "Lower Secondary Grade 1 gap".
・ Against the background of changes such as the growth of the information society, urbanization, adeclining birthrate and an aging society, and so on, a number of problems stand out, including
inadequacy of lifestyle experiences, a weakening of interpersonal relationships, inadequacy interms of willingness to work in groups and of the ability to discuss problems and seek solutions,and a lowering of the awareness of social norms. Inability to construct meaningful humanrelationships and insufficient cultivation of social sense through meaningful group activity has also
been observed.
・ With regard to Special Activities as a whole, the overall objectives are shown, but separate
objectives for each area of content are not shown. In this situation, it has been pointed out that
there is a lack of clarity about what is to be achieved by certain activities, and duplication ofactivities with those carried out in the Period for Integrated Study.
・ Even within Special Activities, looking at learning activities or homeroom activities, which play afundamental role within Special Activities, it has been pointed out that because the content ofactivities covering the 6 years of elementary school is presented in summarized form, it is difficult
to carry out appropriate activities corresponding to a particular grade or stage of development. In
addition, because in lower secondary and upper secondary school, content is presented in acomprehensive way, it is difficult to concentrate resources on areas of content that should beprioritized.

- 207 -

203

45

It is stipulated that the main purpose of the Period for Integrated Study, in elementary school, lower
secondary school and upper secondary school, is to implement educational activities, in line with theactual situation of each locality, each school and the children concerned, utilizing creativity andingenuity and learning activities based on children's interests, and dealing with learning activities in across-sectional, comprehensive way. As specific aims, the following 3 points are specified: (1) tocultivate the abilities and qualities required to identify problem issues for oneself, to study and think
about these, to make autonomous judgments, and to reach a better solution; (2) to equip children withways of studying and ways of thinking, to cultivate abilities whereby they can engage of their own
volition in problem-solving and discovery-type activities and engage themselves in creative projects,
and to get them to think about their own ways of living (in upper secondary school, ways of being andways of living), and (3) to establish integrative connections between the knowledge and skills learned in
the Period for Integrated Study and those in each subject area, in Moral Education and in Special
Activities, and to enable children to utilize the connections in life and learning, and make them work in
a comprehensive way. It is on the basis of these purposes and aims that in every school, objectives,content and the qualities, abilities and attitudes to be developed are established.
46

As points requiring attention, the following issues may be cited.
・ Looking at the actual current state of the Period for Integrated Study, we can find on the one hand,examples of schools in which it has been a great success, but on the other hand, cases can also be
observed where the basic mission and concept of the Period for Integrated Study have not been
sufficiently realized. Examples can also be found of duplication in tackling issues between
different kinds of schools, where the same kind of learning activities are being carried out in bothelementary and lower secondary schools.
・ With a view to improving this situation, it is necessary, at the same time as clarifying the aims of
the Period for Integrated Study, to examine the abilities that it is desired to cultivate (the abilities
with which children should be equipped) and the way of setting out the learning activities.
・ Cases can be found of schools in which the Period for Integrated Study is used for education aimed
at having children acquire subject knowledge and skills, carrying out what is in effect remedial
instruction, or using the time for preparations for the school Sports Day, mixed up with practicalwork. In this situation, it is necessary to straighten out the links with individual subjects, to put thelinks with elective subjects at lower secondary school level in order, and to rectify the connections
with the content of Special Activities.

47

As examples of abilities that might be cultivated from the 3 viewpoints shown, i.e. matters concernedwith methods of study, methods concerned with oneself, matters concerned with others and with society
as a whole, the following might be eligible for consideration.
・ matters concerned with methods of study: the ability to accumulate and analyze information; theability to make an easily understandable presentation.
・ matters concerned with oneself: the ability to make a decision of one's own volition; the ability tothink for oneself about the kind of lifestyle that one should be adopting.
・ matters concerned with others and with society as a whole: the ability to cooperate with others insolving problems; an attitude of participating in society with a view to solving problem issues.
・ If the kinds of abilities outlined here are made more specific, for example, in an activity concernedwith investigating environmental problems taking a local river as the target, the following mightserve as examples.
・ matters concerned with methods of study: gather some creatures that live in the river and comparethem with creatures found in another river, analyze the results and present them in the form of agraph or diagram.
・ matters concerned with oneself: take a fresh look at one's own lifestyle, take decisions concerning
the immediate environment around oneself and act accordingly, for example, by not throwing
rubbish into the river and by trying to use less water.
・ matters concerned with others and with society as a whole: carry out an investigation while
cooperating with other children, talk and listen to other people while investigating, cooperate withother people in the community by participating in activities aimed at keeping the river clean.

- 208 -

204

48

The curriculum of specially supported schools consists of courses in a number of divisions
corresponding to kindergarten, elementary school, lower secondary school and upper secondary school(there is a special, independent division for the education of those who are mentally handicapped), andin addition, of various "autonomy activities" in the form of fields which have the objective of improving
and overcoming the many kinds of difficulties that have their origin in disability. Furthermore, with aview to implementing education that is geared to the actual state of the disability concerned, various
special examples of curricula have been established.
The curricula in the specially supported elementary and lower secondary divisions are governed by
Courses of Study applicable to those divisions, but in cases where this is especially necessary, special
curricula can be produced. In such cases, it is stipulated that the Courses of Study for specially
supported divisions are to be used as reference points, and curricula that correspond to the actual
conditions drawn up. In addition, specially supplemented education may be given, depending on thenature of the disability, as a special form of instruction (instruction through autonomy activities, and soon) in special locations (classrooms for specially supplemented education), and special curricula can bedevised either in addition to the standard curriculum or in place of some part of it. In such cases, thesupplementary or replacement curricula are drawn up by taking the Courses of Study for specially
supported schools as reference points. With regard to children with a disability who are enrolled inmainstream classes in kindergarten, elementary school, lower secondary school or upper secondary
school, special instructional content and instruction methods can be devised to meet the actual needs ofthe situation.
In addition, in order to be able to implement appropriate education to meet the needs of children
with multiple handicaps, the name of "schools for the blind, the deaf and the otherwise handicapped", asthey were known up to that time, was changed to "specially supported schools" in order to enableeducation to be targeted by disability at children with multiple disabilities.
49

Topics concerning specially supported education on which action is called for are as follows:・ In the elementary and lower secondary departments of specially supported schools, as of fiscal
2006, 42.8% of children were registered as having multiple handicaps (75.3% of the physicallyhandicapped children in specially supported schools), a sign of the growing prevalence of severe
and multiple handicaps and of the diversification of handicap; there are calls for detailed
strengthening of instruction geared to the needs of each individual child, utilizing the system of"specially supported school" so as to be able to target children with multiple handicaps.
・ In the context of taking forward specially supported education in local areas, there are demands for"specially supported schools" to utilize their specialist expertise by carrying out the role of a local
center for special education support in response to demands from kindergartens, elementary
schools, lower secondary schools and upper secondary schools.
・ Finding employment in firms and elsewhere for graduates of specially supported schools remains adifficult problem, and there are demands for improvements in vocational education and career
guidance for these students, while trying to maintain contact with firms and other employment
organizations.
・ It is stipulated that specially supported schools should draw up plans for implementing appropriate
support to meet the individual needs of children with handicaps, while maintaining contact withorganizations in the field of welfare, medical care, health and labor, and questions have been raised
about how effectively these plans are utilized.
・ It has been shown that there may be about 6% of children with LD (Learning Disabilities) or
ADHD (Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder) or similar, in ordinary elementary and lower
secondary schools. There is a requirement to provide appropriate instruction and necessary support
for children with disabilities, including children with LD and ADHD, in kindergartens, elementary
schools, lower secondary schools and upper secondary schools.
・ There are calls for more intensified promotion and more effective implementation of exchanges
and joint learning activities involving children with and children without disabilities.

50

Fundamentally, LD "Learning Disabilities" does not mean that overall cognitive development isdelayed; it indicates various signs of noticeable difficulties in the learning and utilization of specificabilities, i.e. listening, speaking, reading, writing and calculating or reasoning.

- 209 -

205

51

ADHD (Attention Deficit / Hyperactivity Disorder) is a behavioral disability characterized by animbalance in age or development in terms of attentiveness and/or impulsiveness and hyperactivity, andcauses functional hindrances to social activities and studies.
52

ICF (International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health) is a classification which has
the function of recording the state of functioning of human life and disability, and is composed of thestate of health, mental health, physical health, activity and participation, environmental factors andindividual factors. It was adopted by WHO (World Health Organization) in 2001.

- 210 -

206

9. Educational Measures to Secure Time for Teachers to Interact withChildren○ As has been shown in the narrative up to this point, when we talk about making a reality of
the concept of “zest for living”, We are talking about the requirement to tackle the task ofenriching and strengthening on a whole-school level a wide range of issued, including thefollowing: providing guidance and instruction geared to the level of understanding and ability ofeach individual child; learning activities that utilize knowledge and skills in the form ofobservations and experiments, and writing reports and essays; and hands-on activities such as
workplace experience projects.
In order that these aims can be realized, it is necessary for teachers to have time to interact
with children. To ensure that this is so, it is important, from the perspective of securing asufficient number of teachers, to revise the criteria that define the set number of teachers. Thereis also a requirement to construct a system of utilizing human resources from outside the schooland enlisting the support of the whole community. Furthermore, it is necessary to utilize
interaction time with children effectively and efficiently by such means as the improvement ofteaching methods and the strengthening of textbooks.
In ways such as these, there is a need for central government and local governments tocooperate in respect of firming up the conditions that constitute the infrastructure of educationsuch as the disposition of teachers, the provision of textbooks and teaching materials, school
facilities and equipment, and so on. These points need to be emphasized in the context of theformulation of "The Basic Planning of Educational Promotion", newly determined by thegovernment on the basis of the regulations in Article 17 of the Fundamental Law of Education.
It also needs to be mentioned that while deepening liaison with the surrounding
community, schools should take care to utilize effectively both time and human resources, since
the question of whether or not schools are able to provide the detailed instruction and guidance
that responds to the individual needs of each child depends on the organizational capacity of theschool. Confirming the status of the school management in the person of the school principal
and other senior staff, and heightening the overall organizational capacity of the school are
important issues in terms of educational administrative support.
(1) Improvement of the set number of educational personnel○ Improving the set number of teachers is more necessary than anything else in the context of
securing sufficient teacher time for teacher interaction with children. In particular, within aframework of enhancing school organizational capacity, it is important, in order that a school206- 211 -

can implement detailed instruction geared to children's individual needs, to carry out suchmeasures as strengthening the school management structure through supervisory educational
personnel, and reducing the administrative burden on teachers at the same time as enriching andstrengthening guidance and instruction geared to ability-graded, small-group teaching, andstrengthening and enriching specially supported education. From perspectives of this kind,
improvement in the necessary set number of teachers is an issue of urgency.
And on the issue of confirming academic ability, it is necessary, in the case of an increasein the yearly total of class teaching hours, to take forward improvements in the instructional
system, beginning with revisions in the set number of teachers.
(2)

Specific measures to secure time for teacher interaction with children

Utilizing outside human resources○ As well as improving the set number of teachers, it is also important, as a means of securing
teacher interaction time with children, to utilize human resources from outside the school insuch ways as strengthening responses to the so-called "Elementary 1 Problem" or failure to
register at school or strengthening specialist subject teaching in the higher grades of elementary
school.
Lessening the administrative burden on teachers○ While continuing to safeguard the number of class teaching hours, it is indispensable, if
schools and teachers are to be enabled to carry out their fundamental role and mission
adequately in such ways as specialist subject teaching and student guidance, to reduce theadministrative burden on teachers.
○ With this aim in mind, in addition to the improvement of teaching personnel by such means as
the apportionment of administrative personnel, it is also necessary to create many different
patterns of providing support for teachers by creating a system to link schools and thesurrounding community, and to carry out such measures as external contracting ofadministrative duties.
It has also been pointed out that the quantity of administrative work in such forms as
surveys to be carried out by the school, has increased. There is a need to take a fresh look atwhether such surveys are really necessary within the area of educational administration,
including MEXT, and at the same time, it is to be hoped that by utilizing ICT and devising new207- 212 -

implementation methods in terms of the period of survey implementation and the time spent on
surveys, the administrative burden on schools can be reduced.
○ In an environment in which the situation of children has changed and the demands fromparents and society have become more diverse and sophisticated, the work of teachers has also
become much more multi-faceted. Against the background of the diversification of values insociety as a whole, it has been pointed out that the number of occasions on which teachers are
required to give explanations of the pattern of school instruction in respect of children's
education has increased, and that teachers continue to expend significant amounts of energy on
this process. It has been suggested that a body might be constructed within a board of education
to facilitate the way of dealing with third party opinions, within the process of carrying out
investigations, and the construction of this kind of system is very important.
Setting up an ICT environment○ At the same time as enhancing the organizational capacity of schools and consolidating
children's academic ability through the effective and efficient implementation of education, it isimportant, with a view to cultivating children's ability to respond to changes in society such as
the ability to utilize information, to put an ICT environment in place, to raise the level of abilityon the part of teachers to give instruction using ICT, and to take forward the process of making
the use of ICT part of educational administration○ However, according to the "Survey on the Implementation of the Spread of Information in
School Education" at the end of fiscal 2005, the results in terms of the percentage of high-speed
internet connections, the percentage of LAN installations in schools, and the percentage ofteachers able to carry out instruction using a computer fell below the target objectives set out inthe "e-Japan Strategy"１. In response, MEXT set up new target objectives in the "New IT
Strategy" in order to take the above points further forward, and good results are expected fromthe positive efforts of local governments in getting to grips with the implementation of ICT.
Raising the level of the organizational capacity of schools○Consolidating management in schools, with the post of school principal at the center, andenhancing school organizational capacity is extremely important in terms of the following
procedures: ① not only safeguarding time for interaction between teachers and students byclearly indicating the division of roles and responsibilities within the school, but also by

208- 213 -

implementing responses to the local community and to parents by the school in an organized
way, and ② not only responding on an individual basis to individual children, but also
strengthening contact and cooperation among teachers. In addition, the role of management also
has to be looked at again in the context of tackling innovations such as the introduction offoreign language teaching at elementary school level.
Under the partial revision of the School Education Law, enacted in June 2007 and put into
force from April 2008, provision was made for locating the posts of deputy principal, chiefteacher and supervisory teacher within a school. With a view to enhancing the organizational
capacity of schools and utilizing still more the creative ingenuity of teachers, it is important totake such steps as making use of human resources from outside the school and contracting out
administrative and clerical work, and positively implementing school evaluation andinformation provision, as set down in the revised law, and at the same time to utilize thesevarious systems to the full. It is also a precondition for the kinds of implementation referred tohere that the school principal has high qualities and a high level of ability as a leader, and it
goes without saying that further enhancement of the principal's role in this connection isindispensable.
(3) Various policies designed for effective and efficient instruction
Improvements to teaching methods such as individually geared teaching○ With a view to cultivating firmly grounded academic ability, in addition to maintainingemphasis on the traditional, whole-class teaching methods, there is a need to implement, in apositive and appropriate way, individually oriented methods of instruction such as
ability-graded instruction and small group teaching, advanced learning and supplementary
study. Consolidation of teaching methods within the framework of these new teachingparameters is highly desirable.
It is also necessary to include within the emphasis on teaching methods the perspective ofhome-based study comprising appropriately implemented study (homework, preparatory study
and revision).
○ Accumulated case studies of the teaching methods used in the R & D school systemestablished by MEXT are analyzed, with the best teaching methods being shared among
teachers, who can experience using them in the course of their everyday teaching. There is aneed for information to be disseminated very broadly to parents and to society at large, and tobe shared among schools, teachers, administrators and researchers, while continuing to add into

209

- 214 -

this analyses conducted by researchers of points such as where children tend to stumble andhave difficulty.
In the course of doing the above, it is important to strengthen the use of ICT and the
support system provided to teachers by education centers in each locality. Education centers inparticular, as well as implementing training courses for teachers, are required to provide support
for the creative ingenuity of teachers by such means as carrying out curriculum development
and cutting-edge research, or by providing sources of reference or items that teachers need in
the form of books or other teaching materials.
Raising the quality of teachers○ Article 9 of the Fundamental Law of Education already specified such items as thoseconcerned with the mission and professional duties of teachers and the appropriateness ofworking conditions. New regulations have been added with the aim of strengthening the trainingof teachers. In order that eager, high-quality human resources (=people) will become teachersand feel the fascination of the teaching profession, it is necessary that appropriate working
conditions and a balanced wage structure are realized on the basis of the reality of a teacher's
working life, and improvements are required in the pre-service and in-service training ofteachers at the same time as ensuring that the conditions of the working environment are suchthat, for example, teacher evaluations are reflected in the treatment accorded to the teacher.
○ With regard to the above points, a system of renewal of teaching licenses was introduced in
the partial revisions to the Educational Personnel Certification Law and the Special Law for
Public Education Personnel of June 2007. It is expected that as a result of the renewal system,
teachers will acquire the latest knowledge and skills, and be able to stand on the teacher's
platform with confidence.
○ Devices such as teaching materials research, class teaching research and peer evaluation by
fellow teachers are also extremely important in ensuring a continuous rise in the quality ofteachers. As explained above, local education centers are expected to provide this kind of
support,○ Moreover, in an environment characterized by a society in the throes of severe and violentchange and the growing complexity and diversity of issues in school education, in order to beable to confirm people’s confidence in the unwavering integrity of teachers, it goes without
saying that the pre-service teacher education stage at universities is very important. In the first210- 215 -

place, it is necessary that universities, principally teacher education universities and teacher
education faculties, base their efforts to achieve improvement firmly on school education,
defining this as comprised of emphasis on learning activities in the form of observations andexperiments, report and essay writing and so on, aimed at cultivating in the children the ability
to think, make judgments and express themselves, as well as experiential activities that utilize
the skills and knowledge learned. Over and above these points, at undergraduate level, aspiring
teachers must be equipped with the necessary skills and abilities of their chosen profession, andin the newly established "Professional Graduate Schools of Education”, teachers who are
equipped with qualitatively and quantitatively superior specialist skills are expected to be
trained. It is necessary for universities to be sufficiently aware of their mission in this respect
and tobe able to respond to the demands of society and the public.
Furthermore, it is also a required of universities and faculties of education, including
attached schools, that ongoing support is provided for schools through such means as exchanges
implemented on the basis of the results of research into effective teaching methods. In
particular, it is also expected that such universities can play a major role in enhancing theleadership ability of municipal boards of education.
Strengthening textbooks and school libraries○ Qualitative and quantitative strengthening of textbooks, which play a major role as the mainteaching materials, is also required. In order that children can deepen sufficiently theirunderstanding of the content of their class studies, and equip themselves thoroughly with therequired fundamental knowledge and skills, and at the same time develop the ability to utilize
the knowledge and skills that they have acquired, it is important that they are provided with
textbooks which fulfill various conditions. Specifically, the textbooks should be well worth
reading and ingeniously planned in such a way as to encourage the children to get to grips on
their own initiative with polishing their own learning and with advanced learning in a form thatutilizes their knowledge and skills. With these points in mind, in order to heighten children's
eagerness to learn and to make it easier for teachers to teach them, it is necessary to devise
content which adequately guarantees in terms of quality and quantity the necessary learning
content for children during the learning process. Specifically, the material concerned withadvanced learning needs to be strengthened and the number of pages in textbooks needs to be
increased.
○ As pointed out in 7. (1), at the same time as strengthening children's language skills, it isimportant to enrich and strengthen the provision of resource material such as AV materials or

211- 216 -

books in the school library with the aim ot getting children to involve themselves in learning on
their own initiative,. There is a demand for a planned approach to reaching the book stock levelspecified as a target, in line with the size of the school, in the "Standard Criteria for School
Library Books"２Moreover, in order for the librarian-teacher３, as the person having a central role ineducational activities and reading activities that utilize the school library, to be able to performthat role to a sufficient extent in each school, it is necessary, with the school principal taking aleadership role and the school-librarian taking a central role, to aim, to aim at strengthening theschool library from the standpoint of the various people involved, while securing thecooperation of volunteers and others.
Improvement of learning evaluation○ With regard to learning evaluation, on the basis of the Curriculum Council report ofDecember 4, 2000, entitled "On the desired pattern of evaluation of the actual situation in
respect of children's learning and the curriculum", there has been a shift in the evaluation ofeach subject in elementary and lower secondary school from norm-referenced tocriterion-referenced evaluation４.
After MEXT renewed the format of the "instruction record５”, it passed the new format to
NIER, which prepared, for elementary, lower secondary and upper secondary schools
separately, "Reference documents for the improvement of evaluation criteria preparation andevaluation methods", and got to grips with the issue of preparing evaluation standards６ foreach school.
○ However, inappropriate cases were observed in which an evaluation was carried out for thesake of the evaluation. The teachers would try, in the space of one class hour, to evaluate
students from 4 perspectives (interest, eagerness and attitude; ability to think and makejudgments; skills and the ability to engage in expression; and knowledge and understanding),
but before beginning the lesson proper, would check with each student by asking; "Are you
progressing satisfactorily?"On the question of how evaluation methods have changed, many teachers in elementaryand lower secondary schools (65.7% in elementary schools, 61.8% in lower secondary schools)
said that "Recently, we are looking at every individual child". But on the other hand, large
numbers of teachers (69.4% in elementary schools and 78.1% in lower secondary schools) feltthat "The assessment process has become very complicated and all our spare time has
vanished"７.

212- 217 -

It has also been pointed out that whether the present evaluation methods have been madesufficiently easy for parents and society at large to understand has to be seen as questionable.
○ With the above points in mind, as a result of the unification of instruction and evaluation, theresponsibility of teachers is no longer simply limited to giving an explanation of theirinstruction. They must accept that their responsibility for the results of their instruction is an
ongoing precondition, and we would like to see an examination from a specialist perspective on
the possibility of establishing a framework by means of which an effective and more easily
understandable learning evaluation can be implemented. This should be based on thefundamental thinking underlying the revisions to the Courses of Study and should cover suchmatters as the way of thinking about evaluation in general as well as the evaluation of specificitems, the establishing of evaluation criteria, methods of evaluation, and the timing of carryingout an evaluation.
Utilization of the National Assessment of Academic Ability○ As explained in Chapter 3 above, a National Assessment of Academic Ability was carried out
in April 2007. The significance of the assessment exercise lies in the extreme importance ofgrasping and validating children's academic ability is in terms of clearly identifying priority
items for instruction in each subject, and of strengthening instruction in order to ensure thatchildren are thoroughly equipped with the required items of knowledge and skill. By acquiring
objective data, it is possible to get clues as to how to improve teaching methods, and how tofeed improvements back into children's learning. In order to achieve these aims, it is necessary
to continue such assessments in the future.
○ The many different kinds of evaluations concerned with the educational results of the
National Assessment of Academic Ability have a very important meaning in that they are usedby the bodies that receive them, namely schools, establishers, and prefectural boards ofeducation, to formulate improvement plans, and used in the improvement of educational
activities by means of such measures as the consolidation of educational environments and theimprovement of methods of instruction. These in turn take a variety of forms, such as very
detailed guidance for children who have problems.
The establishment of a PDCA cycle in the curriculum○ It is very important that the evaluations of the curriculum and teaching instruction as213- 218 -

described above and the efforts at improvement based on these are implemented within theframework of a sufficiently firm connection with school evaluations. It is through school
evaluations that schools and their establishers are required to grasp the results of the education
provided and the issues to be tackled, and to link these to improvements.
○ In ways such as these, the following steps should be carried out within the framework ofcurriculum administration from the perspective of raising the level of school education.
① Identify priority teaching items on the basis of the Courses of Study② Put in place educational conditions such as securing time for teacher-child interaction③ Put stress on closeness to the classroom teaching process in terms of formulation andimplementation of the curriculum④ Carry out evaluation in an appropriate manner⑤ Carry out improvements to teaching activities on the basis of the evaluations
It is very important that these steps, which constitute the PDCA cycle in the form of Plan (①) Do (②・③) - Check (④) - Action (⑤) are firmly consolidated. It is a requirement that in every
school, utilizing in an appropriate way conditions of the kind outlined here, curriculum
management is firmly established and consolidated in the form of strengthening effective
educational activities through ceaselessly reexamining the curriculum and teaching methods.
(4) Improvements in the pattern of educational administration○ In the area of educational administration, the following are some of the issues that have to beaddressed. To what extent does the administrative system grasp what is happening in theclassroom in schools and how speedily does it respond? Is the system of educational
administration that supports school management, with the principal in the lead, functioning
effectively and efficiently? Is the responsibility to give explanations to parents and the local
community as well as the public at large being fulfilled? Is the infrastructure to support schools
sufficiently well established? There is a need to evaluate ways in which questions like these arebeing tackled and the ways in which improvements are made. In particular, the issues of the
responsibility to grasp what happens in the classroom in schools and to explain this toconcerned residents and the general public are extremely important. It is also important, with aview to ensuring that school educational activities are compatible with and have an effect on theother different kinds of activities carried out by children, and that lifelong learning and social
education, which support school education, are also strengthened.
○ On a separate issue, as explained in 5. (2), sufficient provision of information by MEXT,

214- 219 -

boards of education and other interested parties with regard to the purpose and the content of therevisions to the Courses of Study centered chiefly on the concept "zest for living", is vitally
important as one element in the educational infrastructure. Looking more closely at theprovision of information, the carefully planned use of ingenuity is required to ensure that the
purpose and content of the revisions are presented accurately to schools and to teachers, and thatin each school, a curriculum is developed that is characterized by the fact that it gives sufficientconsideration to the realities of the school and the local community and to the aptitudes and thephysical and mental stage of development of the children concerned, as well as conforming to
the Courses of Study, which constitute the fundamental principles of education.
○ In addition to the above, in the law of June 2007, revising part of the law concerned with theorganization and management of local educational administration, while due respect is paid tothe concept of decentralization, a required regulatory infrastructure, based on the revised
Fundamental Law of Education, was put in place regarding such matters as clarification of the
responsibilities and strengthening of the system of boards of education, clarification of the roles
to be carried out in education by central government, educational administration of private
schools, and so on.
On the basis of revisions to the system as set out here, a division of responsibilities was set
out comprising, for central government (Fundamental Law of Education, Article 16, Paragraph2),

responsibility for "formulating and implementing comprehensive policies concerned witheducation with the aim of maintaining a rise in educational levels and equality of opportunity inthe education of the country as a whole", and for local governments (ibid, Article 16, Paragraph3), responsibility for "formulating and implementing policies concerned with promoting
education in the local area concerned in line with the actual conditions of that area". There is aneed for both parties to develop educational administration on the basis of an appropriate
division of roles as set out here on the basis of mutual cooperation and with full awareness ofthe tensions inherent in such a division.
１

The national strategy denoting the decision by the Japanese government in January 2001, with theobjective of making Japan the world's most advanced IT nation within 5 years, to establish an Advanced
Information and Telecommunications Network Society Promotion Headquarters (IT Strategy
Headquarters). Looking at the e-Japan Priority Policy Program, drawn up with the aim of making thisstrategy a reality, it is possible to identify, as policies concerned with promoting the spread of informationand computerization within education, the establishment of an IT environment in schools, raising thelevel of ability among teachers to give instruction using IT, and so on.

２

The percentage of schools which had reached the levels specified in the Standard Criteria for School
Library Books by the end of fiscal 2004 amounted to 37.85% in the case of elementary schools and32.4% in the case of lower secondary schools.

３

Since April 2003, it has been specified that in schools with 12 classes or more, there must be a215

- 220 -

librarian-teacher.
４

In a report by the Curriculum Council issued on December 2001, norm-referenced evaluation isdefined as "an evaluation of children's learning whereby they are assigned a mark denoting their position
relative to other members of a group". In the same report, criterion-referenced evaluation is defined as "anevaluation system in which the mark assigned reflects the degree of attainment of the objectives set out in
the Courses of Study". The report went on to propose that since the Courses of Study set as their objective
the firm acquisition of fundamental content, emphasis should be put on criterion-referenced evaluation.
As a result, the reference format of the Courses of Study was revised, and the evaluation of subjects inelementary and lower secondary schools was changed from a norm-referenced to a criterion-referenced
system.

５This records the history of children's school enrollment and gives a summary of the results of the
instruction process. It serves as a reference and certificate for later stages of schooling and for concernedbodies outside the school. According to Article 12.3 and Article 15 of the School Education Law
Implementation Regulations, schools are obliged to make and to preserve instruction records, and theformat is revised by local boards of education. Prior to the revision process, MEXT provides reference
points for the format and headings of items to be recorded.

６

These comprise the items for the evaluation of children's learning on the basis of the Courses of Study.
It is not only "knowledge and understanding" but also "interests, wishes, attitudes", "thinking and making
judgments" and "skills and powers of expression" that comprise the 4 perspectives of academic ability
based on the Courses of Study. In order to be able to make a judgment on the level and state ofachievement of these target perspectives, each school compiles evaluation standards. With a view toassisting schools in this task, NIER compiles and provides each school with reference documents
concerning the compilation.

７"Consciousness survey on school education" (implemented by MEXT in June, 2003).

216- 221 -

10. Taking Forward Liaison and Cooperation with Families and Local
Communities; Expectations of Support from Firms, Universities, etc.
○ As pointed out in 4. (1) above, changes in the family, the community and society can be
identified as background factors influencing the present condition and the many problem issues
that concern them, including eagerness to study and lifestyle habits, confidence in oneself andinterest in the future and the world of work, physical strength and stamina, and so on.
(1)

Taking forward liaison and cooperation with the family and the community○ The explanation up this point has been concerned with examining how school education
responds to the lowering of the educational functions of the family and the community. It isfundamentally impossible, however, for all the functions that should be carried out by thefamily and the community to be supplemented or made up by schools, and even supposing that
this was possible, it is a reasonable presumption that school education does not have thequalities and characteristics to replace education in the home and the community, for example,
in being able to give full emotional satisfaction to children.
○ With this situation in mind, there is a strong requirement for self-awareness on the part offamilies that they should take primary responsibility for cultivating in children a healthy bodyand a fertile mind and fund of emotions. It is necessary to strengthen family education in termsof adoption of the principle of "going to bed early, getting up early, and eating breakfast in themorning".
○ Furthermore, the "After-school Plan for Children", included in the budget for fiscal 2007, isbeing taken forward in the form of developing a support infrastructure for learning activities
after classes have finished, including the use of Saturdays, and places for experiential, hands-on
activities. It is also important, with a view to getting full local community support for school
education, to construct a liaison system linking schools and communities. It should also be
noted that according to a Cabinet survey of February 2007, compared to the situation 7 years
earlier in September 2000, there was a rise in the participation rate by children in such activities
as local festivals, events organized by children's associations or neighborhood associations,cleaning exercises and evacuation drills, events in children's halls, citizens' halls and otherlocalities, and so on１. It is to be hoped that interactions such as those described here between
children and adults other than teachers and parents will be continued and developed in astrengthened form.

217- 223 -

○ At the same time as promoting the upbringing of children as an activity involving schools,
homes and the community, mediated by cooperation between parents and teachers, the role thathas come to be played by the PTA in terms of offering a place where parents can study is verylarge, and further strengthening of PTA activities is required.
○ It is also a fact that nowadays, school education is confronting a very wide diversity of issues,
including cultivation of a view of work and employment, moral education, environmental
education, education concerning traditions and culture, and experiential activities.
With these points in mind, in the first place, as a result of a number of factors including
social change, the significance of the content of what should be taught to everyone in common
has become somewhat faint, and there is a need to reevaluate this. It is also necessary toconsider how educational environmental factors such as the set number of teachers can be
usefully utilized, but at the same time, there is a need not to leave every problem to schools, but
to clarify the role of educational activities other than school education in the context of links
between schools on the one hand, and families, local communities, firms, NPOs, youth
organizations, and so on, on the other, and on this basis, to implement links such as theimplementation of work experience activities.
○ Arrangements are also moving forward for the implementation of a location for after-school
activities and a location for study and experiences, arising out of the "After-school Plan forChildren", and it is reasonable to presume that no additional burden will fall on schools orteachers as a result of the utilization of school facilities for extra-curricular activities, and thatefforts should be made to achieve qualitative and quantitative strengthening of opportunities forchildren's learning and experiential activities.
However, while keeping the above points in mind, it is also necessary for schools andboards of education to be positive about making contact with out-of-school activities which
offer opportunities for learning and experiential activities to children.
○ In addition, as future issues, it is necessary to clarify the responsibility of boards of educationin terms of offering learning opportunities or experiential activities to children and to examine
the construction of procedures for promoting the provision of learning or experiential activities
by such bodies as local communities, firms, higher education institutions such as universities,
NPOs, youth organizations, and so on.
(2) What is expected of firms and universities○ As indicated in 4. (1) above, changes in the employment environment in the form of an218- 224 -

increase in non-formal employment have also had an influence on children's eagerness to learn.
As far as firms are concerned, we would hope strongly that firms would make arrangements that
put weight on cultivating human resources in order that children can get to grips with learningthat embodies hopes and broad visions for the future.
○ A very significant influence on children is also exerted by the mass media, the internet andcell phones. Among the items of information provided by these electronic devices, there areharmful items, and the extent of the harmful effects of such items is immeasurable, possibly
leading to children becoming involved in crimes, or in certain circumstances, even becoming
the perpetrators of such crimes themselves. We would express the very strong wish that firms
will adopt the perspective of committing themselves to children’s development, and adopt thekind of behavior that takes consideration of the environment surrounding children, by forexample, strengthening measures to remove harmful information from web sites, or adopt
filtering devices for cell phones, trying by such means to ensure that children do not come into
contact with harmful information.
○ As shown by the work-experience activities described in (1), the cooperation of firms andother bodies is indispensable for the implementation of out-of-school learning and experiential
activities. On the other hand, in order to ensure that adults are enabled to carry out satisfactorily
their role of developing children's education and safeguarding their safety and security infamilies and communities, the issue of how adults interact with children is involved, and on thispoint, the cooperation of firms and other bodies is necessary. We would also hope that in acontext in which the social responsibilities of firms are emphasized, firms will engage
themselves more positively in participation and cooperation with school educational activities,
and that in order for these efforts on the part of firms to be smoothly accepted in school
education, the devices used by boards of education are strengthened.
It is also a requirement that in a society committed to aiming at gender equality,
administrative procedures are such as to facilitate the compatibility of child upbringing andemployment, and that firms and other bodies work to create an environment in which this ispossible.
○ Looking next at universities, we would like to make a very strong request for improvement inuniversity admission selection procedures, which have a very large impact not only onchildren's learning, but also on the ideal form of society.
In the first place, it is important that in the selection of university entrants, universities
achieve a good balance between testing fundamental knowledge and skills and testing the abilityof applicants to think, form judgments and express themselves, and that in terms of these219- 225 -

abilities, there is cooperation between upper secondary education and university education. This
point can also be seen as being extremely important in terms of the reform of university
education. We would like to see a strengthening of essay-type problems which query the abilityof students to think, make judgments and engage in self-expression. From this kind of
perspective, one method that might be considered useful could be evaluation of a record of any
awards given to students in upper secondary school for subjects such as science, essay writing
and so on.
And from the perspective of emphasizing the social autonomy of children in school
education, it is important to consider ways of evaluating social participation, taking such forms
as volunteer activities, by candidates.
In the second place, the present situation regarding selection for university admission inwhat has become known as the "age of universal admission to university", brought about by the
decline in the 18-year old population, is also having a significant effect on the eagerness to learnof upper secondary school students. We believe that there is a need for the Central Council of
Education as a whole to take a broad view of the upper secondary school curriculum, university
selection, and the university undergraduate curriculum, and at the same time as safeguarding
academic levels by appropriate evaluation of records of student achievement, to examine
improvements that might be devised to enable students to get to grips with learning that is
focused on the attainment of specific objectives.
１"Survey report on the consciousness and lifestyle of pre-teens and early teens", Cabinet Office,February 2007.

220- 226 -

Annex 1
Standard School Hours in Elementary Schools(Current)
Subject

G1

G2

G3

G4

G5

G6

Total

Japanese

272

280

235

235

180

175

1377

Language

(8)

(8)

(6.7)

(6.7)

(5.1)

(5)

Social

-----

-----

70

85

90

100

Studies

-----

-----

(2)

(2.4)

(2.6)

(2.9)

Arithmetic

114

155

150

150

150

150

(3.4)

(4.4)

(4.3)

(4.3)

(4.3)

(4.3)

-----

-----

70

90

95

95

-----

-----

(2)

(2.6)

(2.7)

(2.7)

Life

102

105

-----

-----

-----

-----

Environment

(3)

(3)

-----

-----

-----

-----

68

70

60

60

50

50

(2)

(2)

(1.7)

‘1.7)

(1.4)

(1.4)

Art and

68

70

60

60

50

50

Handicraft

(2)

(2)

(1.7)

(1.7)

(1.4)

(1.4)

Homemaking

-----

-----

-----

-----

60

55

-----

-----

-----

-----

(1.7)

(1.6)

Physical

90

90

90

90

90

90

Education

(2.6)

(2.6)

(2.6)

(2.6)

(2.6)

(2.6)

Moral

34

35

35

35

35

35

Education

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

Special

34

35

35

35

35

35

Activities

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

Period for

-----

-----

105

105

110

110

Integrated

-----

-----

(3)

(3)

(3.1)

(3.1)

782

840

910

945

945

945

(23)

(24)

(26)

(27)

(27)

(27)

Science

345

869

350

207

Studies
Music

358

358

115

540

209

209

430

Study
Total

Note: The figures in brackets represent the number of class hours in a week221

- 227 -

5367

(Revised)
Subject

G1

G2

G3

G4

G5

G6

Total

Japanese

306

315

245

245

175

175

1461

Language

(9)

(9)

(7)

(7)

(5)

(5)

Social

-----

-----

70

90

100

105

Studies

-----

-----

(2)

(2.6)

(2.9)

(3)

Arithmetic

136

175

175

175

175

175

(4)

(5)

(5)

(5)

(5)

(5)

-----

-----

90

105

105

105

-----

-----

(2.6)

(3)

(3)

(3)

Life

102

105

-----

-----

-----

-----

Environment

(3)

(3)

-----

-----

-----

-----

68

70

60

60

50

50

(2)

(2)

(1.7)

(1.7)

(1.4)

(1.4)

Art and

68

70

60

60

50

50

Handicraft

(2)

(2)

(1.7)

(1.7)

(1.4)

(1.4)

Homemaking

-----

-----

-----

-----

60

55

-----

-----

-----

-----

(1.7)

(1.6)

Physical

102

105

105

105

90

90

Education

(3)

(3)

(3)

(3)

(2.6)

(2.6)

Moral

34

35

35

35

35

35

Education

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

Special

34

35

35

35

35

35

Activities

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

Period for

-----

-----

70

70

70

70

Integrated

-----

-----

(2)

(2)

(2)

(2)

Foreign

-----

-----

-----

-----

35

35

Language

-----

-----

-----

-----

(1)

(1)

850

910

945

980

980

980

(25)

(26)

(27)

(28)

(28)

(28)

Science

365

1011

405

207

Studies
Music

358

358

115

597

209

209

280

Study
70

Activities
Total

Note: The figures in brackets represent the number of class hours in a week222

- 228 -

5645

Annex 2Standard School Hours in Lower Secondary Schools(Current)
Subject

1 (G7)

2 (G8)

3 (G9)

Total

Japanese

140

105

105

350

Language

(4)

(3)

(3)

Social Studies

105

105

85

(3)

(3)

(2.4)

105

105

105

(3)

(3)

(3)

105

105

80

(3)

(3)

(2.3)

45

35

35

(1.3)

(1)

(1)

45

35

35

(1.3)

(1)

(1)

Health and

90

90

90

Physical

(2.6)

(2.6)

(2.6)

Industrial Arts &

70

70

35

Homemaking

(2)

(2)

(1)

Foreign

105

105

105

Language

(3)

(3)

(3)

Moral Education

35

35

35

(1)

(1)

(1)

35

35

35

(1)

(1)

(1)

0～30

50～85

105～165(0～0.9)(1.4～2.4)(3～4.7)

Period for70～10070～10570～130Integrated Study(2～2.9)(2～3)(2～3.7)

980

980

980

(28)

(28)

(28)

Mathematics

ScienceMusic

Fine Arts

295

315

290

115

115

270

Education

Special Activities

Elective Subjects

Total

Note: The figures in brackets represent the number of class hours in a week223

- 229 -

175

315

105

105

155～280210～335

2940

(Revised)
Subject

1 (G7)

2 (G8)

3 (G9)

Total

Japanese

140

140

105

385

Language

(4)

(4)

(3)

Social Studies

105

105

140

(3)

(3)

(4)

140

105

140

(4)

(3)

(4)

105

140

140

(3)

(4)

(4)

45

35

35

(1.3)

(1)

(1)

45

35

35

(1.3)

(1)

(1)

Health and

105

105

105

Physical

(3)

(3)

(3)

Industrial Arts &

70

70

35

Homemaking

(2)

(2)

(1)

Foreign

140

140

140

Language

(4)

(4)

(4)

Moral Education

35

35

35

(1)

(1)

(1)

35

35

35

(1)

(1)

(1)

Period for

50

70

70

Integrated Study

(1.4)

(2)

(2)

Total

1015

1015

1015

(29)

(29)

(29)

Mathematics

ScienceMusic

Fine Arts

350

385

385

115

115

315

Education

Special Activities

Note: The figures in brackets represent the number of class hours in a week224

- 230 -

175

420

105

105

190

3045

Annex 3
Subject Areas and Subjects in Upper Secondary Schools(Current)
Subject Area

Subject

No.of

Required Subject

Credits
Japanese: Expression I

2✔

Japanese: Expression II

2✔

Japanese General

4✔

Modern Writing

4

Classics

4

Reading Classical Works

2

Geography andWorld History A

2✔

History

World History B

4✔

Japanese History A

2Japanese History B

4✔

Geography A

2✔

Geography B

4✔

Modern Society

2

Either a) “Modern Society” orEthics2b) “Ethics” plus “Politics andPolitics and Economics

2

Economics”

Basic Mathematics

2✔

Mathematics I

3✔

Mathematics II

4

Mathematics III

3

Mathematics A

2

Mathematics B

2

Mathematics C

2

Science Fundamentals

2✔

2 subjects to be taken:

Comprehensive Science A

2✔

(Either a) “Science

Comprehensive Science B

2✔

Fundamentals” andPhysics I

3✔

“Comprehensive

Physics II3

Chemistry I

3Chemistry II

3Biology I

3

Japanese Language

CivicsMathematics

Science225- 231 -

Science A” or b)✔

Comprehensive
Science B and one✔

other subject I)

Biology II

3Earth Science I

3

Earth Science II

3

Health and PhysicalPhysical Education

7～8✔

Education

Health2✔

ArtMusic I

2✔

Music II

2Music III2

Fine Arts I

2

Fine Arts II

2

Fine Arts III

2

Crafts Production I

2

Crafts Production II

2

Crafts Production III

2

Calligraphy I

2

Calligraphy II

2Calligraphy III

2

Oral Communication I

2Oral Communication II

4

English I

3

English II

4

Reading4

Writing4

Basic Home Economics

2✔

Economics

4✔

Daily Life Skills

4✔

Information A

2✔

Information B

2✔

Information C

2✔

Foreign LanguageHome Economics

Comprehensive

Information

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔
✔

Home

226

- 232 -

Subject Areas and Subjects in Upper Secondary Schools[Revised]
Subject Area

Subject

No.of

Required Subject

Credits
Japanese Language

Geography and History

Civics✔ (can be reduced to 2)

Japanese: General

4Japanese: Expression

3

Modern Writing A

2

Modern Writing B

4Classical Writing A

2Classical Writing B

4World History A

2✔

World History B

4✔

Japanese History A

2✔

Japanese History B

4✔

Geography A

2✔

Geography B

4✔

Modern Society

2

Either a) “Modern

Ethics2Society” or b) “Ethics”

Politics and Economics

2

plus “Politics andEconomics”

Mathematics

Science

Mathematics I

3

Mathematics II

4

Mathematics III

5

Mathematics A

2

Mathematics B

2

Applications of Mathematics

2✔ (can be reduced to 2)

Either a) 2 subjects

Science and Everyday Human
Life

2

✔

including “Science

Physics Fundamentals

2✔

and Everyday

Physics

4

Chemistry Fundamentals

2

Chemistry4

Biology Fundamentals

2Biology4- 233 -

Human Life” or b) 3✔

subjects including“Fundamentals” in✔

the subject title

Healthand Physical

Biology4

Earth Science Fundamentals

2

Earth Science

4

Topic-based Research1

Physical Education

✔

7～8

✔

Education

Health2✔

ArtMusic I

2✔

Music II

2Music III2

Fine Arts I

2

Fine Arts II

2

Fine Arts III

2

Crafts Production I

2

Crafts Production II

2

Crafts Production III

2

Calligraphy I

2

Calligraphy II

2Calligraphy III

2

Basic English Communication

2

English Communication I

3

English Communication II

4

English Communication III

4

English Language Conversation

2

English Expressions I

2English Expressions II

4

Basic Home Economics

2✔

Economics

4✔

Life Design

4✔

Society and Information

2✔

Information and Science2✔

Foreign LanguageHome Economics

✔

✔

✔

✔ (can be reduced to 2)

Comprehensive Home

Information Study228- 234 -